IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)
A
^ .<.\
''^i^f iiT ^iP MP
1.0
I.I
u^
1^12^8 |25
|jo ""'^~ IIII^H
■^ Uii 12.2
■" 140
Ki Km
u
u ^
U IL6
I
o>
^>
4i?/ f
9% jj>
^
o>'
Hiotographic
Sciences
Corporation
23 WIST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580
(716) e72-4503
.<i>^.
u..
%^
4^
CIHM/ICMH
Microfiche
Series.
CIHIVI/ICIVIH
Collection de
microfiches.
Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques
Technical and Bibliographic Notas/Notas tachniquaa at bibliographiquas
Tha Instituta has attamptad to obtain tha bast
original copy availabia for filming. Faaturas of this
copy which may ba bibliographically uniqua,
which may altar any of tha imagas in tha
raproduction. or which may significantly changa
tha usual mathod of filming, ara chackad balow.
□
D
D
D
D
D
Colourad covars/
Couvartura da coulaur
I I Covars damagad/
Couvartura andommagte .
Covers rastorad and/or laminated/
Couverture restaur6e et/ou peiliculAe
I I Cover title missing/
Le titre de couverture manque
I I Colourad maps/
Cartes giographiquas en couleur
Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire)
I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/
Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur
Bound with other material/
ReliA avac d'autres documents
r~7| Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior margin/
La re liure serrde peut causer de I'ombre ou de la
distortion le long de la marge intArieure
Blank leaves added during restoration may
appear within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajoutias
lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte,
mais, lorsque cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas it6 fiimias.
Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplimentaires:
L'institut a nr'crofilmA la meilleur exemplaire
qu'il lui a AtA possible de se procurer. Les details
de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibliographiqua, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une
modification dans la mithoda normale de filmage
sont indiquAs ci-dessous.
□ Coloured pages/
Pages de couleur
□ Pages damaged/
Pages endommagias
I I Pages restored and/or laminated/
D
Pages restaurdes et/ou peliiculAes
Pages discoloured, stained or foxec
Pages d^coiordes, tachetdeo ou piqu6es
Pages detached/
Pages d6tach6es
Showthrough/
Transparence
Quality of prir
Quality in^gaie de ('impression
Includes supplementary matarif
Comprand du mat6riel suppldmentaire
Only edition available/
Seule Edition disponibie
r~pi Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/
I I Pages detached/
r~ll Showthrough/
I I Quality of print varies/
I I Includes supplementary material/
I I Only edition available/
Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totaiement ou partieilement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, una pelure,
etc., ont M filmies d nouveau de fapon d
obtenir la meilleure image possible.
This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/
Ce document est fiim6 au taux de reduction indiqu* ci-dessous
10X 14X 18X 22X 26X 30X
•
1
12X 16X 20X 24X 28X 32X
■- ■-
- _■-,:.
.,::•■ =
The copy filmed here hes been reproduced thenks
to the generosity of:
' National Librery of Canada
L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grAce A la
gAnArositi de:
Bibiiothique nationale du Canada
The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.
Les images suivantes ont 6tA reproduites avec ie
plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetA de rexempiaire film6, et en
conformity avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.
Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a printed
or illustrated impression.
The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol -^ (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.
l\/laps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper l<»ft hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. The following diagrams illustrate the
method:
Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimte sont filmte en commenpant
par Ie premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernlAre page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration, soit par Ie second
plat, selon Ie cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont filmte en commen^ant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.
Un des symboies suivants apparaltra sur la
derniAre image de cheque microfiche, selon Ie
cas: Ie symbole — ► signif ie "A SUIVRE ", Ie
symbols V signifie "FIN".
Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent fttre
filmfo d des taux de reduction diffdrents.
Lorsque Ie document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul clich6, il est film6 d partir
de Tangle sup6rieur gauche, de gauche d droite,
et de haut en bas, en prenant Ie nombre
d'images n^cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la m6thode.
,0%-
1 2 3
32X
1
2
3
4
5
6
/'
-:>*-,
\^
■t-i
U
■a
o
-T;^''L„ CXOi<:J
\
>1
<X g/'
Vn. ■ •>.
\^ .
\
fe(>vjL\^.. jL_-t^UAX</-^
V-^
^.
■A^; AKy^'
1 ^'^rf
\/w Oa3-
A- >-0^.-~-.J^
T
-vJIa
JL.*''
A i
THE
//> >v
CANADA SPELLING B(M :
UltSlfDBD AS
AN INTAOPUCTION TO THE ENOLlSH LANGUAGE,
«0NS18TIN0 or
A VARIETY OP LESSONS
PB00BES8IVBLY ABBANOBD, IN THRBB PARTS*
U)U1) an ^ppculiix.
rOATAIlflKO SEVEKAt. XntfVh TABLES, TBS OrttlHES OF OBOOIAPBT, A
COMPMEBEJfSIVS tSETCH OF OBAHMAK, ARf MORRINO AJID
tVBIimO FEAYEU FOR EVERT OAT Iff TtiB WEEK.
n$ Iftria DMitd and AeunUd «(ttt -ding to tk» Pnrttt M»dt tf PrvmneUUtm
BY ALEXANDER DAVIDSOX.
ONE HUNDRED AND FIFTY-SEVENTH THOUSAND.
TORONTO:
PliBiilSHED BY ROBERT McPH4II«,
65, Ktif0 Street East.
1864.
'.*S.''--,>-nJ»'P iKVf'W.
• s
41'
■ / > ' .■» h ',■
; I
,i^-^.j-
i*.
a
e
o
A c(
quires j
ted, hi
ways !
dedl, ai
CaJ
forrnei
latter
' times
Dkl
bind,
F lu
ticiple]
tingiiii
Gbi
I ^oA/c/,|
times
land in|
lui oflel
BRIEF INTRODUCTORY REMARKS,
OONVKHNtNa THt: LISTTbllS OP THK ENGLISH ALPHARBr/^
In the English Alphabet there are twenty-six letter*
viz. : il, by c, rf, c,/, ^, A, 1,7, A:, /, w, w, o, />, v, r, *,
J, tt, w, ?/^ X, y, z. il, e, I, r>, M, and sometimes w and
y, are vowels. J5, <;, rf,/, j^, A, A:, /, w, 7i, />, <?, r, *, t.
t), :£) 2, and sornetiniits w and ^, are consonants. If
mid y are vowels when ending a syllable, but wher
beginning a syllable 1 hey aire consonants.
Each of the vow^lis, with the exception of W7, hasscv
eraJ distinct sounds, which may be thus exhibited, viz. ;
Vowels. 1st sowid. 2d sound, 3d sowul, 4rh sound
a
e.5
fCld!»l(5tia^
i
met
^^^^ devout
o . „ hot
. v>V vole
-:?<
all ^jpt, ask ^,.
'><^'>]! *****
" >,i.{ tarf?^ *^»" ^w , P"sh ^,, , , cube f,v7J «mm N,i
y^ tnily iry — — ; n
A eon^onani has no sound oy itself, and always re-
quires the assistance of a vowel. iJ, vvhen thus associa-
i«d, has only one sound, but it is often silent : it is al-
ways so when followed by t in the same syllable, as in
debly^nA generally so when preceded by m^ as in thumb.
C always takes the sound of either k or s; of the
former before y<, o and u; as in ca/, coif (ml; of the
latter before e, i and y; as cdl^ city^ cygntl. Some-
times it is silent, as in the word indlcU
D keeps always the same sound; as in dmlhydraw
F\iB.a only one sound, as m dfe; except in the par
ticiple off where it has the pov^cr of v, in order to dis
tinguish it from the word off. .vu» j;irv.^>iq^i »#i^ iv,..:.
G before a, o and tt, is sounded hard ; as ih ffaroiiPU
[goblet, gunner. Before e, i and jy, it is sounded some-
times hard, and sometimes soft; as in gelding hard,
I and in gender soft ; but for the most part it is soft* Il
{ii often silent, as in feign y plUegrn. vr* ;,*,..>*•" rf-t v
If cannot proper!^ be poQsicler?4 48 V^etei^ %' mMlf
8 TBB CANADA
of Mpiration In most cnses, it has a distinet soumli
ai heard in the words hat, horsCf hill. It is always
silent after r, as in rheum. — Some persons are very
erroneous in the use of this letter, by omitting to sound
it where it is necessary, and by giving it a distinct
utterance where it is absolutely improper. For in
tance, some pronovc.oe air hair, and heart art,
/marks a compound sound, composed of d and g-h
or the soft g; as in gesture, except in hallelujahf where
it is pronounced like y, viz.: hallelooyah, - j^^:
iThas one sound, represented also by hard 6; as king^
come. Before n it is always silent ; as in knot, know,
h has only one sound ; as in love. It is sometimes si-
lent when followed by /, korm; as in half, stalk, balm
M is uniform in its sound ; as in music, except in
eomptroller, pronounced cmitr oiler, ''*: >» ^'
N has two sounds ; one as in man, the other like ng^
as in thank, &c. It is always mute when preceded b;y
m in the same syllable ; as in condemn
P has oae uniform sound ; as in pride * nui whei»
loined tci an h, it sounds like /, as in p tantom. In
nephew and Step/ien, it has the sound of v. It is soma*
times mute, as in psalm, ni^n-^ t>»n vU^ntMv^'M,
' Q sounds like k, and is never silent, ^^fi ^-^vj) //i« ' i
^ is never mute, and has only one sound; as in
S has four sounds ; as in so, rose, passion, osier*
T has its own proper sound ; as in hurt, tune,
V is never silent, and has one uniform sound ; BBvain^
vanity^ love,
W has also one sound ; as in will, well, '"^ •:<'>' ;
i is the representative of two sounds-— it is sounder
\\. X at the beginning of Greek names ; as in Xerxes:
but in other words like ks, as in vex, .''^■■'^m^i^^mm:^
Y, when a consonant, has nearly the sonnd o{ ee; as
in York.
Z represents two sounds, one peculiar to itself ; af
in razor; the other like 2;A as k) %%v/^ ,
ot iouimI,
is always
are very
[ to sound
a distinct
For in
i and g-h
ah, where
; as king;^
!)t, know,
letimes si*
talkf balm
exci^pt in
}r like n^t
eceded by
mil whcp
ntom. In
1 is soma*
nd; as in
osief* >"'
i; as vain i
s soiind6G
n Xerxes:
I of ee; as
SPRLLiN* . BOOK.
I itself; at
A diphthong is the union of two vowels in one »/l*
lable; as ea in beat, '^'V' *':; * *" "^' "•«^'^
A triphthong is the Utiidti of three vowels in one syl*
(able ; as eau in beau,
A syllable is the complete sound of one or more
fetters ; as /, am, art,
A monosyllable is a word of one syllable. ->}i^f)^a
A dissyllable is a word of two syllables. t> ^'^'isl^ifii
A trisyllable is a word of three syllables. *«'>1*>^ '
A polysyllable is a word of four or more syllables.
Accent signifies a certain stress of the voice which is
placed on one syllable by way of distinction : thus, in
the word Kingston, the accent is on the first syllable,
but in Q iebec it is on the second.
Orthography is the art of spelling words with the
proper and necessary letters ; and the best mode of
learnmg it is, by reading and copying a great deal, and
by never spelling a single word unless you are certain
what letters you are to use ; for which purpose you Avill
refer to your dictionary, or to your teacher. Nothing
IS more essential to a good education, and every one
should make himself master of it. Bad spelling is either
A proof of great ignorance or carelessness.
A good articulation consists in giving to every letter
in a syllable its due quality and proportion of snund,
according to the most approved custom of pronou;^; ing
it; and in so uttering the syllables of which words are
composed, that the ear shall, without difficulty, distin-
guish their number. In so far as these points are nof
observed, the articulation is defeciivr.
Distinctness of articulation depends primarily uf/^n
being able to enunciate the sounds of the letters by the
organs of speech, and distinctly combining them into
f.yilables and words: and, in the next place, in dis-
tinguishing properly the syllables of which words are
composed from each other.
The chief cause of indist^ tness. is a too great pie-
HP
THE CANADA
r.ipitaaicy of Jtleniince. To cure this, tha r>>«tt tffectiial
'netliod will be, to employ nn hour every <*Ay in readuig
•doudt ill a maniiftr mtfch slower than is iMaessary, and
before some person whose kindness would correct the
habitual errors of the render^.
There is one cause of indistinct articulation which
npcrates very generally, and which arises from the ver}^
genius of our tongue ; so that unless great care be token,
it is scarcely possible to escape being afTectcd by it
Evety word in our language, composed of more sylla-
bles than one, has one syllable accented, and is thus
particularly distinguished from the rest ; and if this ac-
cented syllable be properly articulated, the word will
be sufliciently known, even though the others should
be sounded very confusedly. This produces a negli-
gence with regard, to the pronunciation of the other
syllables, which, though it may not render the sense
obscure, yet destroys all measure and proportion, and
consequently ail harmony in delivery. This fault may
be corrected by pronouncing the unaccented syllable*
mare fully than is necessary. , . , ,, .
tHin Y*-"-'" h-** -^fv OF PUNCTUATION. ■ (.,,■., ,, ,,; ,,,. \'*Z'^
1 .Punctuation is the art of using certain points or stops,
so as to mark the several paus<!S in reading, and the
sense in writing, ,/m m •.: i^tm-) 7n.>tJ»feri-»;ix/i btMi% /..
, The several points and stops are, a commas marked
thus, ( , ) a semicolon thus, ( ; ) a colon thus, ( : ) a //«-
riod or full stop ^ thus, { . ) a note of inltrrogalionj thus,
(?) a note of (ulmiration, thus, ( I )
? : .You must stop at a comma, wjiile you can count one ;
at a semicolon tivo ; at a colon thi'ee ; at a period /'onr .
«t a note of interrogo tion fouty and at a note o( udmi
ration /oMrwi ^iii lo uh^aiiOfe *>rtt •^i^imfHiri'i rt^*- ijMk^m?'*' ? ,
»♦' A period marks a complete sentence ; a colon, the cHic
member of a conjplete sentence ; a semicolon, a half
member,; a comma, a subdivided half Jiiember : a iiotn ol
interrogation indicates that a question is asked ; un«l. a
uoitt of admiration impi» xuddtiu cmptiun oHh t n^ind
Lffectiial
rea<ling
ary, nnd
reel tb«
n which
the ver}^
}c taken,
jd by it
)re sylla'
1 is thud
f this ac-
cord will
s should
a negli-
he other
he sense
Liun, and
fault may
syllable*
or stopS}
and the
marked
( : ) a //<?-
!/on, thus,
ount one ;
iod /'our .
oC iidiiii-
i,thecKic
on, a h«U
: a note ol
jd ; un»l. »
'\\\t mind
BwrnuuHf BOOU»^'
f /
PART I.
n h
^ ^n ROMAN ALPHABET. ,^j|
A B C D E
G H I J R
-;■
¥ Z &
ir
-«*•-
,^.
F
M N O P CI R
ST U V W X
a
b c d e f
{Imnop qr s t n r
\
\
'^'.lii^^i^\JSJ:£vi'iJi.iiii:-^Mi''\.
It
THB CAHAUM •
\
LETTERS ARRANGED PROMISCVOUILT
D
H
V
z
■■J ' . ■"■■ ,
. t:'->X,i ■■; ;»'
B C O F E
S -"'a
A X U Y M
R JV
pr
K
p
O J
ft
I
=pr., ^ JLi TT
' &
r
,^--^
i: wzu oc y b d f
>:iij';S .. ■ ' .1J>-i ,■ ■ f
i*W..'.;. : -ji'i/i
q p s n m li 1 k f
i £ e j a 1 y &
•PBLLIMO BOOK.
19
ITALIC LITTBM.
^BCJDEFGHIJtS
ItMJVOPQRSTirV
ahcdef ffhijlel rnnop g
rstuvwxyzS^
^■
■•y"'i
^a e i o u
And sometimes W and }*•
MUBLE AND TRIPCB .4ETTBM.
AT fi fl fB ffl (e <»
I
orf
FIGURES
nd
Of
12345678 9
I,
}|4
.Jgi^TflK CANADA.
' "
c«
dn
ha
ja
ka
la
SPELLfNO LKSSONR OF TWO LETTERS.
LF.880W 1.
be hi ho bii
(le ? *>idi ' ■ ■ do n duK
^ ■
n
he
e
!e
i:
tEMOM 9.
lifjon
ici
ho
k(»
hu
by
dy
gy
hy
£ ill ^
s^KtLrNd BobK.
At'
IS
'-'^::-A.
uBMon 3.
fna
" me
mi
If mo
mil
m^
na
ne
ni
I«;1ll0
nil
ny
pa
:p«
P.^
Wp
pu
py
ra
E^
ri
fyjro
'. ru
ry
ta
mm
SI
LMMR 4.
r. SU
vupy
l«i
mi»
ti
IIE^
r tw
^
?a
^ ve
VI
gvo
Vll
rr
%a
- we
Wl
rjrWO
wu
iu?»7
^ta
>ye
y*
^ yo
1 yu
?•■:•—
la
* w
Zl
i^"^
la 2tt
16
,,THR CANADA.
1 IjM 1 iiii[i»i»:- --.■;uinn y
1,
I;
H
V 1
1
fw^^P
1
nibex.
LKMOH ft.
ab
eb
ib
Ob
lib
am
em
im
om
. ac
<eo
oc
uc
m
f;
ad
ed
id
od
ud
ap
ep
ip
op
up
af
ef
if
of
uf
ar
er
ir
or
ur
i #1
Id
8i>ettmo «bbK.
•%
Monkey. | Nuts. | Ox. | Peach.
LBMoa 7.
ax
IX
ox
ux
in
ho
m»
h9
aitl
of
ye
by
an
on
no
my
as
or
r,
at
. ^. la
ox * '* my ye
it r^^on go
we **^'^ up to
im ^^"'S em
me
be
to
he
we
be ; ax
om ^ '*' um
,>'^
VHK CAVApMJt
1
f
'i
;i
'i
II
11
1
«
Qneea | Rabbit. ] Swing. | Tree.
3krf>r»NG LESSONS OF TWO LETTERS.
LEflSOIf 1.
at
*.7< t
[s he in.
Is he up.
is i'i so.
f Am I to go 01*
^^^ J am to go in.
1 am to go up.
^Is it so 9r,so.
^^iSo am I to jE^o
ii Js he to^»> in.
So do we.
As we go.
Be it so.
So it is.
.;3
So we go
I do go.
I go on.
He is in.
. m
Ji ii»»6:<
o?
fTtO
So do we go in.
Am I to go up.
So is he to go.
I am to go so.
If we do go so.
H9 is to K-o JQ.
7J.i
m
pd
%1
«PEtLI«(a BOOK.
¥
t
HMv
iV
Watch.
u
III
vn
I'- <• .
If 1 rim to ifo.
Am T lo go so.
If wo do |jfo up.
If yo do go so.
So do we do so.
No 1 am to go.
Go on as 1 do go.
So is he to go m
Ah me it is so.
So do we go on.
IC ]w is so to me.
.. ll ho is so to us.
LESSON 3.
usasoif 4.
01 w
So do we go lip.
Go up to it so.
Go on to it so.
Go by it to us.
Do ve to us so.
As i am to go.
If he is up to me.
Go on as we do go
If he is to go.
1 am to do so.
It is to l>e on.
[mi tolHJSQ*
mi
mm
mi
i.
mw
mk\
%b
+HE CANAriiJ*
Youth.
Zebra.
SPELLING LESSONS OF TkREE LETTERS.
tBSSOII 9.
bli bio
bri bro
cli clo
cri cro
bla
bra
cla
era
dn^
fla
fra
gra
pra
tra
8tna
spa
sta
pla
sla
wra
pha
Kka
sha
ble
bre
cle
ere
dre
fie
fre
bill
bru
dri
fri
dra.
USStOK 10.
flo
fro
gle g\i
gre gri
pre pri
tre
#:^l
an
gio!!i2giu
gro
pro
LEBSOn 11.
gru
pru
(•)J> r"M'» Ol
n'Vi
sme
spe
ste
pie
<Hl ■^■i,
sle
wre
tri
smi
spi
sti
pli
sli
wri
tro «M tru
smii
smo
spo
sto
pio
.«'''tli
[,^«'
UENOK 13.
:m^lii^
slo
wro
«l-r?
siti
wni
phe phi pho phu
ske
she
ski
shi
sko
sho
sku
shu
My
biy
cly
cry
fly
• *
gry
pry
try
siny
spy
sty
Dly
sly
wry
phy
sky
shy
•VBLLIMO BOOK.
nag
rot
sot
pot M
not
cow
sow ;f
now
mow
how,
hat i>
bat ;;:^
fat
mat ^j^.
rat Job
act j^ji/
add i .?
aid <-,•>>/
cry :tm
cur ,*f^
cut .!;.
bad I
lad
sad
madn
liad M
job
rob
sob
nob
bob
bay »ii
ray 6
day
lay
nay q
met '^
get
yet ^
let ^
pet (h
apt ^v
arm tv
ash .'>7
ask :{rf
awe -.^'A
dew .v^
dig h
dip ! ..,
dog Njii
dot ,j
It.
cap
lap):'iii
np
tap
sap
CBMoir 14.
mad
bad :
sad
had
pad
UMom lA.
. cry
' fly »
try
pr/ *f
buy 'Jf
LSMOR 16.
got
lOtv'.n
not
jot A
hot i«
UMOR 17.
bag '»!
baa '^
bed ;i5
bid <!t
big !
tBMOll 16.
due -
ear ?n
eat ;H
ebb
Ml V ^
can 7
fan'
mall
ran
pan
boy ■
joy
coy
toy '
roy'
pm '
sin • '
win
tin^»^*4'
fin >lw(; ■
mil
8il
wil ' i
til ,^1
yt' 'i^i
bow >ii
box t>
boy »s
bud ^
elm
end
err
eve
•yo
rat ^-
sat '^''
mat '
patv I
hay !
say ^^t
pay ■
mai^
way *
boji''"^
dog
log '
«| »J»»
ho^- '^
hoi'
nca^ {
cox ■^^•'^
fox^^ '
box '
cap^'p
car V'
cati/*"'
con q'-
ikt f^ f
fee
feii
fit M^*'
y^wmtL OAiTADl*
gaf
>.<<
jot
joy
ill
mud
nuig
nap
net
new
pit, !
ply
rut ,
sow . />
spy oii^
sty :>
sum ,;:»
tap wo*
why \>i\
win ; '.t
wit ^ ^1
won * -ft
wry ^it
run
kin
lap
1-iw
nip? i
ncvir
now
nut ij.i
oak iiii
rib i . i
rid
rimu,v
rip ill
tea
in Xixl
toe '(Oil
yea m\'»
yes ^ ' >
yon
ftp* r{{»
It;
hat
hay
henti^^
hid
him
lay
l:f
lid
lie:
UMMXH tl^
oat^t'i
oddyii
oil y M
old .
Lunom 9SkJt. .
rodi:':;i
row?
rub
rumu*?^
sad^uJ
tMmm tS;
top ^I'i
toy ^md
tub b>J
tun bu!
two iji'i
car >M
cur "^'^
dig
dog
hnt '^
ioe *^i
ill 'J*^
iiiii "
ink
lip
log
low
man
map >
ore' •'?
owe.
owlet)
oww«!
pat «!ii
saw>at
say ry)i
sea
set •
shy i-^^t
^-■'' ' ' '°.
vex ^'l^
vie * ^'"•■*'
vow- *'
urn '"•
fit #>
got *n '
hOg^;
law ^'^
janll'^
jar '7^
je«^ *
jig
ma^
met
mix
mob
nio#*^
paw* >'»
pea
pen **^
sir ^^*^
sit t/uf
six J"'^
sUy^mrt
sob
tot
wan*^^
war'^"'
wax'"^
web ^^^*
wh#^^<^
mngV^'^
try ^"'^
war ' /
vou V^e
•FI1LL11I0 bomh
9k^
1B4VING IJEMO^t or THREE LETmV.
A man.
A hat.
A boy,
A top.
A wit.
A wig.
A job.
A cat.
A war.
A cow.
AfiA.
Aba:.
A toy.
A fop
A pit
h lOft
If 6.
A hog.
A car.
Ahe%.
A )ag.
A cot.
AM '
A bar.
A pen
A nog
A dot.
A gig. A jot. A lot
A mob. A mug. A jug.
A rat A t>ig. A rig.
.^.tVA A bar*f lo'i^^o "A le«(.' «Hr.Ki-rA peg.
A sow. An ey^ A pie.
*>3
A new hat
A now pnn.
An old sot,
A bad boy.
LESION t. ;
A mad dog.
An old ox.
A fat pig.
A new pin.
An old rat
A bad pen.
Uiiad
in
^,, A tin box. ,
A new pot
I can eat an egg.
Bid him get my hat
Put it 0^1 the peg.
Let me get a nap.
uwon 8.
1^ • Y Let It now twn out
5«Ui Be not a bad bov. ;
^^.j Do not tell a li«: :,^^^
' tKStOK 9.
ilt^l^f'T*-^'
I can not see God, but God can sne me :
For the eye of Oixl is on me all the day ;
And God can siee me now, and all I do.
All who sin and do ill, go in a bad way.C
Let me not go in sin. and do ill :
For if I do ill I can xiot go to God.
No man can do as God can do. ^W
The way of man is not as thie w*y ^9^^
Let me not ^o out of thy way. O Gutf I '
in -i
him
/
N.-
»^
THa «AMAOAiW4«
Do you ask if you are to die f
Yeet, you iind 1 are to die, and so are all men.
But.,^ bad boy can not go to God.
(I
1 .
O let me not sin in ail I say or do.
If 1 see a boy do ill, let me not do so too :
For if 1 do so too, 1 ain as bad us he.
. 1 A
.Ijt'J i,
. ';;i
J.
9PELLING LESSONS Of FOUR LETTERS.
band cart
hand dnrt
land hart
snnd mart
wand mit
^ Mill: ^kmf'A-
hard
lar^'
))ard
yard
ward
cast
foNt
last
post
vast
bent
dent
lent
rent
aeiU
«if|,i
>«
dark
bark
'hark
lark
mark
LKUOV S6.
lint
'>)est ,1^'^^mint
lest'" '' ^^,t »"nt
nest '^'^ J dint
#M * post '«^^ tint
fansf
hong
puntr
rang
barm
farm
harm
warm
.woo ilk
fall .
mal'^^t
tail
cosh
gush
nasi)
la3h
rash
LEMOH 21.
•.:af,J
^'
dust
^ISt
lust
illll»»N».X
iiaD Ir
balmi
cahn
jalrh'
lamb
full
gull
■^8 it! CT^ mil om Jik.1
niil Kun ieelc
jail mmn.^ gain meek
fjt'
WflxrU O J
•PIBLLlliO ROO|[.
ma
bilit
fail
fain
fair
bftwl
caul
bead
beak
beam
leaf
lean
leap
meal
mean
wean
year
zeal
beef
been
eoal
coat
eoat
load
loaf
../ 'lii-'ii
fool
[foot
jpood
Ihood
[hoof
hail
hair
laid
moid
bean
bear
beat
dead
deaf
meat
near
neat
peal
pear
beer ,
beet '
deed
deem
deepyj^ ,!
moan
roar
roam
toad
hook
hoop
look
loop
moo«K
LGMOW 88 .
muiJi
noil
paid
pail
pain .'
LKUON 30.
deal
dean
dear
earn
ease ■
LCSiOIf 31.
read ^ ii>
ream
reap
rear
seal
ifiiU ,
tCSSOK 3S,
deer '•'^. "»'
feed i^li
feel ^,t
fees ^f g|
feet
pitir
rail
rain
said
soil
east
fear ,
feat "
flea
head ''
se&m
sear
seat
teal
I.KS80I1 33.
boil
coil
coin
foil
join
LEttON 34
moon
noon
pool
roof
roa**
■iW
tail
vail
vain s
wail i(
wait »(«
heal
heap
heai
heat
lead
tear
teat
veal
* #' weaj
teair. ^^' weak
fle© ^:^'>- tree
free fl« <»' wtoed
heccr weep
^^0* sJm, ^ier
thee ;j ij.y^ boat
ciij. iA»0 fji'ii-n UMii *t
lom
soil
boot
^ ., v/ m ^^' Imfel
^oil ham' 5''*^nru^l
void ^ ^^^ door
book foo<f
oot -^ hg bnl
ioon
tool
wood
feiir
^out
acur
piw«
u^fcj
:#
^
THB CANADA ^'i
rout 1'
soul
sour ^
your
suit ^
fowl
flow
firown
s^row
mown
dawn
draw
fawn
flaw
pawn
prow
bray
play
dray
LBMO* M.
thaw
yawn
blew
brew
crew
tEUOR 36. '
gray
play
pray
^%,..,
drew
flew
CTew
knew
lewd
prey
they
whey
when
west
slew'
boMrl
blow
brow
down
\
zest
both
doth
moth
nose
REA^^^G LESRdNf MOT EXCEEDING FOUR LETTERS.
f^'t'V.
LEMOn 14.
The sun is \ip, it is tnn«s to rise,
Get out 01* bed. Now pray to God. ^,,^. .
Then wash your face, and comb your haiir. *
Be a good boy, and do as you are bid.
I'he Lord will keep them safe that pray to i4n>*
He is lUgh to all that c^i'l on his name, j^^^f
■'■■■/ ■ I^^W- ' ressoN 15. ,,h*„ti>f>
The Lord can tell what is best for you. ^«- »^> rv
He will do you good if you love his wayai *''^
If a man love God he will keep his laws. ,y
Take care Avhat you say lest you tell a lie. • ^
He that lies will do many bad acts. *^"
Look at them who do well and do so toa '^^.^
Be sure to mind them that do well. *''^^
J-..'
But keep from all who do ill. ': ^i
LESSOH 16.
Let us love the Lord our God with our souls.
For he is" kind to us and does us good, i'^i
Tiike care that you mean what you say to G6d,
And dvvnot mock him when you sing or pray.
iist<>\^ fhf«t if you mock God he must see it.
It lh« l^id Koop im wc need frnx no horhfi* .i\
ti^
<.|fir)l
Unm
Ijuus,
■JK
:-l;
IflO-
3odi
hi..'
UPBLLINW BO<MC.l>
]IK^
o arc sure to be safe if God tflk^ cure of us.
now that the Lord who made th< eye can see. btn«*d
lid he who made the ear can Ik ar.
he eye of God is on all them tiiui ^lo ill.
LBIfON 17
ie sure to help the poor and sucli as are in need. !
,et them not want aid when you can li^Mp.
iiid what you read that you may grow wise. i
hat we know now will be of use to us when old.
6 will y M. t:e wise who docs not mind his book,
e n» . ' If "" the best use of our time.
.1 tills Ui.y is past it will come no more.
iCt K .11 horn* slip, you have no time to lose.
Li:iiioir 18.
boys that sit near you talk to you, mind them not '**''*^^
|et them by that see that you love your book,
you love your book do not look otf from it.
3ad with care and mind what is said, '^i^ ,
hen any one says he does not care, • ■-
hat hope can wo have that he will mend,
'^u must not tell lies in play, for it is sin.
•! sure all you say is true. The eye of God • dpon yoa
buy
«
EXERCISES IN MONOSYLLABLES.
tESyOM
fland
stand
brand
grand
taught,
vaiilt
vaunt
bleach
breach
•!i¥»V
plain
praise
suint
s«kith
stairs
bread
breadth
breath
brertke
ciieup
LESMXI
37.
strain
strait
straight
twain
caught
38.
cheat
clean
clear
creaiii
creoM
^^
r>VM(t|r
Qiu.t '• t
dr&%d
dream
fleam ■%
grease
greavQ *
9S
THB CANADA.
::r?*:
heard
hearse
heave
knead
league
^sneak
speak
spear
spread
steam
geese
freen
nee
kneel
queer
grieve
pierce
shield
thieve
board
jEfroom
flousfh /
bound ^
boiiirht
brought
proud »
ronorh
round
siiotiid
JX
.bv
.lU'
.A-
leani
leave
mead
meant
peace
•'i; "■ ■
Stream
swear
sweat
teach
thread
sheep
sneeze
speech
spleen
street
UtMOH 39.
ill.-
! f\\ it-rf «s- n'l 1
.<^ii
JA/} i->
peach
plead
preach
realm
scream
LE8S0N 40.
i'*^'^;^ search ,
■' '"'■^' sheaf '«» *^'
**V^ shear -'f^^^'
sheath
I ^*ij smear
!»'..'
wealth ' , cheeiC
^,,^ cheer r,
cheese
weave
wheat
bleed
breeze
s y*i
LESSON 41.
sweet
teeth
three
wheel
dexgn
tESSON 43.
broach
bro.^-d
coach
hoarse
throat
choir
moist
noise
point
poise
LEVBON 43.
course ■
doubt
d rought
fought
ground
sound
south
though
throuirh
lou^tJ
group
hound
house
mount
mown
LESSON 44.
trough
' touch
vouch
woulti
• •' wduiid
fleece
freeze j^
- eight. /<>
■; freiglii'
height
seize v h>
friend
'■\ !i:
blood
bloom
brood
brook
goose
mouse
nough
ought
ounce
pound
young
youth
yield
y«ir **^*^*
ywisi '^•'
i
SPBLLIirO BOOK.
w
iheaf
thear ' '^
iheath
tmear u^^
;heeK , ,
jheer /
cheese . ,
fleece ,,.,.
freeze j^
eight '(«i
freight v/ii' 3
height m>\
seize •; bi.
friend i^ >fi
..v.ii :,.;!
[)lood
)loom
3rood
)iook
o^oose
mouse
nough
ought
ounce
pound
young
youth
yield
iSi 1.-'
y«Mir
ytuist
;i-M>rtl
1
RE\DINr, LESSONS OF A RURAL NATURE. '1^*1 '^'^^
')..)»> .1.". '>*»,!
SPRING.
LESfoir 19
( Si
hf snow will soon be all gone. . ^
[he frost is yet in thp ground. „ ,,
Ihe sap runs from the trees.
Ws ought to work while it runs
Ix that trough or pail right, .
not lose any of the sap.
>w pure and sweet it is.
be where the men boil it.
jike care not to set your clothes on fire,
[hat might caiise your death.
LEssoir 30.
,ie sprino; birds are come ! hark, how they sing
he wild leeks are quite green,
id the ox and cow feed on them,
le lambs play in the field,
le trees and shrubs have now large buds.
Iiich will soon spread out uito leaves,
le woods look green and gay.
jw great and good must God be,
10 makes the earth and all things glad,
LEsson 31.
hear God's voice in the clouds.
What a clear flash of lifftiu
. ; ' I ■■
; ... , .Hut '" >'' »
' ■■'.{ -v u; ')':■'(
'.on t*U
-^^T
80
THE CAi^/tDA
Boys mid jG^irls outx^* *** be good.
The rain comes Uc n in large drops.
It now clears np and is fine.
1 ,00 k at God's bow in the clouds. '*''
lis «mds seem to touch the eaith.
M'lie men are out at the plough.
Tliey sing whilst they turn up the mould.
Ther seed is cast with care on the ground,
We liope it will grow, and yield a good crop
LESSOR 22.
You ought to dig and ralce that bed.
Still let your vines face the sun.
Take care of them when they come up.
There might be some frost at night.
Take the lioe in your hand and work.
'jet no Aveeds grow on the walkso
I'ull all you see out of the beds. ,
Mind that your fence is good and strong
Do not work too long^ at once.
O ill
Vou have your task yet to learn, ,
And you might be late at school. > ;
7 '.'.]/> 'J ~i
«4, iHr>',.><<i49,-
'*'3 ■■•
'tJi'! !■'
SUMMER
LESSOR 23.
rfow fine .".nd clear the morn is.
The l)irds sing in the trees.
Tliere is one which is quite red. '
The cold dews have left !!-'< earth.
u
■*'■'
■■:(
i"
SPELLING BOOK.
S^ow the bright sun darts his beams,
T'he flocks and herds seek the cool shade,
l^he birds hide from the great heat.
The frnit trees are now in bloom. ...
Vhe meads are thick with grass. ,.: .
See how the scythe cuts it down. ,. , i ,
rho hay smells very sweet.
We ought to help to make it, if we have tim6b
LESSON 24.
3oe the corn how tall and green it is. ';,'
The wheat and oats wave in the wind.
The sun is hot, but there is a line breeze.
The fruit will soon be ripe.
Yon must not eiit green fruit. <. -■
he barge skims down the stream.
weet sounds float on the air.
he oars beat time to the sounds. ;,
et us take a walk neai the shore,
lid view the boats on the great lake. -
iVe will now rest in the shade of the oak.
hen we will go home through the grove.
»'
ib:i-i -it
•1 •• -(fT
7- r
■d'
AUTUMN.
tEssoif 26.
pie fruit in now soft and ripe. .i-
^^1 may take some and eat.
lut do not eat too much. , >*
■!!■
ti
fHE CANADA*'
m i\h'h<^
v/o
'•»i« Oi'Jj ■iil'^yii -^t
fl'
ii ,>•
jri-'*(»t. .!>V
In that field there is wheat cut down.
Bread is made from wheat.
You should not waste your bread,''*" '"''^' '*"' ''^"•'^ **''
For some poor boy may be m want. '^»' '-'''^ *^ > '*'* ^'>'>^ *"''.'
God makes the wheat and com gi'ow, '**' '''• ■^^'J'^*'^^^ 'w''
And gives us all that we need. *^' ':;'' "'^ '^/«*^' ";
We ought to pray in ouj hearts to God, ^ ii^ '•^'h vntl on'
ilnd thank him for our life and all things.
LESgON 26.
The cart groans with the load. : ' ■
The barns are full of wheat, • '
And hay stacks swell the store. 1 ; :
See the logs in heaps oil the now ground
Now they are all set on fire.
The fire might catch your clothes. ■'■'■<
How soon the trees are all gone. >
The stumps are yet in the ground, " '.
But they will come out in a few years.
Men do not plough new ground. '
They drag in the wheat Avith a team. '
Now they fence it with oak rails.
■ ',1 ;;;'■.
;l
I rtt'^-
V
-n
M'l.'
*■.■; i.i'-
-li
,7
inkN
t
'! ■
)iJ
n\'
, 'i'/.- ":
: i!
I'l
.iCi
loi; i
f !
i.',V
■-,'''. ■•■■
' ' .'
...i.
wl'i
!,:Mf
.V,
%.
y^] r
.: ;■■! '
• -f
If.' :
'►n
■'•fl
.
HU
' '/ ■ ■ '. i
M
(,''<•
mV.'
;•:..'/ ■
//
ii-
: * i *"
WINTER.
LESSOV 27.
There are now no leaves on the trees, ""•' *■ M«f'
And the birds no more cheer us. '^f,-
The cold hand of the north has bound the earth ^i ut J-
■PBLLINO BOOR.
J, ' WO
: vnd fxi* 'I
.'I' !/ '.11 }>
irth
■-'ui! ru
TTie streams .and small lakes feel his chain.
See the boys slide, atid the men skate.
Charles may learn next year. > ,
There has been a great fall of snow. ■ {■■
Will you take a ride in the sleigh 7
Come Charles, call Jane and Ann.
Where are your hats and coats and cloaks. ?,
We shall be home at noon. y,
\. fs.,
Im'ylU
■ 'I
LESSON 28.
i.-i>
■ '■»
ft is a cold night— it snows. r' ; !
Ring the bell. John make a good fire. i
Oraw down the blinds— shut to the doors.
Come m and take your seats.
Now what are we all to do? ;.,,
Why sinff a psalm f r hymn, i
Or play your tijnec, draw out your maps, •
Or dress your dolls^ or what you will till tea.
Then James I shall have a new book for you,
A.nd we will get you to read it to us.
The air is quite keen — there will be two or three cold nightt
And then it will be mild. God is wise and good : , ^
A.nd small things, as well as great, shew His skill. y j>. |
i
JnVa
' iiUt
WORDS OP ONE SYLLABLE, EXPRESSIVE OF THINGS FAMILlM
TO CHILDREN.
■■?"/.!■ 5:sV:|M LKSSOtr 4ft.
rm\
MM"
'i lt< ( t
[Anns
hone
I blood
back
J boot ,
[fap
[c«>at
ilasp
brain
cheek
chin
ears
cloth
cloak
frock
jroW"
eye
face
feet
hair
heart
joints
lungs
mouth
LMSOH 46.
gloves
hat
hose
hood
lace
lawn
muff
plush
nails
nose
ribs
toes
ring
scarf
socks
shoes
tongiic
throat
thmnb
vein
shirt '•
silk '»
sleeve - '
stiUT '
r ■ — ■
-'■■**'
. THB
CANADA*.
bread
.n;«r
br if ;1«»sop47. ;j„j
(?! hftr >fftf'»int5» 'itVy*
crust
lamb
^gs^
cream tarts >;
clieese
beef
pork
beans
tea /i.t I )cake»
criuu
veal
fowrls
pease
pies!vf »??: trout
-. ■ fi ' '
. <
'11 >"fii;) fi- ^^-r <*'
..LEMON 48. .,.1
''r.'> .;►•!' ••.;;{' ' ,-(.'■,
stone
joists
bolt
trunk
pan fork
orick
floor
hino^e
box
bed plate
lime
door
glass
stove
couch dish
roof
jatch
chair
pipe
spit
sheets spoon
beam
key
bench
quilts cup
stairs
bar
chest
pot
knife mug
m
'.^H
p.
tESSOR 49.
AV'
sun
moon
stars
air
wind
east
west
north
south
rock
cape
earth
land
isle
hill
bank
clay-
sand
chalk
dirt
^i^\
ii »>furj a!.^Tj; ' V' '"■■/
LESSON 50.
brook
pool
pond
mist
dew
raim--"/
snow
hail
frost
iyyyA '>'•!( |> t' lUJ O/i
ash
bay
beech
birch
elm
'i
pine
vine
yew
shrubs
herbs
flax
fern
York
hour
year
inoutl)
week
noon
nioi-ht
march
^ay. ;,H.t
may
grass
J
June
s
hemp
hops
reed
rose
rue
sage
thorn
haws
figs
nuts
pears
plums
grapes
leaf
root
LESSON 51.
•'* 1 -t-fn*-.
U^yn •^'.'
prnig
age
late
when
then
now
path
road
way
HJOV
«'i'ii
>i^
ft-.
LESSON 52.
{first
one
once
pound
'wicB
ounce
drachm
brace
pair. I
tliiee
thrice
third
mile
pert^
pole
rod
four
foot
fourth
five
town
street
where
here
there
fifth
six
sixth
ell
yard
whence
hence
thence
school
church
eight
eighth
nine '
ninth
irichV
cnke»
trout
. -^ ■''
fork '/^
plate
dish
spoon
cup
mug
,ii ill ;>faf)'>
! ram
• snow
$(>• hail
I / frost
:"%
lit ?'? im 'Ht i.
pearis
pUims
rapes
eaf
root
'C\
!U
whence
hence
thence
school
church
eisjht
eighth
nine
ninth
inch\
•PRLLINO BOOK.
LKSSONS EXEMPLIFYING THE E FINAL.
Lesson 53.
&»
1
bnr
bare
cap cape
din
dine
fir
fire
\m\s
base
con cone
dot
dole
har
hare
bid
bide
cop co{)e
fan
fane
hat
hate
'»it
bite
dar dare
fat
fate
her
hero
':iui
cane
dat date
fin
LESSOR M.
line
hid
hide '
hop
hope
mar marc
not
note
rid
ride
Ivit
kite
mat mate
pan
pane
rip
rijio '
lad
lade
m-'p^Tiope
par
pare
^^ f^>^»
robe
marl
made
nod node
pin
pine
J- A rod
rode^
man
mane
nor nore
rat
rale
rot
rote
•A
y!rrf*-i:nr...i
>.'■■
LESSOR 55.
1 , . - • '■
] ■■■-
sam
same
tam tame
ton
tone
val
vale^
sir
sire
tap tape
top
tope
, vil
vile,,^
sit
site
tar tare
tub
tube
\ , vin
vnie^
vote .
sol
sole
tid tide
^ ' tun
tune
vot
tal
tale
tim time
'' van
vane
win
wine
T'"!- :'»'^
iri ■< i< ' "
• f _
'f ■-■-:)
'•vrfKrrtH
' POETICAL READING LESSON (
3F ONE SYLLABLE. llil
, ,. .
LESSON 29.
'■■>: !
. < ' • ' \
uv nfi
What^s rijrht and good,
Now shew me Lord ;
And lead inc by
^riiy grace and word.
Thus shall 1 be !' :
A child of God, ' ' '
And love and fear
Thy hand and rod.
Then shall I learn
To bless and prize
All those that strive
To make me wise.
:mi
Hit
• ;•:(. i
:.■>
Give thanks to thee sMva
Who still dost raise K'JR
Up men lo leach xJin
Us thy jnst ways. ^"^ tut
"While thus my mhid
Is bent and mov'd, '"' ^*"
I may be sure "^ '^''^^
By thee I'm lov'd. ' 'f '^'-
And when I die t . Mob
Shall go in peace !;fl wn
To sing thy praise, i>ff.
Which shall not etcf* H
O I make me one
Of that bless'd train,
And tune my voice .
To that sweet strain.
I'!
:-4ii' >«;s'''^?
/
M
y THE CANADA
PART II.
*^-}lt v^" ■'.'15! ' nil) '■«:■(
* ,;4 Mufi'nii) ■ ^^r-"> *P'^ y5.')»lv;vjws'i
f>*(j-;l Ti-.i!
:?•>*
? i" ■ *
SPEIJ.ING LESSONS OF TWO SYLLABLES
ACCENTED ON THE FIRST.
NoTK. — Figfins and ItalicMffor the yurpoae of dtreeting the prmnncUitwuA
%re avoided — experience having a/ieuti that Vuy only tettd to embturaas tlul
karner, , j
The »yllables are divided more vrith a regard to proper pronuncid^ip^^J^l
to arbitrary rules, which are above the comprehensioit of chMreu, '
•,;(•
Ab-sence
ftb-bey
ac-tor '"
ac-tress
ad-der
am-ble
am-ber
am-bush
an-chor
an-vil
aii-them
ari-gel
ar-bour
art-fill
art-ist ,
art-less
ar-my
ar-ro\v
ar-dent
au-lhor
aw-ful
ax-is
Bab-ble
bab-bler
ba-by
bock-bite
back-ward
iJ V
J,v.Ut,
bank-er
baii-ner
baii-ish
baiit-ling
bar-ber
bar-rel
bar-ter
ba-kcr
bal-Iad
bet-ter
bliin-der
bor-der
bo-som
bri-er
bright-ness
brim-mer
brim-stone
bring er
bri-ny
bris-tle
brit-tle
bro-ken
bro-ker
brii-tal
bni-tish
bub-ble
buck-et
buc-kle
biick-ier
buf-fet
bu-gle
biil-ky
bul-Iet
bul-wark
bun-die
bun-gle
bun-o'ler
bur-den
burn-er
burn-ing
bur-nish
bush-el
bus-tie
butch -er
biit-ler
but-ter
but-tress
Cab-bage
cab-in
ca-ble
cac-kle
ca-dence
call-ing
cai-iou8
cam-bric
narm-
cam-let tin;?.
■lar-cc
can-eel \ u'i
Biar-te
can-cer 'Aa
Bias-te
can-did !'•*
Hat-tel
can-die UsJ
Kat-tei
can-ker
Heap-e
can-non
■icap-r
can-ton
■leat-ei
can-vas
Keer-fi
ca-per
lier-isl
ca-p(^n
■ler-ry
cap-tain
lies-nu
cap-tive
■lief-ly
cap-ture
|iild-h<
card-er
liil-drc
care-ful
lim-n
care-Icss
lis-el
car-rot
lop-pi
car-ry
iirl-is
car-ver
urn-i
cas-tlc
der
caiis-tic
pher
cause- way
■-cle
cav-il
is-sic
ce-dar
it-ter
ceil-ing
UUl-l
8VKLLING BOOK.
ar
ie fnvnnncMiwn}
to tmbturrats tm
munciatim. than
ul-Ur ;i; i'J*
leii-sure «/^- /
eri-tre ii'U^.'
:?r-tain •?"• '
h«il-lcnge
|]iam-bcr
han^r-ing
Ihan-nel
Imp-el
iiap-lain
|iap-let "'•^!
lap-ter ti
larm-ing
liarin-er
lar-coal .
lar-ter ;i
las-ten 3 j*;^
iat-tel8 ' '
lat-ter v.?-.
ieap-en
icap-ness
leat-er
ieer-fiil
ler-ish f? • '
ler-ry
les-nut
\ief-ly
lild-hood
lil-dren
lim-ney
lis-el
^op-ping
nirl-ish
liini-ing
hder
^pher ;"
-cle »
is-sic
it-ter
Miii-ly "^
. I .
clear- nes8
cler-gy
clev-er i-is
cli-ent '•^i>-i
cli-mate w'M
clos-et ; r 1
clou-dy ; ' /
clo-ver : - 'U
clo-veii
Ciown-ish
clus-ter I' i
cob-^yeb n.' '
cof-fee -W-
cold-ness
col-lar
col-lect : ;*
col -lege ' ;
co-Ion : i' <\
com-bat »
come-ly
com-et
com-fort
com-ma ^ n,
com-ment
com-merce
com-mon
corn-pass
com-rade
con-cave ' >»
con-cert iv i
con-core - ; -
con-duct
con-quest
con-sui
con- test
con-tract
con-trite *
con- vent ..?
con-vert iv;
cor-ne** r "
ii"
cost-ly
cot-ton
coun-cil
coun-sel
coun-ty
cow-ard
crea-ture
cred-it
crook-ed
cru-el
cun-ning
cu-rate
cur rant
cur-rent
cur-tain
cus-tard
cus-tom
cnt-Ier
cyn-ic
cy-press
Dan-ger
dai-ly
dai-ry >
dam-age
dam-ask
dam-scl
dark-ness
dar-lmg
daz-zle
dear-ly
dear-ness
dead-!y
death-less
debt-or
de-cent
de-ist
del-usre
dic-tate
di-et
dif-fer
Tr* ' dim-ness xtU{'
din-ner
dis-cord
dis-mal lor i
dist-once vi^'^^-^^
do-er 8K)/K**JR*?
dol-lar tvrf-^
do-nor 7^ ?</
dor-mant . «iv f?
doiibt-ful ?! X'»
dow-er m-^
.' " dow-ny
dra-per
draw-er
draw-inar
dread-ftu
r;V';»f dream-er ItO
f> •■■'^tdri-ver ' ' --a^^
drop-&y .ari(4>ii
drum-metfil'iir^J
drimk-wtt' Hii-i i
du-el v.> ii.ni
-' du-ty ^-'^^xy^x
dwell 'ng A^^^iyii
dy-er
Ea-gle
east-er
eat-er
ear-ly
earth-er
ef-fort
ei-ther
el-bow
el-der
em-blem
cm-met
em-pire
emp-ty
ond-less
outer
hi": S>'-
'';!/■ i. •
t
I!-
lip
v-v
38
en-try m^^i
eti-vy
«-qual
er-ror
e9-say
es-sence
e-ven
ev-er
e-vil ''lit
ex-it
eye-sig!it
Fa-ble
fa-bric , ^
fa-cing ■
fuc-tor ji
faith-ful
fal-low -.^-fju
false-hood
fam-ine
fam-ish ,
fa-moll»ul^iiii
fan-cy
farm-er
far-row^;
far-ther
fas- ten
fa-tal
fath-er
(a-vour
(awn-ing
fear-ful
feath-er
feeble
eel-ing
feig-n-cCfffoii
fel-Iow
fel-on
fc-male
fp.r-tile
THE CANABA *<7i
'/I
Tn
■>^'-I
V
im.
fes-ter
fet-ter
fe-ver
fig-ure
ii-nal
fin-gcr
fin-ish
firm-ness
fix-ed
flan-nel
fla-vour
flow-er
fol-low .
fol-ly :
fool-ish "
foot-step
fore-most
fore-head
for-ost
for-mal
fort-night
for- tune
fonnd-er
foun-iain
fowl-er
fra-grant
friend-ly
frig-ate
fros-ty
fro-ward
fruit-ful
fur-nace
fur-nish
fiir-rovv
fur-ther
fu-ry
fus-ty
fer-tile
Gal -Ion
■?.■' fSf-
N.,
gnm-Me
game ster
gan-der
gar-den 'f
gar-ment
gur-ner
gar- ret
gath-er
gen-der
gen-tile
gen-tle
gen -try
ges-tnre
ghast-ly
gi-ant
gib-bet
gild-er
giin-let
gin-ger
v.>v-.
I ^ // • ■
< I, .-I
•';!
■vii.
H
•if
gir-dle >
girl-ish . I-
giv-er ■ !■ i -
glad-den
glad-ness
glim-mer
glo-ry
glut- ton
gnash-ing
gold-en
gos-ling ; r
gos-pel ■>!
gou-ty
grace-fill
gram-mar
gran-deiir
gras-sy iv.K -
gra-zing «iriJ ?
grea-sy iti'tt r
great- ly nm^i-
a;ree-dy •»')a-'i
greet- ing
griev-iuice
groan-ing
gro-cer nh^^-i
grot-to -M-lh*
ground-l«
guilt-less, ^.i.,
gun-ner uujv
gns-sct ;'j-t,;.;
Hab-it '--i-oi',
hail -stone
hai-ry »j ( <-,
hal-ter . ; (tiv,
ham-let -inui,
ham-pei' r;> uu
hand-fy{ 4.t..
hand-matt
haiid-soB*<
haii-dy w>. u,
hang-er,
hang-ing» .
hap-pen •> iV."
hap-py htj"
har-bour i'j"! «
har-den yi^j-,
harm-le3»j!f -")
har-ness yl'lK
har-vest H-bl;
hat-ter . i!)-!.
hate-ful iii-jin
ha-trcd h-'i
haugh-tyiq-!5<
haunt-ed'i-hi'
haz-ard
heal -ing
hear-ing
hearlf-en
lieart-en
Jiea-tlien
8PBui.fira KOOK.
!t-ing
he-brew
v-iuice
hel-met
in-ing
fiolp-er
cer
nerl)-Jige
t-to "»f !f..
hords-maii
iind-l«
lier-init
It-less
liew-cr, ' [^
i-ner u li.,
liiyli-ncss
-sot i't),;.
hil-lock
b-it
liin-der
1-stone
hi re- ling
-ry •ii-rr.
hoo-gish
-ter . ! (nij^
hogs-head
Ti-iet .iDji.
hoi-land
Ti-per u;v'Ui!
hoi -low
id-fnl -^ '.
holy
nd-m?iM
hom-age
iid-soa^4
home-ly
n-dy i^>j ii: ;
hon-est
ng-er.
hon-our.
ng-ings
hope-ful
p-pen
hor-rid ^
ip-py ii)Ti"
hor-ror '']
I r-boufii ;>{--•
host-age
ir-den yi.j%
host-ess
Lrm-leatt
lios-tile
ir-ness . , .-
hot-house
ir-vest.jfi-t)!'
hour- 1 y
Lt-ter .■:l\i4:
iiouse-hold
Lte-ful iii-fn
hu-man
L-tred lo--.!
hnm-ble
lugh-ty
hun-ger
innt-ed
hunt-er
iz-i'ird
hurt-fill-
jfil-ing -i-i'
hus-ky^^^ ,
jar-ing i-»4
lys-soj f,,,^.^.
;ark-en
hy ;^fHv •
;art-en
-dler"
'a-tlien
-dol
iav-<^n
m-«if«4f
ji'iii.
:ii i'.'h
in-cense
m-conie
in-dex
m-funt
ink-stand
in-let ^'.
in-imite
in-most
in-qiiest
in-road
in-sect
ni-sult '.
in-sjght
in-stance
in-stant _
in-step ""'" ' r
in-to '' ''
in-voice
i-ron
is-sue
i-teni
Jail-or
jan-gle
jar-gon
jas-per
jeal-ous
jel-ly
jest-er
jew-el
join-er
join-ture
jonr-nal
jour-ney
joy-ful '
judg-men
jui-cy
ju-ry -
lus-tice
■)i(.
t ;W,i'
o*,
ker-nel
ket-tle
jccy-hole
kid-iiey
kin-die
kind-ness
king-dorn
kitch-tiu
kiia-vish
kneel-iiig
know-iiig
liud-dcr
la-diiig -/ •-'
la-dy
land-lord
land -mark
lan-gnas^e
lan-iiuid
laugli-tcr
law-yer
lead-en ^^^•^'
lea-ky -^^'"^
learn-ing
leath-er
length-en
lewd-ness
li-hel
li-cense '"'''*'>
life-less '■' '^'i
light-ningf
lim-ber
lim-it
li-quid
li-quor
liz-ard
lob-by
loi-ter
loose-nessi
love-ly
loy-al "*'
ii'i
••1
injr-ffage*'^'*"
hirti-ber •;"««
lus-tro '''lUi'
Ma-jor '■^'»-
mam-mon
II.
man-date ^''
man-drake *"'
man-ger ; "*'
man-gia '"^"'
man-ner^"'*"
ma-ny ,'^'^'"
ma-ple ^"^'f^
mar-gin '^^
mar-tfr" "^
ni;is-ter ^*'
mea-ly* 'J'*
mean -ins: ^**
meas-ure "'
nied-dle '"
nieek-ness "^
mem-ber '^
mend-ing
mer-chant '
mer-cy ^s'i^''^
mes-sasfc ^'^''^^
mid-night '"
mil-ler "
mim-ic 'W^^^
min-gle ^"'^^T
mir-ror ''^^^
mis-chief •"
mix-ture "'*
mod-el r*!^"
mod-ern ^ '^^^
mod-est -t^w' '
mois-ture '*
mo-ment -'"'
mon-key'"^'^**^
mon-ster*^^'^^
month-lf' **"
! I
THE GANADA^
•f
moi<nl
mor-tal
.notli-er ,,
•no-tive
.nove-raeiit
moun-tuin
niouni-ful
inonth-ful
mud-dy ,.
nmr-der
mur-mur
mush-room
mii-sic
mus-ket
mus-tard
mut-ton
muzzle
myr-tle
mys-tic
Na-ked .
nanilMess
nar-row
na-tive
naugh-ty
neat-nesa
need-ful ;
nee-dle
ncigh-bour
nei-ther
ner-vous .
nig-gard ,
nim-ble
nip-per»
no-ble
non-age
non-sense
non-suit ,
nos-tril
noth-ing
Do-tice
(f;;
H
his
■'U'
nov-el
num-ber
nurs-er
nut-meg
Oak-en
ob-ject
of-fer
office
off-spring
old-cr ,
ol-ive
o-men
on-set
o-pen
or-der
or-chard
or-gan
o-ral
ot-ter ,
o-ver
out-cast
out-most
out-ward
ox-en
Pack-age
pack-et
pad-die
pa-gan
pain-ful
paint-ing
pale-ness
pan-ic .^-
pan -try
pa-per
par-boil
par-eel
parch-ing
par-don
pa-rent
par-ley
par-lour
part-ner
par-ty
pas-sage
piiss-port
ptis-ture
pay-nient
ped-lar
pee-vish
pen-man
peo-ple
per-jure
jjer-son
pert-ness
phi-al
phys-ic
pic-kle
pic-ture
|)ie-ces
pinch-ing
pi-rate
pitch-er
pla-ces
plain-tiff
plan-et
plant-er
play-er
pleas-ant
plu-mage
plump-ness
plun-der
plu-ral
ply-ing
pock-et
po-et
poi-son
pol-ish
pomp-oiM
pop-py
post-age
pos-turt
po-tent
pot-ter
poul-try
pound-ag>
pow-er
pow-der
prac-tice
prais-er
prat-tlor
pray-er
preach-ei
pre-cept
pref-ace
prel-ate
prei-ude
pres-age
pres-ence
priest-hood
pri,-mate
prin-cess
pri-vate
prob-lent
pro-duce
pro-duct
prof-fer
prof-it
prog-ress
oro-logue
trom-ise
proph-et
pros-per
pros-trate
proud-Iy
prowl -er
pry-ing
pru-denc^
psal-miiit
■|:Hi
8PRLLIN0 BOOK.
mb-lic >'/"'
kib-lish '
nid-ding
mi-let
Mil-pit ^i-y^
mn-ish 'M->''^
)ure-nes8
>ur-pose
)ii-trid
)uz-zle
tua-ker
[uar-rel "•"
jua-ver ' "^ '
|inck-eii
|iii-et
juin-sy '^; V
|uo-rum
luo-ta
Lad-ish^..'"'
Kif^ter ^"'^
li-ment
[•ain-bow
(nl-ly *' ' "'
rani-ble ' ^ '^^
bin-dom *:''''
raii-kle :'-"-^
ran-soni^' '"''/^
a|vid f'''^^
rap-ture r-" ■'
^ash-ness
fath-er
[altle '''"
razor
read-er
b-al
wip-er
rea-son
.{»
• ■' ■ i.
rob-el
re-cent
reck-on ' '^^
rec-tor • -"^^
rest-less : '
rib-and ' '
rich-iiess
ri-der
ri-fle
right-ful '^f
ri-ot >
ri-val
riv-er '
riv-el
roar-ing
rob-ber ' '
roll-er
roo-my '^y
ro-sy ' '
rot-ten
round-ish
roy-al
rub-ber ■'
riib-bish
rud-der
rnde-ness
rnf-fie
nig-ged •'
ru-in '•
ru-ler
run-ning
rus-tic
rns-ty
Sab-bath
sa-bre
sack-cloth
sad-den
sad-die
safe-ly
1 '
■ f
siif-fron
Buil-or
sal -ad
salm-on
salt-ish
sain-pie
8iin-ual
uati-dy
san-guine
Hap-iing
sup-py
sat-in
sii-tire
sav-age
sau-cer
sail -sage
sawyer
say-ing
scab-bard
scaf-fold
scan-dal '"■
scar-let
scat-ter
schol-nr '
sci-ence '
scof-fer
scorn-ful
scrib-ble
scrip-ture
scru-ple
sculp-tiir»
seam-less
sea-son
se-cret
see-ing
seem-ly
sell-er
sen-ate
sense-less
ir^
•en-lehetMftU
se-quel ' *
ser-mon i
Ber-i)ent '^
icr-vice vu^
8had-ow i >'^
shal-low n
shame-ful
shape-less
sharp-en •''>*'
shal-ter »w
shear-ing' )<•«
shel-ter i
shep-herd i-*
shil-ling f-?
ship- wreck ^
shock-ing '•
shov-el fM\s
show-er "hj-^
shnt-ter v<-\t^
sick-ness n<^
sisr-nal I'fH
si-lence un^.
sin-ew
sin-fnl
sing-ijig
sin-gle
sin-ner
si-rcn J tri>q *
sis-ter iT fifUj^
sit-tinff {ff?
skil-fii 'Ttf
slan-der nu
sla-vish iij
sleep-er v-^*
slip-p«r ".?^
slop-py •• t?
sloth-WH '(!;
slug-gari' ' f*
II *^
THK
CANADA
MJi; slum-berf»-«5*?«
sti-fle iv •
taste-less
ffi smell -ing
still-ness
tat-tle ,11
m smiig-gle
stin-gy
taw-nyio ;•*
M I smut-ty
stir-rup
tail-or
1 1 sii ^,ak-inir
stoiTi ach
tem-per
1 I sc -ace
sto-iiy
tem-pest
11 sol-emn irv ,.-
stor-my
tem-ple
jl sol-id ii.i,;
sto-ry
tempt er
1 sor-did .^u.>-i
strick-en
thank-ful
m sor-row . ^wi^
jl sor-ry i.t;(i;t
stri-king
stiib-born
thaw-ing
tliere-fore
j sot-tish i'-l-'.
stu-dent
thick-et
jl sound-ness
sub-ject
think-ing
Ij spar-kle j-,;*^^
suc-cour
thirs-ty
1 1 spar-row fJjiy
suf-fer
thurs-day
1 spat-ter | ':
sul-leii
til-lage
j I speak -er •"•'•■
sum-mer
tim-ber
jj 1 speech-less
sum-mons
tin-der .« ,„
1 spee-dy *. :
sun-day
ti-tle
1 spin-die ,j »;
sup-per
tor-ment
III spin-ner <
sure-ty
to-tal ,.;,.
III spir-it
sur-feit
tow-el
1 I spit- tie >■ :-'
sur-name
town-ship
n 1 spite-ful ( ■
sur-plice
trea-son
nji splint-er
swal-low
trea-tise
mi spo-ken j^r-
SM^ar-thy
tri-umph
HI sport-ing !,•
swear-ing
troop-er
^1 spot-less;-,;'
swecp-ing
tru-ant
Hraj sprin-klc"
sweet-en
tues-day
II 1 spnn-gy -
swell-ing
Ui-lip
1 1 squan-der
sys-tem
tur-key
1 !l ?queam-ish
Ta-ble
tur-nip
Up Ua-ble
ta-lent
tu-tor
1 1 tam-mer
tal-low
twi-light
1 1 sta-ple o-'m'
H slal-ure n '.•
tal-ly
ty-rant
tame-ly „.
Um-pire
1 ' stoad-fast
ta-per . ^ ,
un-cle .^ ( ;;
a stee-ple « - i
tar-dy u- <
u-sa^-e ,, ;,;;
1 9t.ner-age _,>;.'.
tar-taT .y,;a:vd
ush-or .j ^1,.
ut-most,i; I,
un-dcr ^,|.i!:,
up-right
up- wards
use-ful
Va-grant ,j;,
vain-ly ,. ,1,,
val-ley .j„|
van-quisl .
varn-iah
ven-ture
ver-dant ;
ver-dict
ves-try^- ,,v,j,.
vic-tpr ,! ,,.
vir-gini,, ,„:
vir-tue ..i]i.,-,
vom-it -v ■
voy-age
vul-gar,^^v-i!
Wa-fer jjj.v,,
walk-er . ,
wal-nut .
wash-ing
wa-ver
way-ward
wea-ken
weath-er
wea-pon
wee])-ing
wcigh-ty
wel-fure
wheat-en
whis-per .
whis-tle
< whole-some
wick-ed
wid-ow., J,.. ,
will-hig
rInd-ward wo-ful yel-low youtli-ful
rin-ter won-der yeo-man Zeal-ot
ris-dom^'<»^' * wor-ship yuii der zeal-ous
rit-ness 'i;«i wrong-ful youiig-er zen-ith A
rit-ty Year-ly yoimg-est ze-phyr
rr>iui }si.tl-''?fpl bir T
.v;
■m^M
Hi A
RURAL SCENERY &c.
kADING LESSONS IN WORDS NOT EXCEEDING TWO SYLLABLES
LESSON 1.
A lone-ly hut.
A love-ly seal.
A fer-tile vale.
A fmit-ful field.
A ver-dant lawn.
A sil-ver stream.
A wind -ins: brook.. 7v
«i-^
niifri.
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
The bi-ting frost.
fros-ty night,
gen-tle rain,
whist-ling wind
beat-ing storm
lof-ty spire,
bar-ren waste,
large gar-den.
tESSON 2.
A leaf-y grove.
A glas-sy lake. ■'
A rap-id riv-er. • vr
The bit-ter blasts. .!'.
A dew-y morn-
A howl-ill^ tern-p«st.
.».»'
A sill -try day. "'
The ri-sinsr hill.
The dri-vins sleet.
■■■.-(■ t '
il
A hoav-y show-er. f ^T'^ n
A strong gale. .■ f«i »i[ t-
A pure ttfuiKiiin; ' ' ?*>£«>*►.
44
!|l
THE CANADA
■■I [■
A no-ble man-sion.
A hil-ly coun-try. i
The ru-ral walk.
A fiiie or-chard
A rich ims-ture.
A swell-ing tor-rent.
The blight-ing winds.
The fra-grant flow-ers,
The sab-bath bell.
» ♦
LESSON 3.
A cool-ing breeze.
A win-ter's eve.
A fine night.
An a-ged oak.
A hard win-ter.
The lof-ty pine.
The bleat-ing sheep.
The din-ner honi.
A sum-mer morn. ■"'• >
A gloo-my day.
A pleas-ant ride.
The scent-ed herbs.
The low-ing kine.
J The wind-ing path.
The hol-low tree.
The fmit-ful field.
, The lof-ty hill.
VA love-ly jaunt.
A fine pros-pect.
The red squir-rel.
An A-pril show-er.
A cloud-less sky.
. A weep-ing wil-low.
• A fruit-ful au-tunm.
.'A-i-u ..<:
H
iiV.i^J-,
■' riiol
k
.. 7a!
A
iU>-'i A
A
/.
/.
'• 1 • , ' '
A
■'m,v,'
/.
t
»r*
- THE COW, &c.
Note. — Some teachers, in ord^r to excite emulatioii, put their acholan \
tad in classes ; and, for the cmivenience of xuch, the foKowing Lessmu are t
tided by figures into sma U portioiis.
LESSON 4.
1. If you are ver-y good, and say your les-sons well tfij
niom-ing, we will, if it keeps fine, go in-to the gar-dej
where you shall help me to sow some flow-er seeds,
•aoK at the man who is work-'ng: thor«.
• ; H i 7/ '
h
■FELLING BOK.
2. You can also look at the coolc, who is get-ting peas
ft#* your din-ner, which you, and your broth-ers and sis-ters
are ve-ry fond of. ''">'?
3. The cher-ries be-gin to look ve-ry red, and will soon
be ripe e-nough to mix with the cur-rants, when they will
make nice tarts for sup-per, with a lit-tle new milk from
the Cow, from whom we may have ma-ny good things ;
fresh milk, rich cream, nice but-ter and cheese.
4. Cus-tards, and most kinds of pud-dings, are made with
milk ; I can-not tell what chil-dren would do for prop-er
food, if we had not Cow's milk.
5. Last sum-mer, you know, how pleas-ed you were to
see the lit-tle calves play-ing a-bout in the fields with their
moth-ers, though you thought, when you saw thom go to
lake their moth-ers' milk, they would not leave you a-ny
sup-per. !'t)i-^i '■■'■• ^iir {ihw-uhhft y
6. But, my dear, the good God who gave the beasts of
the field for our use, also gave them the means to nour-
ish their young, and yet have e-nough to spare for the use
of man.
7. He who has made noth-ing in vain, took care to pro-
vide well for both man and beast ; for when the calf is old
e-nough to feed on the grass, it does not want so much of
its moth-er's milk.
8. The calf has no wool on, like the sheep, but the skin
is of great use, and made in-to leath-er, of which shoes are
made, bind-ings for books and oth-er things ; so you find
the poor beasts are of use e-ven af-ter they are dead, foi
ma-ny of them give us both food and rai-ment.
9. Farm-ers snould use their cat-tie kind-ly, for I do not
know how they could do with-out them in the cul-ture of
their farms, or find food for their wives and chil-dren. You
will find dai-ly, as you read, that all God's works are good,
and noth-inor is made in vain. ; , i , . ii;t! vi:: iui
.■. .::'•■' •ill'U'f ::'!■■ -'M •!■»* if ,>l^f5) 'ri Ol ki:%'
.:'ji.'.-.n i'.*^t^'i<> Hiiux^: i:( '■•'1 Sir bn A ">?5k>f>wi*
46
THE CANADA
iliV/ '. Ml> 4i'.»:;i-
\. :■> I : ■>! !(;■>; I
::\tv.''''-':T''^^^ bees, <s^cr'-^"'^^
/'! 'V:„ sn;''-' V:-: » -(v :, ..^ '^ lesson 6.
1. I was glad to see yon, my dear girl, so ninch pl«»4is-e(|
last night witii the good farni-er, and his daiigh-ter whij
gave you such nice fruit and new milk. How sweet j
seem-ed af-ter your walk, to sit down and en-joy such
sum-mer re-past. :. " > ! f
2. While the weath-or is fine, we will often, af-ter yod
have read your hook, and done well at your nee-dlc, go and
see Miss May, who keeps her fath-er's house, and tends thj
poul-try.
3. You know she told you she would give you a pair
pret-ty chick-ens^ and I will buy two or three more, theij
you shall feed and take care of them at home. *>'n;
-4. She also told you she would shew you the bees td
next time you went, and you should, at the prop-er sea-soiJ
see them take a hive. What a pit-y it is, that for the sakj
of their hon-ey, ma-ny of the poor be^s are kill-ed, af-tej
they have work-ed so hard, and toil-ed so long, to cull thj
sweets trom flow-ers and herbs. ' "<' '^ ; ;. o .xiiv -^in-
5. Poor things, it is hard that a-ny of them should suf-fej
for giv-ing such rich and use-ful food f.- man. Some year
a-go, al-most all the bees in a hive wcfri ^-*-il-ed, when ij
was to be ta-ken for the sake of the hon-ey.
6. But of late years, a meth-od has been founa jr'*'*-kind
the hon-ey from the hives, with-out causing the deai^ ,
so ma-ny use-ful in-sects which niny live to gath-er mor
•weets, and tek^a to some otJ'"*jr hive.
SPflLLINO BOOK.
49
7. You must be care-ful when you go near where bee-
lives are, for, if you play a-bout and trou-ble the bees, ai
ley go in and out, they will sting you, and their sting ia
ar-ly as bad as that of a wasp ; and 1 sup-pose you wiii
)t soon for-get the wasp which stung you the oth-t* cUur.
'iTj 7/.JV; '^w.Avm ,FJ[:ifll
huW/ ityi't' hau ,ui
ivi; "/'' *' i'lU'- <»i »»>t'fi/:!| Vmi[^ ']i •■^i.Mf! I'-^df 7!';.>( .iiytf,
iii m-
•Hi!
/il't
./<!
THE FARM YARD.
I V
« tEsson 6.
iism
1. When we were walk-ing late-ly, you seem-ed vc-ry
[luch to ad-mire the nice pea-cock which was spread-ing
|s gau-dy tail to the sun.
2. It look-ed ve-ry hand-some, but you must not be ta-
len with out-side beau-ty, for were you to hear it scream,
[ou would won-der so pret-ty a bird could make so harsh a
loise. ■ -c;f-:\ a.; .1
3. The ducks, the geeise, and the chick-ens, are all much
3t-tei to eat than that fine bird which walks a-bout the
|ard so proud-ly ; some-times the pea-chicks arc kill-ed
rhcn young, but they are not so white and sweet as a
"lick-en. •• ^ >^ vi r '-^ J -j S C*
4. The com-mon farm-yard poul-try, though not so hand-
)me to look at, are far more use-ful, a& we are of-ten pleas-
' with a few fresh eg^s at break-fast. Lit-tle boys and
[rls would of-ten be with-out pud-dings for their din-ners,
the hens did not fur-nish plen-ty of eggs.
6. It i» vtj-ry pleas-ant to see a yard full of fine po»il
18
THE CANADA
try, the hens with their chick-ens, ai-M^ays seen so biM
ficiatch-in? a-bout for iit-tle grubs and in-secis, whict» thj
are ve-ry lond of. ]
6. The ducks are not hap-py un-less they have a poj
near, where they may swim a-bout, and dive in the wa i
for the in-sects they like best. It is ve-ry pleas-ing to watJ
them, and see how mer-ry they seem, and hear whatl
quack-ing they make, if they hai>pen to ftnd a-ny tlyf
weed that pleas-es them.
7. The geese most-ly ram-ble out on the com-mon.
there is one near, but they come home with their gos-liii|
at night to the yard, where they know they shall get a g(
yup-per, and bo safe du-rhig the night.
8. Thus you find that all birds and beasts soon kn\
where thev are well ta-ken care of and fed ; and thoiij
iiia-ny arc kili-ed to sup-ply the wants of man, yet suchf
«K-cape are, or ought to be, well fed and kept warm.
} .-'^rir,)-
W' ')\-nr
.).■
OF FISHES, <kc.
■h LEstton 7.
*" I. Whtsn we were talk-mg the oth-er day, a-bout the pi
!'**y lambs and birds, you ask-ed me where the fish-es liv^
and wanted to know how they walk-ed, as you could i
«ee a-ny legs they had got. .. , ,w . ,*, .: ;;
ffKLLlNO b*MC.
41
he com-mon.
2. But though they do not walk, they can move a-bout
}-ry quick-Ly, which is call-ed swim-minff, and the lit-tle
ins you ob-serve as-sist them in get-ting fir-ward through
le wa-ter.^
3. Some fish live in ponds, some in riv-ers, oth-ers in
ikcs, but the great-est num-ber of fish is in the sea ; oU
rhich you may read of, when you are a-ble to tell all the
irs^e words you will meet with.
4. Tlien you will read with sur-prise and won-dor a-bou!
le great whales, how men go a great dis-tance in ships to
Itch them, and what a la-TOur and trou-ble it is to take
-lem ; but the oil they yield well re-pays the peo-ple who
[re at the ex-pence of send-iiig men so far.
5. There are a great ma-ny fish in the sea fit to eat, the
•king of which em-ploys a large num-ber of peo-ple who
out in boats, and ve-ry of-ten they are in their boats on
he wa-ter all ni^ht. The peo-ple wh6 live by fish-ing
lost-ly have their hou-ses near the sea-side, and when
ley can-not ven-ture out to sea they em-ploy their time in
liend-ing their nets.
6. You will be great-ly pleas-ed when you can read the
;-count of all the fish-es, birds and beasts, that are in your
is-ter's book.. You shall read it as soon as you can. .,<
7. No per-son can tell what he is read-ing a-bout if h«
m-not say the words in a prop-er man-ner ; there-fore be
ire-ful and at-tend to your book. Pro-nounce your let-
srs right, and you will soon be a-ble to read i{i boojfj t^^
nil both a-muse and in-struct von . ;
iWU:
'n-fHii«
(!
.- ,: ' 'lib ii-.;;r .' .; » r! ,;i,:^ .>;
inA; ■^■)lf:\.il-in ^' ^X-rri-:-!^'/^ -h Jj! ; j|,; '-n -Ju' ^r', S,
' '! ?iv '.>■{•■>.■: .til,:"-,::., .v-fl'^iiti '.;•/; ;»,?-; lu-VMi
ib
THE ^NADA*«
f^lJrfi! 'Mil hi
Ilf 81
*vlw .»]<
no «]«<■»«! T' .i; * . ..nxi ?'f ifr- ■
^^m-ikii yrf jivTHE S.aUIRRE%rii' ih •< •; mv.
HI .'.riDJi nsiil 7o!q-fjj.!> ••,/ iMsoN 8., ;;., ;,i!fi-a:)-« r- I. p.." » ■
1. Yon must take great care of the pret-ty lit-tle squir-rel
Which yon have got as a pre-sent, and he sure to feed it
ev-e-ry day. It loves nuts, and will crack them as well as
you can, and, with its lit-tle paws pick them out ve-ry
neat-ly.
2. Yon knoAv squir-rels love to he in the woods, where
some of them skip from tree to tree as live-ly as birds. In
this conn-try there are ma-ny sorts, such as the fly-in?
squir-rel, the ground squir-rel, al-so the red, grey, and
black.
3. In Eng-land there are on-ly the red and grey, both
of which are ve-ry pret-ty, and have fine bush-y tails which
turn o-ver their backs, and when they sit up-on their hind
legs, ap-pear o-ver their heads.
.4. If you no-tice the lit-tle crea-ture when it eats, you
will see how pret-ty it looks ; but you must take care, foi
it will bite : its teeth are ve-ry sharp, or it could not, with
so much ease, crack the nuts.
5. Some peo-ple put their squir-rels in a cage that keeps
lum-ing round, so the poor thing is al-ways climb-ing bill
nev-er gets a-ny high-er ; it is hard to tor-ment it in such
9 PEL LI NO BOOK.
91
rii r>t\ V' m way. and I do not think there can be a-ny pleas-nrc in
^l-jriM 'n 'Bt^k-ii»i? ftt ail ob-ject \\^hich is al-ways ino-vinj( in vnin
^'M \v>'4 ^i ilVet, sonie de-gree of mo-tion would tend to keep tlic sqnii
^ki 'f-f'Mf '' 'B'cl ni nea'tiia <••<»( ("> ■, ii inn j'i.< ti t .n'? •j.uiw- ■•) ii ■< "^^j*/
f<
.'i
t-tle squir-iel
re to feed it
jm as well as I
im out ve-ry
^oods, where!
las birds. In I
Is the fly-ing
grey, and!
THE LAMBS, (kc.
*> 6'
""^
LESSOR 9.
Id grey, botH
ly tails which!
)n their hind
it eats, youj
take care, foi
iild not, with
re that keeps
plimb-ing bni
tnt it in snchl
il. Yon ask-ed me to tell you a-bout the pret-ty Inmivs
In saw frisk-ing in the fields, when you were oiit with
iur nurse for a walk. They look-ed so gen-tle and harm-
p you want-ed me to get you one to play with at home.
|2. But that would not be do-ing a kind-ness to the ]wot
|:a-lure, for it would soon grow too big to have in the
pise, and then it would have to be kill-ed. Lit-tic lambs
>en they grow up will 1/c great sheep, and sheep tlie
|[ch-ers kill for us to eat^ and the flesh is call-ed mut-ton.
{. It may seem cni-ei to you that such pret-ty crea-tnros
llie sheep and lambs are, should be kill-cd for man's use,
the grcvit and good God gave them for our foo('. Were
62
THE CANADA
ihey all to live, there would not be grass e-nough to fe
tliem, so when thev are I'at thev are slain : th«3ir tiesh i
eat-en, their skin dress*ed and made into parch-ment for th
law-yers to write on, and for ma-ny oth-er ii-ses. » • ' ' '
4. Of the lamb's skin, which is thin-ner and soft er, In|
dies' gloves are made; and it is of-ten u*sed in-stead of kii{
«ikins for the up-pcr part of la-dies' and chil-dren's shotjj
The wool of both is card-ed, spun, and wo-ven in-to nia-ii
sorts o( use-ful clo-thing; some wove in-to broad-cloil
stuffs, blanK-ets, fian-nels and a great ma-ny things
clothe and keep warm the hu-man race, who must al-lo
the poor sheep to be one of the most use-ful of crea-tures.
5. A great num-ber of socks are al-so made of wool,
are car-pets, and a great deal of wool is spun ve-ry fine H
la-dies' work. Your sis-ter, you know, late-ly work-ed tl
pretty ru^ we have for the tea-urn, and the great nig
the draw-ing room hearth ; all the fine wor-sted she u-s
while work-ing them, was made from the wool of the sh©
dy-ed to the col-ours want-ed.
'-/'
> i <
' THE SHEEP.
. , I . LKMON 10.
Laz-y sheep, pray tell me why '
In the pleas-ant fields you lie,
Eat-ing grass, and dai-sies white,
From the morn-ing till the night }
Ev'ry thing can some-thing do.
But tell me of what use are you ?
if)
hor
>-jure
)0ve
J-solve
•surd
^cept
hcount
;use
[quit
[quire
Ires3
[•here
journ
jure
•PELLINO BOCK.
oiigh to fee
thtjir tlesh \i
i-ment for th(|
Mid soft er, Inl
n-stend of kul
i-dren's shot J
ill in-to mu-ii{
broad-clotlj
-ny things, ti
niiist al-lov
of crea-tures. !
ie of wool,
a ve-ry fine 1(1
ly work-ed tlJ
B great nig of
r-sted she u-sc
001 of the shed
2. Nfty, my little mas-ter, nay, ' '
Do not serve me so, I pray ; " *
Don't you see the wool that grows
On my back, to make you clothes ?
Cold, and ve-ry cold you'd get,
If I did not give you it.
3. True, it seems a pleas-ant thing.
To nip the dai-sies in the spring ;
But ma-ny chil-ly nights I pass
On the cold, and dew-y grass,
Or pick a scan-ty din-ner where
All the com-mon's brown and bare.
4. Then the farm-er comes at last
When the mer-ry spring is past.
And cuts my wool-ly coat a- way
To warm you in the win-ter's day;
Lit-tle mas-ter, this is why
In the pleas-ant fields I lie.
KiS
f«.
t .
•It
f.
*
It!
t
'"'■%
■<i
',-tl
1 '.■,
TV
>'i
's
i.
.• V
1 1
t
rM'/
*
>••
M,
If.
.//I
f;'>,
c.
", v •
•<-;
J
.J.Ml
i )
, 1
i>i
t
\\'
I
•M:fr. 'i<
'J ■•
,('
I WORDS OF TWO SYLLABLES HAVING THE ACCENT ON THl
SECOND.
It?
1
■IMS
- '■ )
hor
i-jure
jove
-solve
•surd
rcept
hcount
;use
[quit
[quire
Iress
t-here
journ
jure
jij'i I
ad-just
ad-mit
a-dorn
ad-vance
ad-vice
ad-vise
af-fair -
af-fiict
a-fraid
a-gain
ag-gress
ag-grieve
a-go
a-ios
a-lert ■''
a-live '
al-lege -
al-lot '*
al-lure
al-ly
a-loft
a-lone
a-long
a-maze
amend
a-mong
ap-peal
ap-pease
ap-ply "*'!
ap-point t
ap-proach ^
ap-prov©
a-rise
ar-raign
ar-rest '
as-cend '
a-shore
as-sault
as-sent " ■
as.sert ^'^
as-sume
a-Btray
■i '
■,»..l
64
THK CANADA
a-tone
at-tend
at-tire
at-tract
a-vail
a-viLSt
a-venge
a-verse
a-vert
a-void
a-vow
aiis-tere
a- wake
Bap-tize
l)e-cause
be-come
be-fore
be-hold
be-lieve
be-neath
be-nign
bequest
be -seem
be-set
be-sides
be-siege
be-spoke ,^ r, v ,j^
be-speak .;iq J
be-stow ,,j,j ^;
be-tide
be-time&
be-tray
be-wail
be- ware f,., ,
te-witcK,^,,,}.
be-yond
blas-pheme
block-ade
bom -bard
bu-reau
1
'7
Cal-cine » ,vit coii-dign
ca-iial /^/it: j cod-dole
ca-price i i,,j^ con-duce
.>)iCon-fer
,' )Con-fess
con-fine
con-form
con-fuse
con-fute
con-gfeal
con-joint
con-jure
con-nect
con-nive
. con-sign
con-sist
con-spire
con-strain
con-straint
iCon-struct
con-suit
con-sume
con-tain
con -tempt
con- tend
con-tract
con-vene
con-vert
con-vey
ca-ress
ca-rouse ,,
cas-cade
ce-ment
co-here
col-lect
cam-paign
com-bine
com-mand
corn-mend
com-mit
com-mode
com-mune
com-mute
corn-pact
corn-pare
com-pel i
corn-pile
corn-plain
com-plete
com-ply
corn-port
com-pose
com-pound
com-press
com-pute
•iffi
con-ceal
con-cede
con-ceit
con-ceive
con-cern
con-cise
con-elude
con -coot .
con-cur ,,
con-demn
con-dens^,.,
j,,,,».con-vmce
lU
con-vulse
cor-rect
cor-rupt
De-base
de-bate
de-bauch
de-cay 'jv*^
de-ceive
de-claim
de-cliii«
de-coy
de-cree
do-ory
du-ducl
de-fume
de-fect
de- fence
de-fend
de-fer
de-fine
de-form
de-grade
de-g^ree
de-ject
de-lay
de-light
de-lude
de-mund
de-raur
de-mure
de-note
de-nounce
de-part
de-pend
de-plore
de-port
de-pose
de-prave
de-prive
de-pute
de-ride lau^
K|')-^
tIJ..
de-sert
de- serve
de-sign
de-sire
de-sist Mi:r =
des-pair
des-pite
de-tach jiu' •(
jde-tain tv^ui
■PBLLINO BOOK.
Nk
lo-tcct !>i7 1^
l(j ter lov-m
Ic-vise j'>l-ii'
|o-volva»if>,-i£
le-vote u!* 11/
^e-vour !>j-ii
le-vout fftrd-^'
lif-fuse Ji*h'-
li-gest Mf. ».'
li-jj[ress nn^i-i
li-lftte ilj'n-v
li-rect (ij'v
li3-iirm /i^i'j-'
lis-burse
lis-cern
lis-charge
lis-claim
lis-close
lis-coursc
lis-creo-t
lis-cuss i," .' .
lis-dainiU'>'!
lis-easc ;- ■■ '■
lis-grace
lis-giiise
lis-gust««ji,»-
[is-join Ji?>f,»-'
iis-like '.ill) .'•
lis-masti4J*-'i
|is-may ^ A -
iis-miss
[is-mount
lis-own,
is-pand}i 1
[is-pol ^ •
lis-pense
lis-perse
lis-play .un
jis-please
s-pose ,,
dis-praise
dis-sect ri'M>i<
dis-solve.ifj .*«
dis-til .,t Mf
dis-tinct \\-*\%
dis-tort II, ii
dis-troct ui*«*
dis-tress ,/j- vf
dis-turb fi'^-ni.
dis-use >.'*i
di-verge '>8 tt.
di-vert A>,ff
di-vest i\*.m
di-vide ti ;^rt
di-vine :'<?,.,.,,
di-vorce u o
di-vulge .*i M
dra-ffoonw yj.
Ef-face »•'•/).
ef-fect .••..!
e-ject i>((!
e-Iapse \^■^^•\^
: e-late jO •<!
e-lect 'Hino!.
e-lude ;?>i oi-
em-balm
em-bai-k.
em-brac#^t < ,
em-ploy , ok
en-chaal H-o>
en-close m a^
en-dear h; <>»*
en-dite »- >i
en-dorse H^ij.
en-du8 hiiivi
en-dure ri uv.
en-force if -OK
en-gross .)*-fiiH
en-hance
ctfi-join ., ,. -
fore-shew .j^.,|f
fore-see },.,|i!,.|||
foitj-warn t|j?.iii
foi-sakc ,;f< ju
forth-wiH^j,*«.ii>
ful-fil - ,rt|H til
en-joy |»-V4h;
enlarge
en-ricn
en-sue
cn-trcat
e-quip
e-raso •j'n^H.t'/Ga-zotte f*ti. jm,
e-rect :yn>
es-cort
e-vade
e-vent
e-voke
ex-act
ex-ceed
gen-teel ,,,|.,„
2:ro-tesque„Mii
Im-bibe "Hiti
ini-biic „v.fii
l,.u,im-mcnse ,.y.|it
iM(|.f!!. ini-merse ,v,(||
4, 't...im-pair -yf-ui
ex-cept im-peach ^./.nj
ex-change ini-pel wm
ex-cise . im-plant ri,.ni
ex-clude Mrc.im-plore , ^,, j.j,
ex-empt ^ i;f<im-ply mh>y^
ex-hale fs^fsj, im-port „ ^j j
ex-hort y„i,jtim-pose „f«(
ex-ist ./.fjh im-print ', jjj^
ex-pcct /.i,i« in^i'Pure ur.m
ex-pense » tn^i im-pute ^li ,un
ex-pi re r(t <;»! jn-cite '.tnf>,siH
cx-plode )! fx| in-clude >i4{fii
ex-port r i t . H I in-crease > « ^ .u
ex-press ^l ri,; in-cur
ex-tend im ,* | in-deed
ex-tinct \f-; .«,, in-duce
ex-tort /: •v.fj in-fect
ex-treme^^; -jfMj in-fbr bi»-,i.^jfj,
ex-ude ;•-[!.: in-firm ...y|^
ex-ult in-flauie^,, ,.,,„
Fer-ment. . in-tlict,r.{,-j,i.jj„
fore-bodecri siT in-quiro j^niiii
1
(H
for-l)ear
for-bid
fore-go
lore-knew
m-sane i^am
56
TKB CANADA
in-s])ect ' • ; ^
in-spire '*'^^ '
in-stall '^>^
in-still "^' ■ '
in-struct
iu-teiid
in-ter
in-trigiie
in-tnide
in-vadc ' =
in-veigh
in- vent
in-vest ^^
in-vite
in-volve
in-ure ^' »
Ja-pan "•
j(>-cose <*";'
La-ment
lam-poon
Ma-chinto
maii^tain
nia-lignJ M^
ma-ture "
mis-chande
mis-count
mis-deed
mis-^ivfe- '
mis-judge
mis-lay •" '
mis-lead
mis-name
uiis-place
mis-print
mis-rule
mis-take
mis-trust
mo-lest
nio-ros«^*'*' '
O-bey
object
Ne-fflect yv/|,.i
o-blige ^'i' *
ob-liqufl( • i-
ob-scure := *'
ob-sei'vo
ob-struct
ob-tain
oc-cur Vr)^'
op-pose - ' ^
or-dain <^'''
out-bid ^- •
out-do
out-groMr
out- leap ' '
out-right
out- run " • ^■■
out-siiine
out-strip
out-walk
out-weigh
out-wit > ; -
Par-take
pa-trol
per-form
per-fume
per-haps
per-mit > < >
per-plex ' '
per-sist * -
per-spire
per-suade
per-tain
per-vade
per-verse
per- vert '
pe-nise ) - '
pos-sess
post-pone
.'li
pre-cede i |-sii
pre-clud4^>^'^ -^n
pre-dict '•'' «ii
pre-fer \i^-n\\
pre-fix li^i^'fi
pre-judge
pre-mise ^
pre-pare ii'«
pre-sage
pre-scribe
pre-sent '/ 1
pre-serve^J" '^
pre-side -^ >
pre-sume
pre-teuce
pre-tend f'^ '■
pre-text mv
pre-vail i'
pre-vent J ^
pro-ceed ■• ■ ■
pro-claim" "
pro-cure i'
pro-duce 'j '
pro-fane i*;- ;
pro-fess I :^i
pro- found- '■<
pro-fiise "i-l;5^
pro-ject •
pro-long I
pro-mote ^^
pro-mulge
pro-nounce
pro-pel
pro-pose -
pro-pound
pro-rogue
pro-tect •'
pro-test !
pro-tract
pro-trude
JiCr
■d:.)
pro-vide
pro-voke
pur-loin
pur-sue
pur-suit
Re-bel
re-huild
re-buko
re-call
re-cant
re-cede
re-ceipt
re-ceive
re-cess
re-chargfl
re-cite
re-claim
re-cline
re-coit;\i >
re-coin
re-cord
re-count
re-course
re-cruit
re-cur ciiiu
re-deem
rc-dound
re-dress
re-duce
re-fer //iu
re-fit vft t-
re-fleet
re-flow
re-foi-m
re-tract
re-frain
re-fresh
re-fund
re-fuse
ro-futft^>'i«K!
ro-vide
ro-voke
ur-loin
ur-sue*.'
ur-suit
Le-bel
e-biiild
e-biiko
e-call
e-caiit ■'■
e-cede
e-ceipt
e-ceive
■e-cess
•e-charg«
■e-cite ii4i'»
•e-claim
^e-cline
re-coil
re-coin'^- to
re-cord i J*
re-count
re-conrse
re-criiit!
re-cur '
re-deeni
rc-dound
re-dress
re-duce
re-fer . ^
re-fit "■ *
re-flect
re-flow
re-foi-m
re-tract
re-frain
re-fresh
re-fund
re-fuse
re-futA
SreLLlNO BOOK.
I
hi)'!.
.■:^l ,>>S
■'I w.ij.>
e-gain •
e-gale ^ '*
!-^rd '^^^
B-gret '^ ' '"
B-hear
B-ject
B-joice
5.join
=;-lapse
•-late
8-lax
j-lay ,
;-lease :^*''-''
j-lent
j-lief
light
;-main
j-maiid >' '''
j-mark '"
Hniud
)-iniss
}-mors€J^*^
j-mote y*
move ^ '*'
j-mount '
new
j-nounce
j-nown
j-pair
:-past
pay
peal
-peat
pel
•pent
-pine
r-plnce '^ •' '
-plete
.t-;u..i{.
■=■{!•.
'Mil '
f<*
re-ply
re-port
re-pose ,r. ,
re-press
e-prieve
e-print
le-proach
re-proof
re-prove
re-pulse
re-pute *
re-quest
re-quire
re-quite
re-scind ' '^
re-serve -^ •*
re-sign •' ' '
re-sist ' -^ '
re-solve •**'"
re-store »^
re-tain ^
re-tard
re-tire -
re-treat ' '
re-turn ^' '■
re-venge
re-vere ^ *
re- vile
re- volt
re-volve
re- ward
ro-niance
Sa-lute
se-clude
se-cure ' ' ' •
se-date * *<
se-duc6 " '♦
se-lect • ' '
se-rene "^ -
86-ver«
wn-cere
liub-due
l5ub-joiu
sub-lime
•uVmit
sub-scri';
sub-side
sub-tract
sub-vert
succeed
suf-fice
sup-ply
sup-port
sup-pose
sup-press
sur-round
sur-vey
sus-pend
sus»{)ense
There-with
tor-rnent
tra-duce
Irans-act
trans-fer
trans-form
trans-gress
trans-late
trans-mit
trans-plant
trans-pose
trus-tee
Un-bend
un-bind
un-bolt
lui-bought
un-bound
un-chain
un-close
undo >> *'
wi-doue »<
un-dresl'^^^^
un-tair >-:aj-
uu-ihld *^ z^*
un-hiuffe -tv^'
un-iiook >if^^
U-Ilii.3 .. .'i^'^feni':
lui-jus ^^ *f
un-kno\?"!i <i»^i«^
un-lace ''^'<'' Hfl
un-like^'f*^^'
un-loud : <i^*
un-lock ^*«'i#
un-man <^* '
un-mask w«l
un-paid l^#
uii-ripe'^ v/tiiii
ur.-»eeni'"*ii littJ
un-say
.Iv
un-shod ^ ''fiJ
un-sound i '■*i$
un-spr;nt *«fciad
un-stop i^
nn-taught
vui-tie Hi
un-iriie ^^i
un-twist ^lt»^
un-wise ^liUiM
un-yokt-
upbraic ^^ ^«
uphold <s
u-snrp V
Where-as '
with-al • >-
with-in
with-draw
with-hold M
with-out
inwith-stand ]^
m Your sett -'v^fi
wt
I'ilR CAttABA.,,
INSTRUCTIVE LESSONS I^ WORDS NOT EXCEEDING THAEB
SYLLABLES.
nmtm
J' or OUR CREATOR, (fcc.
^<-K ii <iil
LEBSOV 21.
,,...,.
hXV. ■
1. Our pa-rents are very good to us, but God is bet-ter
thrui our pa-rents, and he has done more for us. He gave
us our pa-rents and ev-e-ry thing we have.
2. He made the sun, moon, and stars ; the earth, and the
sky ; wa-ter, trees and flow-ers ; birds and b^ts, fish-e^^^i^id
in-sects ; and men, wo-men and chil-dren. -jt \ r
3. He has made us more ex-cel-lent than the beasts, for he
has ffiv-en us a soul. It is our soul that knows God, ano
that ne is good, and wise, and poAv-er-ful. The beasts do not
know God, nor the things which he has made ; if we v(Gxe te
tell them, they would not un-der-stand us.
4. Our souls learn and know a great ma-ny things which
the beasts can-not learn. Qur bo-dies will die, and when wn
are laid in the grave, worms will de-stroy our flesh, andoui
bones will crum-ble into dust. But our souls are im-mor-
tal, they can nev-er die.
5. God or-ders ev-e-ry thing. He keeps us a-live, and he
makes us die when he pleas-es. There is noth-ing whici:
lie can-not do. He sees us where-e-ver we are, by nighi
well as by day ; and he knows all that we do and say ai
think. There is noth-ing which he does not know^,,, ,,,
Kr
;':!''. ^ THE BIBLE, &C. !^
\i: iU'
l..i;ii
LESSON 12.
'till i;h
'■mi
1. We must love to read the bi-ble; it is the most ex-cell
lent and beau-ti-ful of all books. — God him-self com-mandl
ed good men to write it. There we read of all the great an(
good things God has done for us, and for all peo-ple; hon
just, and wise, and pow-er-ful he is; and what we must
to iBi*ve and please him. .j ;*ijv .♦« f^-jiv
SPBLr^IKO BOOK.
m
[od is bet-ter
irth, and the
hiV
i'la blot b-.' •' '1 ^'■'f(il^
2. There too we read. of Christ, the Son of Grod, who came
m-to the world to save sin-ners, such as we all are by nu-ture
and prac-tice. — He was geu-tle and pa-tient when he was
trou-bled and ill-used; he was kind to ail per-sops, e-ven tc
rhem who v/ere un-kind to him ; and when wick-ed mer
wore just go-ing to kill him, he pray-ed to his Fath-er to for-
I give them.
3. When we have read, or heard a-bout Christ, who he
was, and what great things he has done for us, we ought to
love him, and bo tliank-ful to him, and try to be like him.
4. Make haste to learn to read, and try to un-der-stand the
i mean-ing of what you road ; love to learn your du-ty and to
do it; then you will be a-ble to read the bi-ble, and you will
love to read it. There are nia-ny things in it which you can
un-der-stand now, though you are so young. When you
are old-er and wi-ser you will un-der-stand it bet-ter; and, if
you are good, you will de-light in it more and more. ./h.<.:s
ij i S B E D 1 E IS C E . » ;U^ oi l»ii.|-r J
I. Chil-dren should al- ways do what theii^ pa-tehts Oi
|teach-ers de-sire them; nei-ther should they re-fuse till they
lave rea-son from them for what they are bid, be-cause, it
lay not be at all times pro-pcr to give a rea-son, and they
night not un-der-stand it, if it were giv-en. i v.? -i O .
Ed-mund Wil-ful was no-ted for not do-ing as his pa-
rents told him; when his fath-er and motii-er told him not to
lo a-ny thing, he did not mind their com-mands, but would
io it ve-ry soon af-ter ; be-sides this, he al-ways want-ed to
[now tha rea-son why he was not to do it. We shall so(»n
^ee what be-fel him from his not mind-ing what was said to
lim. ! ! :» ^•■•. ■'''•■
3. One fros-ty morn-ing, as Ed-mund was just set-tingf oiff
|or school, his fath-er de-si-red him not to go on the ico.
Jut Ed-mund, as was u-su-al with him, quite foi-got th".
^oin-maiid by the time he came to the pond. The wa-tw
rav iro-zen P-Vttr with ve-ry thin ice, but Bd-pvn^ ibd n^
M
I
i. i
60
THE CANAM^'2
3,
Know this, and mn on it, with-out once think-ing of wlm
*?
his foth-er had said.' ?*■ imf»>5ji i***^ mm-^^^ ammf safi ohiu
4 But his fath-er had kept af-fer him at a dis*tance, ahC
aow, see-ing his son in such dan-ger, call-ed out to him^
'Edfiiaund! Ed-mund ! come cT the ice." "Why,
fith-er7" said he; but be-fore his fath-cr could tell him
t e rea s .., he fell through, and was drown-ed. '''
5. There was a lit-tle girl who did not mind what wa».
said to her, for sonin-times she would get up-on the win
dow seat, and be m dan-ger of fall-ing out of the win-dow?
at oth-er times she would stand so near the fire, as to be ill
dan*ger of set-ting her frock on fire, or of be-ing scald-ed b>
the boil-in^ wa-ter in the tea ket-tle.
t). One day she climb-ed on the back of the nurse's chait
who ri-sing up to fol-low a lit-tle boy that was at play with
a dog, the chair fell up-on her, and she hurt her head ve-r|
much a-gainst the floor.
7. Jane Care-less was ri-ding one day in a wag-gon with
her mam-ma, who call-ed ma-ny times to her, and told hei
not to lean o-ver the side of the wag-gon, but she paid uo
re-gard to what her moth-er said. • : s t
o. At length, when the wag-gon wheel was go-ing o-vei
a stone, out fell poor Jane ; she was ve-ry bad-ly hurt, ano
it Vf%^ Ao«g t"tte be-fore she was well.
■ •rr ;r:i' -?h ^ii-Mimso.
i
OF
a
•x^:-n ;
ia •&*! I«*t| V->'*
ORDER IN AFFAIRS, <kc.
Id
'iiil
kcseon 14.
.t r
1. You have gone through your book, you say, and want
A nvw les-son. Ve-ry well, I will give you one soon, but
6rst go and put away with care the )ok you hrtve just
i»iad o-ver ; that is not to be thrown a-way be-cause you
have got a new one.
^. Now, you think you know it all, but you may for-get
pnw ; and will Avant to read it a-gain. Be-sides, some of
your piay-mares muv not have such a book, and per-hapi
they would like to bor-row it from you. ;«J^ {" ^4wa»» 5*»
2l. Wo en-joy a great deal of pieas-ure our-B«lvet in giw
give,
ng of whtt'
stance, anC
nit to him^
' « W)iy,
Id tell him
I what wai.
m the win
e win-dow?
, as to be ill
scald*ed b>
iirse's chnis
at play with
rhead ve-rj
ag-jspon with
uid told hei
she paid uo
To-ingf o-vei
y hurt, ano
<fcc. Vf^^^-'
i..'t'S .^•
y, and want
le soon, but
u hifve just
e-cause you
may for-get
js, some of
tid per-haps
lives in giv
SPELLING BOOK.
6t
Inj; oth-ers ploas-ure ; and those things which we can-not
l^ive, we nitt^ ittd ought to lend to per-sous of care and
pru-dence. i ,^qi{l)'>-i;iv.'-'V} num. nu m »«,'i.rt; r.»-'viw iA m
4. O ! I can-not fiiid my booic, or my hat, is the com-
mon com-plaint of ma-ny lit-tle boys and girls, and they
run a-bout the house niakinjqf a great noise, and prov-ing a
pest to all around them, be-cause they have not put things
in their jMfop-er pla-ces. ;«w tj >ii ,!i> il) »<? iifi-urCKj stiv yi*»»ii
6. Al-wiiys when you rend, you should try to learn
some-thing. If you hur-ry through a whole book at one
les-soii, with-out this, it will do you no good. If you have
now learn-ed to put all things in their pla-ces, and to mind
where they are, you have learn-ed what will help to make
you ea-sy and use-ful through life, t ^^in .m «;{:'-*?> mi iw
'* K)\ akHA-' ^ ''>' ' ^}i\ '-t' h •■ •''.;,■>■••>•. ••'':3 Ivn) 'fi
OF LYING, AND OF CRUELTY TO ANIMALS,''
,]«'■><>> 1»! •'"''■)■
LESSOR 15.
1. Do you know what it is to tell a lie ? It is to say
what is not true, ei-ther to hide a fault, or to make a jest
•xf a-ny one. Ly-ing is*'a vice you should be care-ful to
a-void, be-cause, if you are once known to be a li-ar, no
per-son will be-lieve a word you say.
2. A lit-tle boy, whose name was John, was so much in
the prac-tice of tell-ing lies that he ot-ten came to much
arm from this e-vil ha-bit. A stout boy, of whom he had
Ibeeu tell-in^ some false-hoods, one day way-laid him on
is re-turn from school, and gave him a se-vere beat-ing.
3. He mide his com-plaint to the mas-ter when he came
school again, but John had so of-ten said v/hat was not
rue, that the mas-ter did not be-lieve him. From this time
le be-gan to see the ill ef-fects of tell-ing lies, and was ve-ry
are-fnl in fu-ture to say noth-ing but what was truth.
4. Once, Xvhen I was in the back-AVoods, I saw men log-
ing on new ground with a yoke of ox-en, and there was
1 very large log which the ox-en could not draW| though
hey tried to do it with all their might. ^^^ «>^ «
6. At this the man who was chiv-ing got an-gry. and beat
M
^
frtE CAN A it
the poor ox-en with a \«r^e sfick, of-ten stri-king them OD
the horns, which seem-cd to pain them ve-ry much.
0. At ot)i-er times, in the front town-ships, I have seen
hor-sea u-sed ve ry bad-ly ; not that they were do-ing a-ny
harm, but be- cause they could not know the lan-s^uagc of
their mas-ters. Hence they were beat-en on the head, be-
tween the ears, with the large end of a whip, which was
like-ly as pain-ful to them, as it would be to ox-en to strike
them on t)ie horns.
m7. Now, all such con-duct as this shews plain-ly the ab-
sence of a hu-mane tem-per. Nev-er trust your-self in the
pow-er of a per-son who can thus a-buse dumb beasts^ foi
he would most like-ly ill use hu-man be-ings if they cross-
ed his de-signs, and he could do so with e-qual safe-ty U
his per-son.
8. God talces care for ox-en. and he no doubt marks lh«
man or boy, who, from ca-price, bad-ly ex-erts a pow-ei
with which he proves un-fit to be trust-ed. It is the du-ty
of all to be gen-tle in their con-duct, and to give those crea-
tures that de-pend up-on them a proper degree of food, tc
pre-pare shel-ter from the ex-treme cold of win-ter, and tc
see that, in all re-spects. they are kind-ly ta-ken care of.
oit ..'ir.ij'i. •;)r'. -^ /«» V" ">i '^*'''
■(•-;yi-v, ?
I rj-i
1 f>)U- duv ']'. .:.''!),.- I'i
i ->'; tli / ^r
^ 1 ;ri;V ■-■■{ y.u
^f'fif--\i .1'
(TO m<i: b"
rt-?tT «^r*i- i f««.^'-<.fiv PRAYER. 'i^i-^^'^-^--* -nr: ^»'t-"-'
^fH-.' f-ml '^^n. r ,!^?;K^•7^ ;"«««" '^- vr i .tjd-iAbnH' J
^>^f Rre the mom-irig's bu-sy ray . f.f:;fm%- v- m* «hj •■:;
ff-,riiu ^all you to your work a-wayjnjl^/ tjm ^ « ''ji T' ' - '^
>^ Tire the si-lent eve-ning close '- ^f.tj-vrt!
lu^wf I Your wea-ried eyes in sweet r«pose ; '^h\ ' i /, .1
SPflLLnfO BeOK.
ig them 00
iich.
[ have seen
io-ing a-ny
n-jriiaffc of
e head, be*
which was
en to strike
n-ly the ab-
-self in the
I beastSj foi
they cross-
al sai'e-ty to
t marks the
ts a pow-er
is the du-ty
} those crea-
of food, tc
-ter, and tc
1 core of.
^« ' • ■ ■
To lift your heart and voice in p^a3^er ^ *i?^ ^^^.s
Be your first and la-test care.
! m 'in'
ri'i W '
«,a;'-»^*
i. He, to whom the pray-er is dn<
From heav-en, his throne, sholl smile on you
An-gels sent by him shall tend
Your dai-ly la-bour to be-friend, >
And their night-ly vi-gils keep
To guard you in the hour of sleep. ,,if ^^^: ur^jK^^
H Wlien through the peace-ful par-ish swells
The mu-sic of the Sab-bath bells,
Du-ly tread the sa-cred road
Which leads you to the house of God j
The bles-sing of the Lamb is there,
And " God is in the midst of her."
I. And oh ! where'-er your days be past ;
And oh ! how-e'er your lot be cast,
Still think on Him whose eye sur-vey» ^''^f'»A
Whose hand is o-ver all your ways ; -U* ifisit^*
A-broad, at home, in v/eal, or woe, ■ujsi-'vtm
That ser-vice, which to heav-en you owe, ''^ 'M'- *
That boun-den ser-vice du-ly pay, nti im>j
And God will bless you e"v'iy day. 9:jd!-tm>
ft. He only to the heart can give mnAwwry
Peace and true pleas-ure while you live; ' ''^''^'^^
He on-ly, when you yield your breath, ■'^m^
Can g7.iide you through the vale of deatlL H^'*' '^
He can, he will, from out the dust, iJoi* »jt>
Raise the blest spir-its of the just ; ikuitd tjVl
Heal ev'ry wound, hush ev'ry fear ; %'>!>*«{ I)
From ev'iy eye wipe ev'ry tear ; sir •;/ *>iHil,
And place them where dis-tress is o'er? rj«H|J -^kl
And pleas-ures dwell for ev-er-morn. i{«Hi •!
TUB OA«ADiK'|i>.
•^ irrr'- t- tr' ftr.r; »riii 1U<'V *v''
!■ >,;■-; ,. I '
AN!
ft.' '
PART III.:o(fWil!u5>H i
■ ,},»^f:?n'}'".. I .od-isi yt-n»t» iMo^i
WORDS OP THREE SYLLABLES PRONOUNCED AS TWO,
ACCENTED ON THE FIRST SYLLABLE.
^.tl,?'=V« "i-JfW-lffil- ii«i'l-Wt»;<l«i will VJ«ji!ij:i.tiil tifijl>i;<t.»
Obsbrvk, tial and daH sound like aAoi, < t / 1
, ^ /lort, cton, «cion — like »/iun, '''^i*
{i.»MJ. ftMii, «d(m — like «/ian, HiJiH-^
/ ftetU, ctett/ — like «AetU, /(i*]'
j, ciMts, scimis — like ahiUf -., . i
aricftcc, /fence — like shmcCf ''***' |
giwi, geon — like^'ttti. *
;i^i^^\ .:.. ■.■^:,..: -,i!.;v \..:. ■■- .:-,■;/ .. AiUtt)ni, .1,,.
,.?8(r. •■' • ' .'
jEV.^v'jiv Man-sion
; «Yr.v mar-tial ...vo iii !,.t. Sanc-tion
^>o. men-tion ,„)! sec-tion
Cap-tioiis /o fjov i mer-sion i / ,.,; spa-cious
cau-tion ^^;^• mis-sion. . ^^ n^l spe-cial
cau-tious .Yi); mo-tion , .; i, spe-cious
con-science " Na-tion sta-tion
con-scious no-tion tm&il 'Ml sur-geon
Dic-tion it: i uqy Op-tion ^1 ,^ ,^iii\ \ Tension
dnn-geon ^ihmd .Par-tial ^joy fi^jl^ ter-tian
Fac-tion K?ibJi^>|^; pas-sion ii ism o^rac-tion
iac-tious ' pa-tience ' Unc-tion
iric-tion i^d pa-tient - t ^a « <> Vec-tion
func-tion ';j«t pen-sion rg |»,.ira ven-tion
Gra-cious :,i: jwr-tion ti inuiovr vver-sion
Jiinc-tion • pre-cions ' ^v^ ./ vi-cioii»
Le-gion ,'s^'i> ^ t pres-sion •.» aLi •• ••
lo-tion j,j»g>(ir Q-uo-tient |j ;vijj ? ••.....••.m^
Ac-tion
an-cient
auc-tion
."•: It , ' y '
ji; (; , Re*gion
■'■V- "i -.;■
- ' ■ .^iTH ,'Va'i
i ■ f) t^\%^'-i?i "': ,
TWO, ANl
^ion
c-tion
tion
cious
cial
cious
tion
■geon
ision
tiaii
;-tion
c-tion
;-tion
i-tion
-sion
:ioiis
^ -■-
irOROS OF THHSK
Ab-la-tivei^rt-if
al>ro-i(ate u «-fl:
ab-so-lute W qn'
ab-sti-nencii
ac-ci-deut
ac-cu-rate ^-itj i
ac-tu-al iin-i
ac-tu-ate i M,
ad-a-^nant!f';u «;
ad-e-^uate
ad-je^>tive
ad-vtK;at«til j <i
af-fa-b'e i-iUfp
af-flu-tiBce
ag-gran-dize
ag-gra-VHi.»,
ag-gre-gaV
ag-b-ny ufi f
al-der-mari
al-i-ment rt > r
al-pha-bets ' :;-;
al-ti-tude
am-pu-tate
an-ar-chy r^ ?-j
an-ces-tor ih-^^-y
an-c5C-dote> V X
an-ifri-ly iup-y
an-i-nial h-\i.H
»»n-i-mato:l sM*
un-nu-al ( ot- >i
•a-ti-dote-iM '>
np-pc-lite i] J frit
ap-fh^site ):m4i
ftr-a-bi« ^'i^'U
iir-hi-irj»ie i-i 1-1
arden-cv -b 'ir
v-du-ous
IPBLLmfil BOOK. H
SYLLABLES, HAVING THE ACCENT 9|l XHX
FIRST SYLLABLE. -j]Vv
ar-gu-ment ai'5i- cat-a-ract {«* sffji .^
ar.ro-gance'*t?*j x^Dcat-e-chism so*
yA«^*«
ar-te-ry »t«rHj
ar-ti-cle
ar-ti-fice
at-mos-phere
• * !<i ■
at-ti-tude
at-tri-bute
av-a-rice
au-di-ble
au-di-tor
av-e-nue
av-er-age
avi'thor-ize
Bar-ba-rism
bash-ful-iy
ben-e-fit ' •
blame-a-ble
blas-phe-moua i
bois-ter-ous i i'
brcv-i-ty irq*M«
bri-be-ry 1 '- ^
bul-ki-ness Ml .!
buoy-an-cy f' t
bur-^la-ry w i j
bus-i-ness \\ ',■<.)
Cal-cu-lato'f i*
cal-en-dar ^'-j
eal-um-ny
can-di-date 5
can-is-ter if'
can-ni-bal
can-o-py
ca-pa-ble
cap-i-tal
cur-pen-ter En*
CilS-U-al itiS/iifv;
cat-a-logue »||iv
cel-e-brate
cel-e-ry
cen-tu-ry;
ccr-ti-fy -
chan-cel-lor
change-a-blc
char-(ic-ter
cher-u-bim
'Ij chil-li-ness
i'D
I' t
•If.-- ih choc-o-late
'!>chron-i-c|P^
cir-cu-late »
cir-cu-lar * i
cit-i-zen «- *
civ-il-ize "■
^clam-or-oiis
iii* cleaii-li-ness
I'Dcler-gy-man
clum-si-neijs
cod-i-cil
co-gen-cy
..1.
V^'".
cog-ni-zance
ill
I'
* ! ^
col-o-ny
com-fort-or
* " cora-pa-ny
"• •' ' com-pe-tence
("i * com-ple-menl
'! ' com-pli-ment
' coiVi-pro-miw
* con-fi-dent >
con-se-cmte *'
coii-se-qucn«i» H
con-so-naiit «
* con-sti-tutft
fcou-ti-neu* ■ i^U
con-tra-rv i ' . »*
THB CANAOAfM
' vor-pii-lence
-ost-li-iiess
•-ov-e-imnt
i!ov-et-ous
-oun-sel-lor
coiui-te-tiance
uoiin-tcr-feit
coiHi-ter-part
^oiin-ter-pane
:onrl'e-sy
;raft-i-ly
cra-zi-ness
cred-i-ble
crcd-it-or
credffphiis
crim-iii-al
crit-i-cise
crit-i-cism
croc-o-dile
cru-ci-fy,
cii-cum-Ber
cul-pa-ble
'^«*. cul-ti-vate
^ cnm-ber-some
cnr-so-ry "fi'?;!
ciis-to-dy
cyl-in-der
Daiii-ti-ly
de-cen-cy
. dec-o-rato
ded-i-cate
lef-er-ence
dt;f-in-ite ,
dol-e-gateij r !:
del-i-cate ' *
'' dem-a-gogiie
dep-re-cate
dep-u-ty ^»-*H
der-o-giite
dc's-o>late
des-pe-rate
des-pot-ism
det-ri-ment
dex-ter-oii8
di-a-dem
di-a-logue ^^
dif-fi-ciilt . '■
dig-ni-fy < ;
dil-i-geiit
dis-ci-pline
dis-locate
dis-nial-ly -
dis-pu-taut
dis-si-pate
dis-so-nance
div-i-dond
doc-ii-inent
dole-ful-ly
dra-pe-ry ai
drow-si-ly
diud-ge-ry
dii-el-ist
dii-pli-cate
dii-ra-ble
du-ti-ful
Ea-si-ly
ual-a-ble
eb-o-ny
ec-sta-cy
cd-i-ble
ed-i-fy
ed-it-or
e(3-ii-cate
ef-fi-gy
ran iM
•1. J.-j;
fit i\-V
• l> i'.
^i-'5.t.W
■Vii"
■ I,
V.-''.'
'.ijj-i /]■.)/■
■•'•,•1 . -.iHr
V -
Ul u-
U.if.
e-go-tism
el-e-gaiice f>!.i-ut.| n
ei-e-gy ..^,1 j u^-
el-e-inent i-jtjq nt
el-e-phaiil bs-j >.j/
el-e-vate i^^oi&it.:
el-o-qnenc« -o^^^
eni-a-nate
em-i-grani .! HA
em-i-rieric« I'di:.
emp-ti-neM »«.(<i5
em-u-late »^«;i.
en-e-my id!i»>'>n
en-er-gy ( ;i- j » rw u ,
en-mi-ty .m >i.
en-ter-priso ;ij :>»
ep-i-cure * i^
ep-i-gram >)
ep-i-taph J .''»!,-t'
ep-i-thet >n-" hi
e-qua-bly
e-qual-ize '
e-qui-nox '^ i2.)\
e-qui-ty ^■ .4 ;.'
es-ti-mate j> ; j^
eu-cha-rist - ti.
ev-i-dence »i-(i
ex-cel-lencA :
ex-e-crate i { ii.
ex-e-cnteTiit .f Is.
ex-er-cise
ex-i-gence
ex-o-dus
ex-pe-dite
«c-qui-site
Fab-ri-caU
fab-u-lous
fac-to-ry 4V
fac-ul-ty
^faith-ful-ly
■m<'
.■■ii
. ilJ,
I- jWi
> il.
fal-la-cy 15, ij:
fal-si-fy e.'Vii Ii?
fal-si-ty *^/ vj-i4^
fam-i-ly -
fan-ci-fiil
fas-ci-nata
fii-gii
fii-m
,; :/.
^(KLLINa B«l)K.
! ,-* '
nee
,te
[1C«
leM
te 'It" '
f i-i-.-'
y :■>.
)rise
re .i^-f-t
ira J >l
)ly n-r'l-
ize » J''
lOX i i
y 'i»^--
latc
i-rist
3nce
-lencs
rato'vu {ii^
cise
ence
liis
-elite
i-site
i-caU
■lous
-ry
i-ty-'-'i
ful-ly
-cy t<- /M
-ty ^«*^ s-^'i-J*
-ly^'
i-fiil
i-ntiM
...'li
•> ru:
•'•(»»■
..: iW,
'.J Hi
i »- )l'
! * ■ I. U.
r
^^^i- *» »
•u>'
' I
fft-voiir-ite
fmr-ful-ly
fea-si-hly
frJ -o-iiy
'em-in-ine
fHr-til-ize
cr-Vfii-cy
os-ti-val ,
«i-nal-ly
fi-ne-ry >
fiii-i-cal
finn-a-ment
fla-irran-cy
rtat-te ry
flox-i-ble
fluc-tu-ate
flu-cn-cy
fop-pe-ry
for-ci-ble
ford-a-ble
for-feit-ure
for-ti-fy
for-ti-tude
fr.r-tn-iiate . ,
fra-SCran-cy
fraud-u-lelil
frc-qnen-cy
friv-olons
frorit-is-piece
fru-gral-ly ,,„,
fn-gi-tive . .;
fn-irii-grate ,,,/,
fn-ne-ral ,",
fiir-ni-tnre
fiir-ther-rnore
Gal-le-ry ..;:,
gar-den-er .j(,;
j?7tn-di-ness .Vh^
jr,.|i-er-al ,5,,,.
gen-er-oiis ,^,^^
l^n-e-818
gen-tlo-man
geii-ii-iiio
gid-di'iioss
gloom-i-iiesa
glo-ri-fy ;,.:,;
gov-er-ruince; jrjdt
•(<■■ J'
grace-frl-ly
grad-iial ,
gran-a-ry : .
gralo-ful-ly
grat-i-fy (,
grav-i-;y
greed- i-ness
Har-bi)i-gor
har-mo-nize
haiigh-ti ness
heart-i-ly
hea then-ism
heav-i.»ness
hes-i-tate ,
his-to-ry ,»
ho-li-ness
home-li-ness
hom-i-cide
hope-ful-ly
hor-ri-i)le <
hos-pi-tal - '
hnr-ri-oane
hiis-band-ry
hyp-o-crite
hap-pi-ness
hardihood
hor-ald-ry
1-doI-izc ,
ig-no-rant
im-i-tate
im-mi-nent
im-ple-meut
im-pii-derice
u '• '
in-ci-dent t.T,ii
in-di-cate rMd
indo-lcnce j jjl
in-dua-try f.v»!
in-fa-my M •^\^f%i
in-fan-cy .//,>|
in-for-ence b-wl *
in-fi-del .^.^a-ul
in.fi-nite •« i^;
in-iln-eMce x-^*
in-jn-ry n, t>-jfyi
in-no-cciice.^Ufj
in-no-vate__,^ ,
in-so-leiico ,.,.;$(
in-sti-tiite «i
in -St ru- men ,j
in-tcl-lect .n.f,t
in-ter-coursf j
in-ter-est
in-ter-val
in-fi-inate
in-tri-cale
i-vo-ry
Jeop-ar-dy^
jn-bi-lee v >w}p,«)[
jiis-ti-fy y^ni
jn-vc-nile u^yi^
Kna-ve-rry i«>ai
.vnot-ti-nek^»*^«
l<a-cer-ate
lat-i-tu(le
lan-da-bly
hxx-i-ty
le-jral-ize
Iclh-ar-gj
lib-er;ate
lev-i-ty
li-n-blo
Lif)-or-ty
li-bra-rjf
VI H Mali
lig-a-ment
lit-er-al "'i'"«'
lit-i-gate "'^ "
lof-li-ness. "*' "
ione-li-nesa
!ow-li-ne8s
ju-dic-rous
lu-min-ous
lu-na-cy /»*'•'
lux-u-ry ' '' '
Mag-ni-fy
ma^-ni-tiide
main-te-nunc« ^
nian-i-fest
man-i-fold
maii-li-ness
man-!i-script
mar-ffin-al
mar-m-er
mar-i-time
mar-tyr-dom
mar-vol-loilS*'
mas-cu-line
mas-sa-cre
med-i-cal
med-i-cine
med-i-tate^
niel-o-dy "^ ' ''
mem-o-ry
mer-chan-dize
mei-ci-ful
nies-sen-ger
might-i-ly%
.iiin-er-al v-
:iiin-isj-ter* '
mir-a-cle » '
mis<:hiev-ous,
mis-cre-aiit
mis-e-ry **^ | '
mit-i-gate^^ '
(•»•>»
mock-e-ry ''' "
mod-cr-ate •''•»'
mod-u-late \''«'
mon-nr-diy •*
mon-u-ment
nior-al-ize
mor-tal-ly ''•'/'
mor-ti-fy
moil rn -fill -I y
rnul-ti-ply
miil-ti-tude
miir-der-er
mus-cu-lur^
mu-ta-ble '
mu-til-ate '
niu-ti-ny ' " '
mu-tu-al ''•-'"'
mys-te-ry ''"''■
Nar-ra-tive""''- '' ']
nat-u-ral * ' "
■■-Ml
.■.;i{
■•■J
■».
nav-1-gate '
nau-se-ate "'
necd-ful-ly"
neg-a-tive '
'!■■■ .'1
...fi
•If!!*
neg-li-geiit '
nom-in-ate ??
no-ta-ble ''^
no-ti-fy '
nul-li-iy
nu-mer-ons
Ob-du-rate
ob-lo-qiiy '■'•
ob-so-lete -.
ob-sta-cle ''j- '"J
ob-stin-atf ^'''"^*"^
ob-vi-ate ;;-^\"^'|
oc-cu-py -''J'"^'
odor-ous -'"^■^^f*
op-er.ate> -'^'<1'*»';
op-po-site
r <K( ((ff
im'1
in)
if)
III)
,'i
•op-ii-lenotf'"'' ''^
or-a-cle '^ i^''*'
or-a-tor •''^'''''^
or-din-anc« ' *!
or-^an-ize "*<^.
or-i-fice i" '•
or-i-gin ^^••'•'
or-na-nient
or-tho-dox
Pa-ci-fy
pal-pa-Me
pm-a-diso
par-a-goiM|fc '''•
par-al-lel-^' '''"
par-ri-cide
pas-sen-ger
pass-o-vcr
paii-ci-ty
jieace n-ble
peas-ant-ry
pec-u-late
pen-al-ty ' :'
pen-e-trhte
pen-i-tenco
p(^n-ii-ry
per-fi-dyT'*'
pcr-fo-rato
per-il-ous
per-ju-ry
i^r-ma-nen
pes-ti-lcnce
pet-u-lence
pleas-ant-ry
pi-e-ty ';:
plausri-ble
pi eir-i- tilde
pli-a-ble
pol-i-cy
pon-der-oiifc
pop-u-lace
• >•(:
ait
M
^p-u-
pop-u-
port-a-
pos-Mi
pos-si-1
ix)-ten-
wv-er-
prac-ti-
pre-ce-(
pre-ci-[
pref-er-
pre.ju-(
pres-i-d
pret-ti-1
pri-ma-
prim-i-l
prin-ci-
prin-ci-]
priv-i-U
prob-al
prom-in
prop-er-
proph-e-
pros-e-ci
pros-e-1)
pros-per
pub-lic-1
pu-er-ile
piinc-tu-
pim-gen
pu-ri-fy
pu-tre-fy
Qiiad-ru
qiial-i-fy
quan-ti-t
quer-u-lo
Rad-i-cal
raii-le-ry
ran-cor-o
rar-i-ty
f^:*y-.A;.'sa;>i_,/
flPRLLIIir ^OOIC.
6f
f
Mi»ifV-l^1l
fl) MV^\
:• '■•'.
ii.il->'
I'll
/'.It
.Slit
i.ii
-of
e
IT
(te
ice
lie 5'*-'^''*
s ^'"'^
,, 'lUO'll
len
nee
ice
XV
m
)le
ide
011k
■ce
tii'
pop*ii-louf
port-a-ble
pos-i-live
pos-si-ble
[)0-ten-tate
T)ov-er-ty
proc-ti-cal
pre-ce-dent
pre-ci-pice
1.; >at.i.fy
i(».-y[
read-i*iies9
iin III
.i,.i.j|e.al-ize jf. .,{>(,
re-cog-nizc ..j.;,!,
re-com-|X5n.yi
ro-con-cile
^;„';Vyec-ti-fy mhj-
,l,.,„j rec-ti-tude ,i i,j
,^,. re-gen-cy ^ .r:;
J.,, reg-u-late ^w, .,m
pref-er-ence v,i</v ron-o-vute
pre-ju-dice .j,-, rep-ro-bnte
"[ /., rc-qnis-ito
.(„v, rcs-i-deii^
a •!
prcs-i-deiit
pret-ti-ly
pri-mn-ry
prim-i-tive
prin-ci-pal
prin-ci-plo
priv-i-leffe
prob-a ble > .;
prom-in-ent
prop-er-ty ,.., ,
proph-e-cy ., ,;.
pros-e-cute ,m,} |
pros-e-lyte v
pros-per-ous
pub-lic-ly
pu-er-ile
,^.„V res-i-due
,i.,j res-o-lute
..;j,( ret-i-mie
,.>;,{ re v-er-ei ice
rhet-o-ric
rheu-ma-ti«m
rid-i-cule
rig-or-ous ;v
ri-ot-ous ,,i„,(
riv-u-let .,1
rob-be-q^.j;,, it
ru-in-oiis »•.
(,.,,<^, ni-min-nte
j;.-f<i Sa-cra-n5ent
lt',-M
'•1 ;,
r» •• .
V.-,l
/■■ ^
i;
'/ ; - i
V) =
U'
piinc-tu-al -{jjf,; ca-cri-fice
piin-gen-cy f , i J-j sa-cri-lege
pu-ri-fy i ,= ,, sale-a-ble
pii-tre-fy ... sanc-ti-fy
duad-rn-ped sat-is-fy „;,
qual-i-fy ,.j .>. saii-ci-ness
quan-ti-ty ;)..,_j^ scan-dal-ize -4,,
quer-u-lous . ; scar-ci-ty ^,'. '-
K^d-i-cal i«^'i«. sce-ne-ry i^^,;
rail-le-iy. ;. . j^^ scorn-ful-ly ^i^j.,^
ran-cor-ous scrip-tu-ral
rar-i-ty 4^ «crii*pu-ioiu» ^
8cru-ti-ny rrv^un
scur-ril-oui lpjM)»f
se-cre-cy.fj; *■ oi-ifw
8cc-u-lar .j')-i i>^
sed-u-lom it-SiiiM
sen-si-ble rA-lm
8en-ti-ment n usii^;
sep-ul-chro ^juuitj
8er-vi-tudo ,jq ifiin
S€V-er-al f.i-><ija
shame-fiil-ly .•>v»t
sig-nal-ize I^^jj
sig-na-ture ti-^ iv-??
sigiii-fy,n.,K| 4U7»
sim-i-lar iynn/.
sim-pli-fy » a
sin-fiil-ly .;ii>,T
flin-gu-lar (KHn/^»
skel-e-ton 1 iijj
skil-fiil-ly :*.\}ih
slan-der-er j
sla-ve-ry
sleep-i-nes8
sloth-fiil-ly
slov-en-ly *
sol-i-tude •
soph-is-try ^ifj iwJ
spe-ci-meiu. ht^«1
spe^.-u-late if i^.i
speed-i-]y ,;.>!..>}
spite-ful-ly mh
sqnan-der-oi -yilJ
stip-u-late fjtiiu
stub-bor i i-nesf'ii^4 ji
stu-pify ,ij
sua-vi-tyv, *
sub-ju-gate"^
sub-sequent
sub-sti-tute
sub-ter-fiijg^ **>.
m»
THE CAN».'^A *^
?►■■
8uc-cu-lent
suf-fer «r
suf-fo-cate
su-i-cide ^<*' '
suit-a-ble
sul-ki-ness
sum-ma-ry
sump-tu-ous
sup-pli-ant
sus-ten-ance
syc-o-phant '
syl-la-ble
sym-me-try
sym-pa-thize
sym-pii-thy
syn-a-go^ue
Talk-a-tive
ta«ie-a-ble
tan-td-mount
tar-di-nesjs
teach-a-ble
tem-per-ance
tem-po-ral
teni-po-rize
teii-den-cy
ten-e-ment
ter-min-ate
ter-ri-ble ''
tes-ta-inent
tes-ti-fy
thank-ful-Iy
the-o-ry
thought-ful-ly
thrift-i-ly
tirn-or-ous
tol-er-ate \
to-tai'ly
iroc-ta-ble
;("»■•
t'5'
trait-or-ous V'^-' vi-giUanV^'-^^H<^
trav-el-ler '■'^^* vig-or-oiw »» '^ji^^
treacli-er-ous -"^^- vi-tul-ly Jti;«-iv>
treas-u-ry » » s^' *'Jfin-©-gi
trem-u-lous ' '' ^vi-o-let
tur-bu-lence
lur-pen-tine
tur-pi-tude
Ug-li-ness '
imc-tu-ous
u-su-al
u-ni-form
u-ni-ty '(
u-ni- verse '
up-per-most
u-su-ry
use-ful-ly
ut-ter-ance
Va-can-cy
vag-a-bond
van-i-ty
Vet-e-ran '
ve-he-ment
ve-hi-cle
ven-om-oiis
veii-er-ate
ver-sa-tile *'
ven-til-ate
ver-i-ly
ver-i-fy
ver-i-ty
vil-i-fy
vin-dic-ate
vi-o-Ient '
vic-to-ry -^
vir-iu-oiis
vir-u-lent
vis-i-ble '
i'^
If!
■lit
vol-a-tile
Wan-der-er •' ''
wan-der-inji ^'"■^'■^
wa-ri-ly
wa-ri-ness '
waste-ful-ly *
wag-ffon-er
way-far-ing ;
wea-ri-ness
where-a-boui
where-un-to
whis-per-er
whis-per-iiig
wick-ed-ly
wick-ed-ness
wil-der-iiess
wi-li-ly ' ''
will-ing-ly '
wish-ful-l^
wit-ti-ly
wo-ful-ly
won-der-ful
wor-thi-ness
wrath-ful-ly '
wretch-ed-ly '
wretch -ed-n€S»
\vrong-ful-ly*
Yel-low-ness
yes-ter-day ' "
yoke-fei io-*' ■ " '^
3-Dw.;i-Mi-ly'
Zeal-ous-ly
zeal-ous-uess
8PBLLIECO BOOK.
WORDS OF THRISE
A-ban-don ttnjo
a-base-ment My-'j!
fl-bate-meiit iHi-
a-bet-tor • ^>;^l '
ab-hor-rence.' iifi
tt-bol-ish )ii ;
a-bridge-ment
ab-rupt-ly
ab-strnse-ly •' i.
ab-surd-ly '
a-biui-dance
a-bu-sive ^ .'4 *
a-but-ment < ;
ac-cept-ance
ac-com-plice
ac-com-plish
ac-coimt-aiit
ac-cus-tom w- >
a-chieve-ment
ac-know-ledge
ac-quaint-ance
ac-quire-ment
ac-quit-tal '^^ i ;
acute-ly ^^^ •
ad-he-rence
ad-ja-ceiit
ad-journ-ment
ad-mit-tance
ad-mon-ish
ad-van-tage li . '■>■
ad-ven-ture ' •
ad-vi-ser .mv
af-fi-ance '
of-flic-tive 1
a-fore-said ' •
ag-gress-or «) ■ '
ag-griev-anc«
a-gree-ment
SYLLABLES, ACCSH VD ON THE lu-VUfc^,,
SYLLABLIi^5i^j4{3 lo-^rauthmxr
jivwp.
a-lert-ness
ttl-li-ance n-vti
al-low-ance
aMure-metit
al-ter-nate tcf>t
a-maze-ment
a-mend-merit
a-muse-meiit
an-noy-anco
an-otli-er
a-part-ment
a-pos-ute
a-pos-tle '^
ap-par-el < >
ap pa-rent
ap-pear-ane«
ap-pren-tice
a-quat-ic
ar-raign-mecit
ar-range-meni
ar-ri-val
as-cend-aiit
as-sail-ant i i i
as-sas-sin
as-sem-blage '
as-sess-ment
as-sign-ment f
as-sist-ance
assu-rance .!
asth-mat-ic
as-ton-ish
a-sun-der ' -^
a-sy-lura
ath-let-ic v'
a-tone-ment
at-tach-ment
at-tain-ment ■
at-tend-ance '■■
at-trac-tivsi-'«<ni-iii>r^ ,
»t-trib-ute i «;?rl AH>c«
a-vo\v-al i .M*(;ii«Ki
aiis-tere-ly* ''^>) *i*>'*
all- then-tic n^iM'^
aii-tum-nal !«-i}'>>
Back-sli-der ii-'' i^ '
be-fore-hand «^i^^^
be-gin-ner « ii<'*»
be-liev-er u?;?^' •»'.')
. ••}(!:.:>
./ -IV.'.'
be-lov-ed fi^/i!
be-i)ign-ly
be-wil-der
by-stand-er
Cathe-dral
chi-me-ra
clan-des-tine
co-er-cive ■ • '* ' ' ^ "^ ^
co-e-val vl-n'-tV}
co-he-sive -^^'O
col-lec-tive •'"^•^'if
com-mand-er '^*
com-mand-monl
com-mence-niea **
com-mit-iee ^^r-^b
com-pac*-ly ' '^■-^''
com-pen-sot€ ■'^^
com-pU-ance^^ ' j"^''
com-po-nent li'^i-^^
com-po-ser ''^
con-ceal-menl >'■
con-ceit-ed ■^f'
con-ces-sion >?f^*'>'J
con-cen-trat»7-^^? '•'
coii-cise-ly '»!•!'>»
con-clu-sive i' «r '^>
con-cur-rence ''^
9Pp-do-lanc« '^^
78
con-du-cive '^-'^ '^
con-duct-or
coii-fine-ment
con-fis-cate
con-jec-ture .. v
con-joint-ly
con-ni-vance -! *
con-sid-er
coii-sign-ment
con-sist-ence
con-su-mer
con-sum-mate
con-sump-tive
con-tem-plate
con-tin-ue
con-trib-ute
con-vey-ance
con-vul-sive ; i
cor-ro-sive t
cor-rupt-ly
cre-a-tor
De-ceit-ful
de-ci-sive
de-co-rum , '^
de-fault-er <.
de-fect-ive
de-fence-less
de-fi-ance
de-file-ment
de-light-ful
de-lin-quent ; .
de-liv-er i.o
de-mol-ish
de-mure-ly
de-ni-al
de-part-ment
de-part-ure
de-port-ment :
de-pos-it .1
de-sert-er y*l ;.!
THE GlITADA
de-si-rous
de-spite-fiil
de-spondent
de-ter-mine
de-vel-ope
de-vout-ly
dif-fuse-ly
di-lem-ma
di-min-ish
di-rect-ly
dis-a-ble • •. :
dis-as-ter '
dis-burse-ment
dis-cern-mcnt
dis-ci-ple
dis-clo-sure
dis-cord-anco
dis-cov-«r v;
dis-cour-age
dis-cred-it
dis-creet-ly v ; .
dis-dain-ful .; i
dis-fig-ure
dis-grace-ful
dis-ffust-ful *»•.
dis-non-est ;-
dis-hon-our J r
dis-or-der
dis-pleas-ure
dis-po-sal Ji-j-.
dis-qui-et n j
dis-sem-ble if'.-u^
dis-sent-er
dis-sev-er
dis-sua-sive
dis-taste-ful
dis-tem-per
dis-tinct-ly
dis-tin-guish
dis-trib-ute
■iU
■■JU'
?!- = ).» iV
U]i,-'-
u •■
dis-trust*f\il
dis-turb-ance
do-mes-tic *• ru'
Ec-cen-lrieii '»''
ec-stat-ic
ef-fect-ive
ef-ful-^ent
e-las-tic
e-lev-en
e-li-cit
em-bar-go
em-bar-rass
em-bel-lish
em-phat-ic
em-ploy-er
em-pow-er
en-no-ble
en-clo-sure
en-com-pass
en-coun-ter
en-cour-age
en-croach-mer
en-cum-ber
en-deav-our
eii-dow-ment
en-er vate
en-fee-ble
en-^agc-ment
en-ig-ma '
en-joy-ment
en-large-ment
en-ligbt-en
en-li-ven
en-or-moua
en-tan-gle •■ '
en-tice-ment
en-tire-ly m-i^'v
en-ven-om •■*>•'<
en-vel-ope
e-qiii lament
li.
ance
tic •nc'i
C 'f-->.'f?v
-iry.
go
rass
lish
t-ic ''^- .H'
r-er ns im
r-er Ji-'"*''
le
lure
-pass
i-ter
•-age
ch-mer
-ber
r-our
-raent
ate {i'iii.
)le M! .
;-ment i ill
la U;! -h:
ment
e-ment
t-en
m
lOUS
gle
ment
ly ^uVi-'i
•om
ope
ment
' I '/ .
' »■
')■>'.■
cr-rat-ic '*''»'
e-rup-tiv« '^I'l"
es-tab-lish •
e-strange-ment
e-ter-nal
e-va-sive ^''"
e-vent-ful
ex-act- ly
ex-ani-iiie
ex-am-ple
ex-ceed-ing
ex-ces-sive
ex-clu-sive '>••
ex-cres-sence
ex-cul-pate
ex-port-er ^
ex-ist-ence '
ex-ot-ic ■
ex-pan-sive
ex-pect-ant
ex-pen-sive
ex-pert-ly '•'■'>
ex-po-siire '
ex-press-ive
ex-ten-sive 'i ■ '
ex-ter-nal ^ -
ex-tir-pate
ex-treme-ly '
Fiui-tas-tic *" ' '
for-bear-ance
for-bid-den ' " ' "
fore-run-ner ''
for-getful I'
for- ,ive-ness
P i-got-ten ':>
ful-fil-ment
Har-mon-ic
hence-for-ward
hereaf-le»
htt-ru-ic i'W. i"
SPRLLIIfa BOOK.
ho-ri-zon -'vnn-^i-n
hor-rif-ic mu-ml--
ho-san-na wn--
hu-mane-ly >"(<
Ig-no-ble '
il-le-gal i I! , !t M
il-lii-mine i i'>-i'!i
il-lu-sive ■' "5' <
im-a-gine ■>•■'■■
im-mnnse-ly i
im-p€;r-fect is
im-port-aiice <' n-;
im-pos-ture •'
im-pris-on ; • ; -
im-prop-er
im-prove-ment
im-prii-dent
in-ac-tive >
in-cen-tive
in-ces-sant <
in-cite-ment
in-clem-ent
in-clii-sive ». '
in-con-stant
in-cul-cate .
in-ciim-bent • ;
in-debt-ed •»
in-denl-ure ' •
in-dig-nant
in-diice-ment
in-dul-gence
in-ert-ly n ,
in-form-ant
in-fringe-raent
in-he-rent
in-hu-man i >.
in-jus-tice
in-qui-ry . .
in-sip-id i
in-sta-bU Hf :. t-o^
73
in-tense-ly !?*)q-t(o
in-ter-ment n^-rq v^t»
in-ler-nal hm-u^o
in ter-pret f si > r.M
in-trep-id /!i> w-o
in-tni-sive i~v>i t^
in-val-id r,- 1 ■< i.v''i-V¥ i
in-vec-tive <h>,t..j
in-vei-gle r.-iy;
Jo-cose-ly ri -k;
La-con-ic f-;
letli-ar-gic ri. (<»•
lieu-ten-ant D? •« <
Ma-jes-tic ■,'';<'<.>^
ma-lior-iiant mi«;
ma-ncEn-vre » i^
ma-rand-er . ov\
ma-ter-nal t - mn
ma-ture-ly i -ou!
me-an-der .ixja-Kf
me-chan-ic mc^
mi-nute-ness (na
mis-con-duct '»t.,
mis-con-strue vrui
mis-for-*une iW]
mis-man-age -fr.t
mo-ment-ous if^)
more-o-ver , inu
mo-rose-ly * . jII
Neg-lect-ful »j.
noc-tur-nal /rwn
No-vem-ber ^-.'
0-bei-sance. . H> •>
ob-lique-ly .jjL-;.
ob-scure-1^ -h •.
ob-serv-ance .; ?'
ob-tru-sive 'il !
oc-cur-rence - «
Oc-to ber - ^- »•
of-f«n-8ive ;tr.^l h
74
THB CANADA
op-p. .n-ent *'^f. u> »
op-pres-sive •<
oiit-niim-ber .^5
Pa-cif-ic )>!-;');
pa-rent-al >^-a-i-^>
pa ter-nal '
Der-form-ance v
per-sna-sive
per-verse-ly
pe-ru-sab
po et-ic
po-lite-ly
'Tor-tent-ous
^s-ses-sor -/f .
pre-cise-ly \.
pro-tane-ly v'
pro-fess-or
pro-foiind-ly
pro-fuse-ly
Dro-gress-ive
pro- nib-it ; >
pro-mul-gate
pro-po-sal
pro-tect-or
pru-den-tial
pu-tres-cence
Q,iii-es-cent
qiiint-es-sence
Rc-ci-tal
.e-ceiv-er
re-cor-er "
re-cum-betit
c-deem-er "i
c-dun dant
.e-fine-ment
re-fresh-ment
re-ful-gence
re-fu-sal -: -
ie-gard-les8
fe-leiit-l«??«.: iu>i-
ir re-li-aiice '^ax i^-c
i.i.re-lin-quish tii to
■ ! ? i re-1 uc-tance ? w^ -
re-main-der »i!j' *
- re-mem-ber
■'■r- re-niem-brance
i! re-miss-ly
t ' re-mon-strate
re-morse-less . i; c
re-mote-ly (
. re-mov-al
re-new-al ■ , ^
re-pay-ment
■■'f re-peiit-ance -m ■'
^ rcplen«ish
re-proach-ful ;
re-piig-nance
' re-qiii-tal
- re-sem-blance
i> re-sent-ful
re-sent-ment i
re-sist-ance ;
; : re-spect-ful
re-splen-dent
M res-pon-sive
re-teii-tive
re-tire-men t . ;
re-veng-e-ful
re-vi-val
ro-rnan-tic ■ ■
Sar-cas-tic ' r
sa-tir-ic ■' - - n
se-ciire-ly
se-dat8-ly
Sep-teni-ber
se-raph-ic < •
se-rene-ly i! •
' se-vere-ly /;
■' sin-ccff^-ly ji. . >
so-journ-er ,,!; ..«
SO-li-cit lH..VT-7-t
so-no-rou8 .ji.tjjtr ,
siib-iime-ly iSdjit
siib-mis-sivc
sub-scri-ber^,., i
siib-sist-encr
sub- ver-sive ^
suc-cess-ful ij ,,/ '
su-pine-ly .;ur,
sup-port-er ;?,,
su-preme-ly !,;;., J-
sur-ren-der h,-.
sur-vey-or < ,.
Ter-rif-ic -it ..
to-geth-er :.]ir,-
tor-ment-or
trans-cen-den
trans-pa-rent
tri-um-phant
ty-run-nic ..h-
Un-aid-ed
un-bound-ed
un-bro-ken ,,n
un-cer-tain
ini-com-mon
un-daunt-ed
un-doubt-ed
un-ea-sy sn ,,
un-e-qnal .;i.,f;i
un-e-ven . , ;.^
uii-faith-ful ■), >
uu-feel-ing ,r; i
un-friend-ly
iin-grate-fui
un-fiap-py , .
un-heal-thy >;;,.:
un-ho-ly i'lu].
nn-learn-ed . ; Ml
un-ru-lyy^.j^, -,-f ,
imjust-y ,itn-j
y Miii-^
er (\yjh
ve tn.v )
■ly ...... . •
er ^-Y' /■.
i;)-'
or
-den
rent
lant
c
d
d-ed,
en •
lin
mon
t-ed
t-ed,.
VX;-'
>H1
,;5..t;i
\ ■■- > '-^
-fill
ing
d-ly
3-fui
py '
-thy
1-ed
f u. '.--.
8PI£l>LfN«l UOOK.
t«t
im-kinu l> tivv>.
im-la\v-ful • "> *^iO"
un-man-lv -»*>-
un-mind-iul 'Vm-
im-qui-et : »>
im-skil-ful «^'-'
iin-sta-ble 'y>'o--
nii-thank-ful
■':: r
un-timc-ly -fwi-ir^Mi viii-dic-tive ► : f»7"<>
iiii-com-mon i/.'-'^JsWhal-ev-er it-i*»v:-,o
im-wil-lingi u i lp>H\vheii-ev-er .'-hiiv-o
im-wise-ly . n ;ii«'>:> • where-ev-er ^Uiii*/^
un-wor-thy • »"; b well-wish-ep ♦*- UA^i-f)
u-surp-er i^i n well-be-ing it i^jv*^
u-ten-sil ? •, . n ; who-ev-er - M i^*^ o
Yice-ge-rent is •> .iti-^uw imv-o
■^::f?
WORDS OF THREE SYLLABLES, ACCENTED ON THE LAST
Ab-sen-tee
ac-qui-esce '
ad-ver-tise
am -bus-cade
ap-per-?.aiii
ap-pre-hend
ar-ti-san » •■•'i
as-sign-ee
Car-a-van
co-a-lesce
to-in-cide
com-plai-sance
com-pre-heiid
coii-de-scend
con-nois-seur
con-tra-dict
coun-ter-act '
coun-ter-mand
D^com-pose
dis-a-gree
dis-al-low
jis-aii-nui <
dis-ap-pear ; ->
dis-au-noiiit •
A. i.
dis-ap-prove
dis-a-vow M
dis-!)e-lief
SYLLABLE.
dis-be-lieve
dis-com-pose
dis-con-cert
dis-con-tent
dis-eu-gage
dis-Fia-biile
dis-in-cline
dis-o-blige
dis-pos-sess
dis-re-gard
dis-res-pect
dis-u-nite
En-gin-eer
en-ter-tain
er-u dite i
et-i-quette ' •
ev-er-more
Giis-con-ade
giiar-aii-tee
Hc:e-to-fore
here-iin-to
Im-ma-ture
im-por-tune
in-com-mode
in com-plete
in-cor-rect >•
in-de-voiit
iV
in-di-roct •■i.vjb-ytci
;i>."^.i
in-dis-creet
in-dis-pose
in-dis-tinct
in-ex-pert
in-se-cure
in-siii-cere
in-so-much
in-ter-cede
in-ter-cept
in-ter-change
in*ter-dict
in-ter-fere r .1
in-ter-mix jiv*t?wb
in-ter-pose «;/nis
in-ter-rupt 7*>si* li
in-ter-s])erse J Vif^i*
in-ter-vene <|U m^--
in-tro-duce ' ua
Leg-a-tee rji ?'>ji.i
Mag-a-zine ( M
mis-ap-ply i^'»^;?
ri.'s-be-have ' a.hili
mis-em- ploy ■■'-ii^isfi
mis-in-form i ■?> »
moun-tain-eer ?<•:
Op-por-tuiie r-u oi
76.
o-vcicome
o-ver-flow
o-ver-ioad
o-ver-look
o-ver-seer
o-ver-throw
o-ver-turn
o-ver-whelm
Pal-i-sade
pat-en-tee
per~se-vere
pi o-neer
pic-m-resque
pre-flis-pose
pre-ii' ivture
pre-pos-seis
THE CANADA
■Mi-. I
■>) -i
duar-an-tine
Re-as-stime
re-col-lect
re-com-mence
ref-njjee
re-im-burse
re-in-state
rt'p-ar-tee ; -
rep-re-s(mt
rep-ri-njand
res-er-voir
Sub-di-vide
sii-per fine
There-iin-to
Un-a-wares
uii-be-iief
'» I
•> I
■iK-
un-con-cera i.doi
un-cre-ate .v/«i
un-der-neatli
un-der-staiid
iin-der-take
iin-fore-seeu
un-de-ceive '■
un-der-haud ,
un-(ii}r-go
iin-der-mino
un-der rnte
nn-po'lite
Wlif^ieiinto
where-iip-on
where-wiih«a]
JNSTRurnVE LESSONS IN WORDS NOT EXCEEDING TUBEE
SYLLABLES.
THE GOOD BOY. ' ,!
0:i»
LEMOn 1.
1. The good boy loves his parents very dearly. Ho
iiil ways minds what they say to him, and tries to please
them. If they desire him not to do a thing he does it not ;
if they desire him to do a thing he does it. When they
deny him what he wants, he does not grumble, or pout out
[lis lips, or look angry ; but he thinks that his parent!
know what is proper for him better than he does, because
they are wiser than he is. .
2. He loves his teachers, and all who tell him what ia
ffood. He likes to read, and to write, and to learn some-
Sling new ev-e-ry day. He is kind to his brothers and
mslors, and all his little play-fel-lows. He r>- yer fights,
nor quarrels with them, nor calls them names
sees them do wrong he is sorry, and tries to p
to do better.
\/hen he!
'>de then
3. H«
«ons wt
does nc
when Y
dumb c
8p»!ak,
those ai
Cftre vol
•1. H(
hay, an(
times, b
amo\i^s
ifiem, h
the littl
6. H(
or med(
tather's
gather f
tells a^l
and ssiy
and no
6. ^N
he has
son to
solves
and tru
him.
7. H.
God, t<
rents oi
house i
when h
sermon
If there
person
i^ftll of
^■•».•-*.
r » fc
'// i\ i •
til ii'Hf.
id ;!•!<(-
e
e
id .,..,.,
no
e
I to
on -
; TUBES
■■; >■■'.'(■-
larly. Ho
i to please
loes it hot ;
WTien they
3r pout out
lis parents
3S, because
m what is
earn some-
others and
Yer fights,
\/hen he
ide then
SPELLING BOOK.
77
3. He does not speak rudely to any one. If he sees per-
•ons who are lame, or crooked, de-form-ed, or very old, he
does not laugh at them, or mock them; but he is glad
when he can do them any service. He is kind even to
dumb creatures; for he knows that though they cannot
spiuk, they can feel as well as we do ourselves. Even
thost; an-i-mals which he does not think pretty, he takes
ca.<< i ot to hurt.
1. He likes very much to see the birds pick up bits ot
hayj and moss, and wool, to build their nests with. Some-
times, he looks about in the bushes, and in the trees, ard
amo\^^st the grass, for birds' nests; but when he has found
ihem, he only just peeps at them ; he would rather not see
the little birds, than frighten them, or do them any mis-
chief.
' 5. He never takes any thing that does not belong to him,
or meddles with it without leave. When he walks in his
father's garden, or orchard, he does not pull flowers, or
gather fruit, unless he is told that he may do so. He never
tells a^lie. If he has done any mischief he con-fess-es it,
and says he is very sorry, and will" tiy to do so no more ;
and no person can be angry with him. . ■ *'/ . sMjy f.^
6. When he lies down at night, he tries to re-col-lect all
he has been doing and learning in the day. If he has rea-
son to reproach himself with im-prop-er conduct, he re-
solves on a-mend-ment and prays for divme as-sist-ance ;
and trusts that God, who is so good, will love and bless
him. "' ^'*''.«''^*" -"''-'; ^'- :> •■ -.;??' Mi
\mn
7. He keeps holy the sabbath day. He loves to pray to
God, to hear and read about him ; and to go with his pa-
rents or frieiii^ to church. He re-mem-bers that in God's
house it is wrong to stare around him. He knows that
when he prays he speaks to God, and that when he hears a
sermon, God speaks to him. He never sits at prayer, but
If there is room, he always kneels, or else stands. Ev-e-ry
person who knows this good boy loves him, and speaktr
j^ell of him, and j kind to him ; and he is very happy.
.^1
' IT
ill
i
i
n
THK CANAIiA
THE GOOD BOY, WHOSE PARENTS ARE
^^'^'r "' •■■;'■ '5"J :"VM^ RICH, ike. .i Hni
ioiirt).^ 7'' i' f^':fj"n •':
LESSOR !i ,
•' ■ ■'VM''^:'.t'.) •■fifffth
1. The good boy, whose parents are rich, has fine
clothes to wear ; and he rides on a pretty little horse, and
in a fine carriage ; and he has sei^vants, sometimes, to wail
on him : but he does not, for all that, think that he is bet-
ter than other boys whose parents are not rich ; because
all the people in the world have pro-ceed-ed from one
fam-i-ly.
' 2. Ho knows that all rich people are not so good
many who are poor ; and that Goo gives a great deal of
money, or other prop-er-ty, to some persons, in-order that
they may assist those who have little or none, as well as to]
promote re-li-gious objects.
3. He spealcs very kindly to all his father's ser\^ants. Hei
does not require them to wait upon him when they are cil|
their meals, or very busy. If he wants them to do him a|
service, which he cannot do himself, he asks them pret
4i-ly ; and thanks them for what they do for him.
4. He never gives the servants any trouble that lie can
avoid ; therefore he is careful not to make any dirt in tin
house, and not to break any thing, or put it out of its place
and not to tear his clothes. When any of the do-mes-tics ari
sick, he likes to go and see them, and to enquire hoAv the)
do. He likes to go with his father, or his moth'^r^ to sei
poor peo] le in their log houses ; and, if he sees tJiey stani
In need of'it, he gives them almost all the money he hns
5. The. ^ood boy, whose parents are not rich, rises ven
early in the morning, and, after at-tend-ing to his })rayers
does as mucli as he can, all day long, to help his father an
mother. When he goes to school, he walks quickly, ari
loses no time on the road. My pn <;nts, says he, are veri
good, to save some of their money, in order that I may lean
to read and write ; but they cannot give much, nor ca
Jiey spare me long ; therefore I must learn as fast as 1 car
6. I should, he con-tin-ues, be very sorry , when I groi
to bear
good b<
to read
and ho'
grow u]
work, ai
1 bills to :
em-ploy
7. W
to play,
mother,
the strec
many b
names, i
for fear
selves ;
should t
8. Wl
takes cai
hoes an(
goes wit
though 1
like a m
9. Wl
lym !
I think
can woi
clothes,
girls ridl
waggonf
10.
(hat it u
that th(
nothing!
selves
and thai
indeed,
more ht
al
S ARE
has iSne
lorse, and
;s, to wail
he is bet.
because
from one
J
SPELLING BOOK.
71
good
at deal of
order th.'it
well as to
Tants. He
tliey are al
[o do him a
thejp pret.
n. ^ '
hat he can
dirt in tin
of its place
mes-tics ari
•e how the)
th^r, to sei
i tliey staiK
ey he has.
,, rises veri
his })rayer8
s father am
uickly, all
le, are ver
I may lean
ch, nor ca
■ast as 1 car
/hen I groi
to be a man, not to know how to read in tlie bible and other
jrood books ; and when I leave my parents, not to be able
to read their letters, and to write them word where 1 am,
and how I do. And I must learn accounts, for, when I
j^row up, I shall have many things to reckon about my
work, and res-pect-ing what I buy. I shall, perhaps, have
bills to make out, as my father has; and |)erhaps I shall bo
em-ploy-ed in a shop. -^il
7. When he has nn-ish-ed his lessons, he does not stay
to play, but runs home ; he wants to see his father and
mother, and to help them. He often sees nauehty boys in
the streets, and in the woods and fields, steal, nght, and do
many bad things ; and he hears them swear and call
names, and tell lies ; but he does not like to be with them,
for fear they should make him as bad as they are them-
selves ; and that any person who sees him with them
should think that he also is wicked.
8. When he is at home, he is well em-ploy-ed. He
takes care of the little children ; weeds his father's garden,
hoes and rakes it, and sows seeds in it. Sometimes he
goes with his father to work ; then he is very glad ; and
though he is but a little fellow, he works very well, almost
(ike a man.
9. When he comes home to dinner, he says, how hungry
I nm ! and how good this bread is, and this mtjat ! Indeed,
I think ev-e-ry thing we have is very good. I am glad I
can work ; I hope that I shall soon be able to oarn all my
clothes, and my food too. When he sees little boys and
girls riding on pretty horses, or in nice carriages, or painted
waggons, he does not envy them, nor wish to be lik^^ them.
lOi He says, I have often been told, and I ha/*', read,
that it is God who makes some to be poor and seme rich j
that the rich have many troubles which the poor know
nothing of, and many temp-ta-tions which belong to them
selves to forget God, and the concerns of the future world ;
and that the poor, if they are good, may be very liippy j
indeed, I think that when I am good no pexsf>n cai* b^
more happy thaiji i am. • \i • v- ■■',- is hI // .<;
if-
•r.i ii mt:
Ui
■• ' ■' ';
I Mt j-
•0
THE CANADA
,11)', i ■;! m'
' -'fl (>orit»
fttra !>•
'Ill fuiit
■''. .. n.
•o,,
1" 1
■
1 /'■
:''^ 1
■ f
1
i ::
I
1
:.l!
THE INDUSTRIOUS LITTLE GIRL.
,Ji
.':,•,.
LES80K 3.
'*' 1. She always minds what her father and mother say tOj
her ; and talces pains to learn whut-ev-er they are iso kind
a^ to teach her. She is never noisy or trou-ble-some ; so
they like to have her with them, and they like to laiK to|
her, and to instruct her. She has learned to read so well,
and she is "^o good a girl, that her father has given her sev-
er-al little books, which she reads in by herself, when-ev-er|
ihe likes ; and she understands all that is in them, r/
' 2. She knows the meaning of a great many dif-fi-cmlll
w^ords ; and the names of nu-mer-ous countries, cities, and
towns, and she can find them u] on a map. She can write
very pret-ti-ly even without a copy ; and she can do a great
many sums on a slate. What-ev-er she does, she takes
wins to do it well ; and when she is doing one thing, shil
tiies not to think of an-oth-er. If she has made a mistakoj
or done any thing wrong, she ip soriy for it ; and wlieiil
she is told of a fault, she en- eav-ours to avoid it ari-oth-er|
eime.
3. When she wants to know any thing, she asks hc-rl
ather, or her mother to tell her ; and she tries to un-der{
itaiid, and to re-mem-ber what they tell her ; but if thej
Jo not
tease t
instruc
4. S
When
her tvo
f'jf to (
for ., ]
begins
it up, a
drawer.
6. It
or need
her n^'ei
cush-ioi
needles
been tol
pays at-
6. Sh
very nej
and, I U
she sees
clothes
she doe.»
bers wh
saves ni
7. Sh
throws
or little
has seen
and the
seen the
has told
8, WI
the dair}
does not
how pu
9. Sh
own be
Uirkevs
c
rii n
^H^I «»i
')fu\
Ik)'>;:
1) Mt
• a •)'
V/<ul
itfii
•'1'*
'•trip
Hit. .
mV/
117 (.J
.•'i!iv
'1 Tl'
|k
f
Rl
A
1 '
^ .,.1
',' 'J '■''■'l.'
IRL.
ither say to
are iso kind
■some ; so
to tulK to
jad so well
en her sev
when-ev-ei
3m.
y dif-fi-cnll
, cities, and
e can write
1 do a great
she take
thinsf, she
B a mistake,
and when
it an-oth-er
le asks hcJ
3 to un-der-
but if the^
BPBLLINa BOOK.
81^
lo not think proper to answer her quest \s, she does not
lease them, but says, when I am older they will perhaps
instruct me ; and she thinks about something else. .tm h
4. She likes to sit by her mother, and sew or knit.
When she sews, she does not take long stitches, or pucker
her iVork ; but does it very neatly, just as her mother tells
hjf to do. And she always keeps her work very clean ;
for it her hands are dirty, she washes them before she
begins her work, and when she has fin-ish-ed it, she folds I
it up, and puts it very care-ful-ly in her workbag, or in a
drawer.
5. It is but very seldom indeed that she loses her thread
or needles, or any thing she has to work with. She keeps
her npedles and thread in a proper place, and she has o pin-
cush-ion on which she puts her pins. She does not stick
needles in her sleeve, or put pins in her mouth ; for she has
been told these are silly dan-sfer-ous tricks, and she always
pays at-ten-tion to what is said lo her.
6. She takes care of her own clothes, and folds them up
very neatly. She knows ex-act-ly where she puts them ;
and, I believe, she could find them even in the dark. When
she sees a hole in her stockings, or frock, or any of her
clothes ^\e mends it, or asks her mother to have it mended ;
she doe.* iiot wait lill the rent is very large, for she re-mem
hers what her mother has told her, that a stitcli in time
saves nine. ■ r;: -i •. . ann
7. She does not like to waste any thing. — She never
throws away, or br rns, crumbs of bread, or peelings of fruit,
or little bits of muslin or linen, or ends of thread; for she
lias seen the chickens and little birds picking up crumbs,
and the pigs feeding upon peelings of fruit ; and she has
seen the man go about gath-er-ing rags, which her mother
has told her he sells to people who make paper of them.
8. When she goes with her mother into the kitchen and
the dairy, she takes notice of every thing she sees; but shu |^
does not meddle with any thing without leave. She knows
how puddings, tarts, butter and bread, are made, it or; ^.i >
9. She can iron her own clothes; and she can make hei
own bed. She likes to feed the chickens and the yomij^
turkeys and to give them clean water to drink ; she likes to
m
THK CANADA "
work in her little garden, to weed it, and to aow seed* f»*'d
to plant roots in it ; and she likes to do little jobs for ;;ci
mother ; she likes to be em-pioy-ed, and she en-doav-ours
to be useful. i>'*» vjr n yti itg rvr ».aiij tynb J
» 10. If all little girls would be so at-ten-tive, and so much
given to in-dus-try, how they would delight their parentR
and their kind friends ! and they would he much hap«pi-ei
themselves, than when they are ob-stin-ate or idle, and wil,
not learn any thing pro|jer-iyj or mind what is said to them
"words of four syllables pronounced as three, an»
accented on the second syllable.
; i»r
rAt. .
t
(I . '
A-dop-tion
of-fec-tion
af-flic-tion
as-per-sion
at-ten-tion
at-trac-tion
aus-pi-cious
ca-pa-cions
ces-sa-tion
col-la-tion
com-pas-sion
com-pul-sion
con-cep-tion
con-ces-siom'i
con-clu-sion
con-fes-sion -
con-fu-sion ; > '
con-junc-tion ^
con-struc-tion
ron-ten-tion
con-ver-sion . ? ^ j-
con-vic-tion ij.rri
con-vul-sion; • '.>/'
cor-rec-tion nU) p.
c«r-nip-tion ; '^'>n
f/'
.(
cre-a-tion
de-coc-tion
de-fection
de-fi-cient
de-jec-tion
de-li-cious u,
de-scrip-tion
de-struc-tion
de-trac-tion
de-vo-tion
dis-cus*sion
dis-sen-tion
dis-tinc-tion
di-vis-ion
E-lec-tion ;
es-sen-tial
ex-ac-tion •
ex-clu-sion
ex-pan-sion
ex-pres-sion
ex-pul-sion
ex-tor-tion-
/ 1'/
'.;'
im-par-tial '»ii)o^
im-pa-tient *? n-y.
im-pres-sion I, «/j
in-junc-tion -•, /»
' in-scrip-tion i vv-
'ui in-struc-tion i 'bn.
• , in-ven-tion ^vv „,
r%v ir-rup-tion ^iUo
i.l; i Li-cen-tious > K: 't
. li-ba-tion ., >tr
lo-gi-cian in, ^/.v;
;,' Mu-si-cian
'; Kar-ra-tion ?, of.
io li, Ob-jec-tion 4ijil *
\U) . ob-la-tion <-•» hi
ji' ^; ob-struc-tior ili !>;
:; op-pres-sion t; Ui
op-ti-ciani i>i6i u..
i!!7/ 0-ra-tion ""f B
.)i)'.»ij Per-fec-tion nb «
.;iu if pol-lu-tion iU^:?«
t;v>;nf prc'dic-tion i ' ;•
ex-trac-tion ' » j >; pre-scrip-tioc
fal-la-ciouS!v;ii of f pro-mo-tion iir/
im-mer-sion ai^t: pro-por-tion lefAiv
pro-viT
Re-|ec
rtj-la-ti
re-ieii-i
Sul-va-
• ib-j»? :
woi
Ab-so-l
ac-ces-f
ac-tu-al
ad -mi-r
ftd-ver-s
ng-gra-)
ag-ri-cu
al-le-go-
nni-i-cu-j
un-nu-a
an-swer
an-ti-mf
ap-pli-ci
up-po-si
ar-rooTft
Bar-ba-i
hean-ti-
blas-ph(
bois-ter
bonn-ti-
Cap-i-tfi
3a.s u-al-
:as-n-ist
jul-er-pi
jaul-ill(
jen-sn-r
cer-e-m(
'•liar- if-
IPKLLINn BOtlK.
i!>
i for i'ei
li;av-oiirs
80 much
r parentR
hap-pi-ei
, and wil
I to them
yum t<i ■ .'
EE, ANt
X ilJ)r:)M
it ! n'>«'
ion V, i:».'/X-
on
on
ion
•n
[i
•i iif:
)US •< h- •'••
'. . »
)n
)n
tier
iond^ ;! '
)i6.i >
onuni) •
n ''■?..'!; ;>"
onv '
-tioG
ion
ion
pro-vin-cinl {uui
Ke-|ec-lioii u ti'
nj-ht-lioii ;ji!m'
re-teii-lion v;»<l
S.'il-va-tion vk.i n
• ilj.j»^ >tion 1 ,1
.! ,t >
oU\ :; rt- ;■
►-I lit
snb-sinii-tial j //HtTernp-tn-tior i m
nub-tmc'tion .» uni traiis-ln-iion nhj/l
snb-ver-sion
8Uc-ces-sion
8uf-fi-cient
8U8-pi-cion
Va-ca-tion
>.urf( vex-a-tion
i i "lilt
I vo-ra-ciou8 n r,, i
I ,1 MKUJ
i/ ■ '. ! ..»Vti i;Vf«j<(
WORDS OF FOUR SYLLABLES, ACCENTED ON THE FIP » / ' '^'
fab-u-Ioii8-ly rd i"
' I
IH.
V
Ab-so-liitc-iy
ac-ces-sa-ry
nc-cti-ra-cy .
ac-t!i-al-ly ;
ad-mi-ra-ble
ad-ver-sa-ry
ng-gra-va-ted
ag-ri-cul-ture
al-le-j(o-ry i -: -
nni-i-ca-ble vt •
un-iui-aUly
an-swer-a-ble
an-ti-ino-iiy
ap-pli-ca-ble
up-f)0-site-ly
ar-rogan-cy
Bar-ba-roiis-ly
heaii-ti-fiil-ly
hlas-phe-moiis-ly
bois-ter-ons-ly
bonii-ti-ful-ly
Cap-i-tal -I y ...,;'
znH u-ai-ty :{ >•
:o.sn-ist-ry
Jilt -er-pi Mar
:aiil-i ilow-er
lien-su-ra-ble
cfre-mo-ny
'•liar-it-a ble
com-fort-a-ble
coiii-i-cal-ly
corn-ment-a-ry
com-mis-sa-ry
coni-pe-ten-cy
crit-i-cal-ly
cus-lom-a-ry ' ■■■>
crcd-it-a-ble • ' ^■
Dan-ger-ous-ly
del-i-ca-cy
des-pe-rnt^-ly
des-pi-ca-ble i i ir
dil-fer-ent-ly ■ i '
dif-fi-ciil-ty ,1
dil-flu-en-cy
dil-a-to-ry
dil-i-gent-ly
dis-pii-ta-ble
dn-ti-ful-ly ' '
Ef-fi-ca-cy
el-e-gant-ly • -.
el-i-gi-ble i >
el-o-quent-ly ,;
eni-i-nent-ly
es-ti-ma-ble
ev-i-dent-ly
ex-cel-len-cy
ex-i-g-en-cy .v.
Fa-vbur-a-bl< :> i-
) ■ , :•
(
r.i ;
fari-ci-ful-ly ix. *H
Peb-ru-a-ry t \^-ua\
••■'1
for-ini-da-ble
fraud-u-lent-ly
Gen-e-ral-ly
gen-e-rous-ly
Hab-it-a-bic
hos-pit-a-W<»i{j*< -I'^rj
hii-mor ri»j-*j r^i
lof-no-i/i'-nv ; ..■r<t\
ig-no i .rii-ly ; ft f'M^
iii-so- /.ni ly :. n-jfl.T
iii-tri I'ii-cy i^rpriq
in-ve.j-lor/
Jan-h-a-ry
jn-di-ca-tuvv
Lib-er-al-zy
lit-er-a!-;y ' '
lit-er-d,- mre '^-ul'^^
hi-vm-iia-ry ? i Sfff.^j
MiVj^is-tra-i.y yf <►.
ni'.i'j i-fest-l y . if ?•*
n/ul an-cho-l) > {^
men t-o-ra-bli pi r-
meice-na-ry wr.,-,
mil it-e-ry .; (? ■^r,
mil eMi-hl's ^ It^.
M
THE CANA«>A
mul-ti pljr-ing
Nut-iiral-ly
iiiiv-i-ga-ble ' '
neg-a-tive-ly
neg-li-gent-ly
nom-i-nal-ly
nu-ga-to-ry
Ob-sti-na-cy
op-er-a-tive
oc-cu-pi-er .,
or-di-na-ry
ot'-tho-dox-y
Pa-la ta-ble
par-don-a-ble
par-si-mo-ny
|)at-ri-mo-ny
pen-e-tra-ble
pen-i-tent-ly
per-emp-to-ry
per-ish-a-ble
per-son-al-ly
per-ti-nent-ly
pet-u-lari-cy
plan-et-a-ry
plen-ti-ful-ly
pos-i-tive-ly
prac-ti-ca-ble
pref-er-a-ble
prin-ci-pal-ly
prof-li-ga-cy
pros-e-cu-tor
pu-ri-fy-ing
Rad-i-cal-ly
rav-en-ous-ly
rea-sori-a-ble
res-o-lute-ly
rev-er-ent-ly
rii-iii-ous-ly
ru-mi-na-ting
Sal-u-ta-ry
sanc-tu-a-ry
sea-son-a-ble
sec-re-ta-ry
sed-en-ta-ry
sem-i-cir-cle
sep-a-rate-ly
ser-vice-a-ble
sol-i-ta-ry
spec-u-la-tive
spir-it-u-al
■ii-{<
«-viii sta-tioii-a-ry
J . iif?- stren-u-ous-ly
^ Hj/^suWu-na-ry
:•".)? Tab-er-na-cle
<* tem-per-ate-ly
tem-po-ral-l^ i'
ter-ri-to-ry
tes-ti-mo-ny
tol-er-a-ble
trans-it-o-ry ,
trea-son-a-ble
trib-u-ta-ry
Ul-ti-mate-ly •
ut-ter-a-ble
Vc-ge-ta-ble *'
val-ua-ble
ve-he-ment-ly
ven-er-a-ble .
. vig-or-ous-ly • *
vi-o-lent-ly ;
vir-u-leii-cy
Won-der-ful-ly
• wor-ship-ful-ly
Ai t
'>') u.
WORDS OF FOUR SYLLABLES ACCENTED ON THE SECONl
Ab-bre-vi-ate
a-bil-i-ty
n-bom-i-nate
iib-ste-mi-ous
ab-suid-i-ty '
a-bu-sive-ly
ac-cel-er-ate
ac-cu-mu-late
ad-min-is-ter
vgree-a-ble "
al-low-a-ble
a-rith-me-tic
as-tron-o-mer
aii-thor-i-ty
Bar-ba-ri-an
be-hfi-vi-our
be-nev-o-lence
bi-og-raphy
Chro-nol-o-gy
con-form-a-bl«
i-K
' con-tin-u-al
con-ve-ni-ent
' co-op-er-ate '
■ De-fen-si-ble ''
' de-form-i-ty **
de-light-fiil-ly
de-liv-er-ance
de-plo-ra-ble
de-si-ra-ble "
de-test-a-ble • *
dis-loj
dis-of-i
dis-u-r
di-vin-
dog-mi
dox-ol-
Ef-fec-
en-thu-
C'pit-o-]
er-ro-ne
e-van-g
ex-ceed
ex-cu-si
ex-per-i
ex-ter-n
ex-trav-,
ex-trem-
Fe-Ii-ci-
fru-gal-i
fu-tu-ri-t
Ge-og-K
ge-om-e
gram-n«
WORl
Ac-a-dei
an-no-ta-
Bas-ti-ne
I Cal-a-me
I cir-ciim-
I com-|.ii-i
«om-pre-l
1 .5on-tro-v|
jco-ri-an-
c<)im-ter-l
SVBLLINa BOOK.
lie >'"''«
Y V
Die
-ly •• •■
le "'■ ■'>
; . i in
it-ly
le
i-ly -' ' '."
y ;■•:'
jy . ■-,»■.
ful-ly
ful-ly
'-"l-
dis-loy-al-ty i ha
dis-or-der-ly
dis-u-ni-on
di-vin-i-ty ,,^
dog-mat-i-cal
doxrol-o-gy ,..,,
Bf-fec-tu-al
en-thu-si-ast
c-pit-o-ine , ,
er-ro-ne-ous ,
e-van-gel-ist
ex-ceed-ing-ly
ex-cu-sa-ble
ex-per-i-ment
ex-ter-mi-nato
ex-trav-a-gant
ex-trem-i ly
Fe-li-ci-ty
fru-gal-i-ty ■>
fu-tu-ri-ty
Ge-og-raphy
ge-om-e-try ; , i
gram-nia-ri-an
riu-man-i-ty
hu-mil-i-ty
Il-lit-e-rate •■■
im-mu-ta-ble
im-pe-ri-ous
im-pi-e-ty
im-pos-si-ble
in-ca-pa-ble
in-cli-na-ble
in-cu-ra-ble
iii-de-cen-cy
in-fat-u-ate
in-sin-u-ate
La-bo^ri-ous
liix-u-ri-ous
Ma-te-ri-al ;,
mir-ac-u-lous
Ncn sen-si-cal
iio-to-ri-ous
0-be-di-ent
om-nip-o-tent
Par-tic-u-lar
per-pet-u-al
A J.J pre-cjarn-ouB ^
rvv:^- pros-per-i-ty
. ^l . 7 ; . Re-cep-ta-cle ; >,\ A
!.! /<.re-gal-i-ty.i. ul «w-<t;
, re-mark-arble > m
„ J / . re-mu-ner-ate \ ) a
s; , .Sa-ga-ci-ty ..i; vo
/ su-pe-ri-or i " >
' su-per-la-tive - <
. . i • Tri-umph-ant-ly
; , Un-for-tu-nate , i j s >••
, , , im-lhn-it-ed iw-t
, . UH-search-a-ble Uj"
: 1 ,. Va-cu-i-ty -iCl
,, ^$ vi-va-ci-ty -.rf*{,
.' ,' vo-lup-tu-ous .,h
vi-cis-si-tude <»| ^ih
vic-to-ri-ous . j li'(
U-bi-qui-ty {<|.,
. un-righ-te-ous inu
[,, ux-o-ri-oiis . i . x'>
y,*t
WORDS OF FOUR SYLLABLES ACCENTED ON THE THIRP
SECOND
al
-ent
late ' ' '
-ble
fully
-ance
L-ble
Die
ble
■ui
Ac-a-dem-ic
an-no-ta-tor
Bas-ti-na-do
Cal-a-man-co
cir-ciim-ja-cent
j com-pli-ment-al
I com-pre-hen-sive
wn-tro-ver-sidl
Ico-ri-an-der
cjuui-ter-bal-ance
Dan-de-Ii-on
de-cli-na-tor
des-pe-ra-do
dis-con-tin-ue
dis-in-her-it
Ei-e-ment-al
em blem-at-ic
Eu-ro-pe-an
Glad-i-a-tor
Hy-men-e-al
•)/
In-co-he-rent ,n vi
in-ci-den-tal _,.| »<;;({
Mai-e-fac-tor .. j ; | .. j/j
me-di-a-tor ujuviii
mod-er-a-tor , ^ , , ., 5
O-rient-al _ ,ni-u»
or-na-ment-ai i,i\
Sem-i-co-lon , . liisi
C
m
THE CANADA'
'hi
WORDA OP FIVE SYLLABLES PRONOUNCED AS FOUR, AWD
ACCENTED ON THE THIRD.
Ab-di-ca-tion
ab-so-lu-tion
ac-qui-si-tion
ad-van-tage-ous
av-a-ri-cious
Cir-cu-la-tion
com-pen-sa-tion
coin-pi-la-tion
coin-^u-tii-tion
con-cen-tra-tion
f!ul-ti-va-tioii
l)em-on-stra-tion
de-tes-ta-tion
de-Vcis-ta-tioii
dis-po-si-tioii
Ed-u-ca-tion
em-i-gra-tion
em-ii-la-tion
ex-cla-ma-tion
cx-e-cra-tion
ex-pe-di-tion
ex-pli-ca-tion '•
ex-port-a-tion
ex-po-si-tion
ex-tir-pa-tion »
ex-tri-ca-tioii
Fer-meiit-a-tion
t'u-mi-ga-tion
Grad-u-a-tion
Im-per-fec-tion
ir-re-li-ffion
Nom-i-na-tion
Op-po-si-tion
Pal-pi-ta-tiou
per-spi-ra-tion
pet-ri-fac-tion
prof-a-na-tion
prop-o-si-tion
pimc-tu-a-tion •
Res-ig-na-tion
f-^'
res-pi -ra-ti on ''^* "*'
''ret-ri-bu-tion ''^^ '
rev-e-la-tion ^""-'*'
rev-er-en-tial ''"^^ ■'
"Sa-cri-le-gious
sep-a-ra-tion
ster-co-ra-ceous
ster-nu-ta-tioii
su-per-cil-ious
su-per-fi-cial '
sii-per-scrip-tion
su-per-sti-tiou
su-per-ven-tion
sur-rep-ti-tious
sus-ci-ta-tion* 7' !
Vac-u-a-tion ' '^"-
• ve-ge-ta-tion '''•'''
ven-er-a-don
viii-di-ca-tion
vi-o-la-tion
WORl
Ac-cii-ir
au-thor-
Oom-mi
(;om-pas
cor-rob-<
De-clam
de-clar-a
de-gen -e
de-ter-m
dis-rep-i;
Ef-fec-ti:
em-phat-
epis-co-]
e-quiv-o-
ex-plan-j
Fan-tas-1
fe-lo-ni-o
Gram-m
Har-mo-
his-to-ri-
WORDS OF FIVE SYLLABLES, ACCENTED ON THE FIRST
Ac-cep-ta-ble-nes8
t /us-to-mar-i-ly
l)es-pi-ca-ble-ness '
Fash-ion-a-ble-ness
fa-vour-a-ble-ness
fig-u-ra-tive-ly
or-mi-da-ble-ness '
Hab-it-a-ble-ness
1u-di-ca-to-ry ■'■•'
jiis-ti-fi-a-ble
Or-di-nar-i-ly
Q,ues-tion-a-ble-ness
Spec-u-la-tive-ly
spir-it-u-al-ly ' * '
Tol-er-a-ble-ness
Va-ri-a-ble-'ift.w
vol-un-tar. '-
War-rant-a-ble-neSft
. • . ■ (
... ■'•!;.
.' ! "i -I > 1 I ■
iJ .i*«!i» Vi [
i'liH) l.\.>'' ■'(.,'.' t-'i
WORI
Ac-a-den
aij-i-mos
au-ni-vei
ar-gu-m€
Cer-e-mc
cir-cuni-
Don-fra-t(
cred-i-bi
Gul-pa-bi
cu-ri-os-i
Di-a-bol-
dis-a-bil-
<lii-ra-bil
.AND
)n
ai ^^^^:^:
ous
»n
;eous
;ioii
ous "^'' '
al
p-tion
tiou
-tion
Uous
on
311
on
on
tion
1
iU^'
» iutt lii/r
F1RS1
s
. .t I
•,i' !<•- ■;:■
'a.'' ■(.-•■ ilt
SPELLING 6OOK.
87
rtji
WORDS OF FIVE SYLLABLES, ACCENTED ON THE SECOND ^ *'*
:•»!
; .'/
;^^
Ac-cu-rau-la-tive u iJ-k,
aii-tbor-i-ta-tive "f- > ^,
Com -mu-ni-ca-tive
(jompas-sion-ate-ly
cor-rob-o-ra-tive
De-clam-a-to-ry
de-clar-a-to-ry
de-gen -er-a-cy > i /
de-ter-min-a-tive
dis-rep-u-ta-ble '' '
Gf-fec-tu-al-ly ' '■ ''
em-phat-i-cal-ly /•
epis-co-pa-cy '
e-quiv-o-ca-tor '
ex-plan-a-to-ry ;
Fan-tas-ti-cal-ly
fe-lo-ni-ous-ly
Gram-mat-i-cal-ly "
Har-mo-ni-ous-ly
his-to-ri-cal-ly
WORDS OF FIVE SYLLABLES
Ac-a-dem-i-cal ;' * '
ai)-i-mos-i-ty ' ' '
aii-ni-ver-sa-ry ' '
ar-gii-merit-a-tiv#
! I,
luih
Im-mea-su-ra-ble ■ ) ..;
in-cen-di-a-ry -mv^'tm
in-com-pa-ra-ble
in-dis-pu-ta-ble
in-du-bi-ta-ble
in-ef-fi-ca-cy
jn-ex-o-ra-ble
ir-rep-a-ra-ble
No-to-ri-ous-ly
Ob-ser-va-to-ry
o-ri-gin-al-ly
Pe-cu-ni-a-ry
po-lit-i-cal-ly
pre-par-a-to-ry
pre-var-i-ca-tor
Ke-med-i-a-ble
rid-ic-u-lous-ly
Vo-cab-u-Ia-ry .
vo-lup-tu-a-ry
I !
',"
:\.f
ACCENTED ON THE THIR
Cer-e-mo-ni-al
cir-cum-nav-i-gate
3on-fra-ter-ni-ty
cred-i-bil-i-ty
Gul-pa-bil-i-ty
cu-ri-os-i-ty
Di-a-l)ol-i-cal
dis-a-bil-i-ty
du-ra-bil-i-ty
,.(■
iwi- ^'1
E-lec-tri-ci-ty ''',',
e-qiia-nim-i-ty
e-van-gel-i-cal ■ '■" ^
ex-com-mu-n-.-ca!^
FaMi-bil-i-t.y
flam-ma-bil-i-ty
fun-da-men-tal-!y
Gen'-er-os-i-ty f
Ho-mo-ge-ne-cas "
hos-pi-tal-i-ty
Il-le-gal-i-ty
im-per-cep-ti-ble
im-por-tu-ni-tv
(■
H8
/fHE C4NADA
im-pro-pri-e-ty
in-civ-il-i-ty t- y.:MT-fT>*M n^
in-cre-du-li-ty
in-ef-iect-u-al -^ ii i <i lai
Mag-na-nim-i-ty ;(])-.») j-iu
mis-cel-la-ne-ous >■'; ;i , i m
Sen-si-bil-i-ty i ^ ■<[ -^if; iji
'iSiiri
T'\
sub-ter-ra-ne-an
su-per-an-nu-ate
sii-per-flu-i-ty
Tes-ti-mo-ni-ai i! nn: ff
triir-o-nom-e-try. r-i^i i i ? i
U- ni-form-i- ty f n- r ; i ii <;
••••*••*•••«••••••«••
?»<•,•'!
WORDS OF FIVE SYLLABLIIS, ACCENTED ON THE FOURTH
AVbre-vi-a-tor
(yhar-ac-ler-is-tic
coii-iflii-ti-na-tive
De-nun-ci-a-tor
de-ter-mi-na-tor ,
Eo-clo-si-jus-tic
en-co-nii-as-tic
ep-i-cu-re-aii
He-H-o-cen-tric
'•I
)i ;!i
hi-e-ro-o-lyph-ic .. .
In-€'^r-tl-^l-cial
in-co-ex-ist-ence
Me-tempsy-cho-sia
Pa-cif-i-ca-tor
pre-dic-a-ment-al
Re-ci-ta-ti-vo
Sarsa-pa-ril-la
sem-i-pel-lu-cid , .
'.! (•
Ml
nv.:
V
WORDS OF SIX SYLLABLES, ACCENTED ON THE FOURTH,
PRONOUNCED AS FIVE.
AN9
Ab-bre-vi-a-tion
a-boni-i-na-tion
ac-com-mo-da-tion
ad-min-is-tra-tioii
al-le-vi-a-tion ■ .,,■..
aii-i-mad-ver-sion
aiMii-hiJ-a-tion
aii-iiun-ci-a-tion
aii-li-ci-pa-tion
as-sas-sin-a-tion
as-so-ci-a-tion .i . :,
Ca-pit-u-!a-tion ;
cir-cum-lo-cn-tion
cir-cimi-vo-lurtioii
i.n'i r
• t,' "
■! \l
cdni-mem-o-ira-ti 6n
com-niu-ni-ca-tion
con-sid-er-a-tion
con-tin-u-a-tion
cor-rob-o-ra-tiiii
De-lib-er-a-tion
de-nom-in-a-tiori
de-ter-mi-na-tion
dis-sim-u-la-tiou
Ed-i-fi ca-tion
e-jac-u-la-tion .^
e-quiv-o-ca-tion;
e-vac-u-a-tion ,j \
cx-am-in-a-tioii
■.iji I-
t.t-as-p<
ex-pos-1
ex-tcn-i
For-ti-f
Ge-o-m
jflo-ri-fi
grat-i-fi-
Hii-mil-
Il-lu-mi
in-ter-pi
WOR
A ii-thor
Ci )m-m'"
r)(»-cliv
Ex-pos-t
Ini-prac-
in-cor-ri-
in-dis-pii
in-sa-ti-a
i
WOR
!V'
Ar-ith-mi
as-tro-Io-j
Bs-tro-ijoi
Mho-irst-j
Uer-f; /no
coii-tr/i d
Dj-a-inct
Gro-o-graj
rn-me-ffi
n-coin-m
JiUl
SPflLLING bOOK.
Hl<
1 .'Ut.1'5
FOURTH
-SIS
tx-as-per-a-tion
ex-pos-tu-la-lion
ex-tun-u-a-tion
For-ti-fi-ca-lion
Ge-o-me-tri-cian
}rlo-ri-fi-ca-tion
grat-i-fi-ca-tion .
Hii-mil-i-a-tion
Il-lu-min-a-tion
in-ter-pre-ta-tion
1-U ■•.■jtt-jri*!
m-ier-ro-jrn-tion
Jiis-ti-fi-ca-lion i. ? 40//
Math-e-ma-ti-cian
Pre-des ti-na-tioii t w>* -'M A
Qual-i-fi-cartiou . .ifH|i:)-fti( !
Riit-i-fi-ca-tion -i5'->l >- -jl-l
Saiic-ti-li-cA-tion j»<>i')'V>ij'5
siib-or-din-a-tion
Tmns-fi-gu-ra-tion
Vcr-si-fi-ca-tion
r.'i
' i
'■(] v.\ ;'t/7/
il
(1 'I-
(URTH, ANP
tion
ion
1 *
!-.i!i
n
m
n
:.i '■■ r-
WORDS OP SIX SYLLABLES,
A ?i-thor-i-ta^anre-l y
D(3-ch'' -to*'-i-ly
Ex-pos-tu-la-to-ry
lni-pruc-ti-ca-ble-iie*i
in-c( >r-ri-(ri-ble-ness
in-dis-pii-ia-ble-ness
in-sa-ti-a-ble-ness
u
*•<-
t '
»
WORDS OF SIX STLLAfcL^- ACCENTED OH
ACCENTED ON THE SECOND ^
in-sn - per-a-bl e-ness
in-t(jr-pre-ta-tivc-ly
in-vol-im-tar-i-ly
Pa-eit'-i-ca-to-ry
Rc-fr i -i^er-a-to- ry
re-vei-lH3-ra-to-ry
Sac-ri-li-ca-to-ry
sig-iiif-i-ca-to-ry
Un-jus-ti-fi-able
;■■ ' ^ '•■?■■!" /jA
i li'- ■ . ■ >«r- ■';*X:/
■■■• mI
1
TfffHr
u' \-l
.<) 'V.'>-
I'.'
. 1
' ;i!>' 1-
h'l i. 1
■n
Ar-ith-met->cal-ly
as-tro-lo-gi'Cai-Iy
Bs-tro-nom-i-cttMy "^^
th«-i3t-i-cal-ly
Uer-f! rno-ni-ous-n«ss
;oii-tr/i dic-to-ri- ly
i-a-iiiet-ri-cal-jy
0-0-jj^raph-i-cal-ly
in-me-thod-j<;al-ly
com-mu-ni-ca-ble
' • III
■"SB^.
tti-de-fat-i-2ra-bi« ^' ''
iii-*if-fec-tu-al-}y • ' »^
MMfan-tskae-otis-iy
in-di-vid-ti-al-ly •♦ .r >-» ft'
Mat-rj-nio-ni-al-lY
mer. ''i^ri-oiis-ly
Per-j>«wijc-ii-lar-ly
llat-i .-(ac-?o-ri-iy
wi-per-natHi-ral -ly
Tlie-o io-jfi-ctti-iy
0>*r {
^
THE CANADA
WORDS OF SIX SYLLA^JLES, ACCENTED ON THE FOURTH
A.r-is-to-crat-i-cal
Dis-cip-Ii-na-ri-an
Kc-cle^-si-as-ti-cal
en-cy-clo-poB-di-a
.i>-
en-thu-si-as-ti-cal ; . i '
Li-cred-i-bil -i-ty n i
Med-it-er-ra-ne-an t
Pre-des-ti-na-ri-an \\-\\
WORDS OF SEVEN SYLLABLES, ACCENTED ON THE FIFTH, AND
TRONOUNCED AS SIX.
An-ti-pes-ti-1 en-tial
Oir cum-nav-i-ga-tion
Ex-com-mu-ni-ca-tion
Mal-ad-min-is-tra-tion
ni is-rep-re-sen-ta-tion
Nat-u-ral-i-za-tjon
Re -cap-it- u-la4ion
re-con-cil-i-a-tion
Tmn-sub-staii-ti-a-tioii
WORDS OP SEVEN AND EIGHT SYLLABLES PROPERLY
ACCENTED.
lUi-ti-trin-i-ta'-ri-an
Coin-men-sii-ra-bil-i-ty
iPiX-tra-or-din-a'-ri-Iy
lni-ma~te-ri-al -i-ty
im-pen-e-tra-bil'-i-ty
iii-com-pre-hen-si-bil'-i-ty
in-cor-rup-ti-bil '-i-ty
in-dis-so-lu-bil'-i-ty
•n-com-pat-i-bil -i-ty
vf ■' :i.
in-con-sid'-er-a-ble-ness
in-di-vis-i-bil'-i-ty
ir-re-con-ci'-la-ble-ness
Lat-i-tu-din-a'-ri-an
Me-te-or-o-lo'-gi-cal '
Per-pen-dic-? i-l ar'-i-ty
phys-i-co-the-ol'-o-gy
plen-i-po-ten'-ti-a-ry
Val-e-tu-din-a'-ri-aii
Vi ■/' 'I:
•■1-'- .--nv •
., .* .,
'''■- i ; ,\\ A IX' >■■::>
TH
1. Tl
5J»igs e»]
*.'\VM use
have Ids
ledge fo
l By
ourselve
ivorid, a
ages of r
in the U
fiance, tJ
ceedingl
3. By
his frie
know w
-ry live;
Greece,
live aftei
Proviiict
4. In
the past
\i brings
interviev
ages of r
qiiuintan
5. Ab
ledge of
with the
the creat
nocence,
civil, an(
v.'ited in
end of o;
«r Iwppii
3UIITH
/so ;. ■
1 "
1 ■.
••1 .
1 .;•
\h
• '» j i 1 >
H f;
s-. :'.'■'.■■
'I!
' ■'■>■!■
■'"»
IFTH,
AND
tl ;,
n
■a-tioit
PERLY
le-ness
y
e-ness
an
cal ■'
r'-i-ty
o-gy
i-ry
L-aii
! 1!"
SPELLING BOOK.
INSTRUCTIVE LESSONS ON VARIOUS SUBJECTS.
(H
THE KNOWLEDGE OF LETTERS.
LESSON 4.
1. The knowledge of letters is one of the greatest blcs
lings enjoyed by man. By this means we preserve for oui
own use, through all our lives, what our memory would
iiave lost in a few days* and lay up a treasure of know-
ledge for those that shall come after us. , if,>; v
£ By the art of readiuo:, we can sit at home and acquaint
ourselves of what is done in tlie n\ost distant parts of the
^vorld, and know what our fathers uid long ago, in the first
ages of mankind. We can also see what is now transpiring
ill the United States — how the law is there often set at de-
fiance, thereby rend(;ring the tenure of life and property ex«
ceedingly insecure.
3. By this means a j)erson in Canada can converse with
his friends in England, Ireland, or Scotland; by this w^i
know what China produces, and how the natives of Tart?
•ry live; by this we know what has been done in Egypi
Greece, and Turkey ; and by the same means those wh^
live after us, will know what is now done in the BritisK>
Provinces of America.
4. In short, the art of letters does, as it were, revive all
the past aa;es of men, and set them at once upon the stage;
it brings all the nations from afar, and gives them a ijeneral
interview ; so that the most distant nations, and distant
ages of mankind, may converse together, and grow into ac
quaintance.
5. Above all, we have reason to be thankful for a know
ledge of this art, because it enables us to become acquainted
with the important truths contained in me Bible, relative to
the creation of the world, and our fall from the stale of in-
nocence, in which we were created. It points out our social
civil, and religious duties, and the necessity of being reno-
vated in heart and life, in order that we may answer th*'
end of our being here, and be prepared for an eternal stuV
•f Ikippiness in the world to come. ' ' ^ i "- «>/ < '
I
s
0»
THC CANADA
vr >M
r SUBORDINATION*
> I
LESSON 5.
1. Order is Heaven's first law. From the earliest dawjj
of reason to the hour of death, when we reluctantly talce the
last bitter medicine, wc have to submit our wills, more oj
less, to the will of others. We cailnot, in childhood, st;*
that the motive which induces our pturents to lay us under
restraint, is a regard to our future happiness. It seems to
us to he caprice, or, at least, arbitraiy dictation.
2. But we leai'n to submit our wills to theirs ; and here
is the foundation of government, and here commences tt
system of bonds, and obligations, which abide on us through
life. As we advance in life, we see that the reason of family
government is not a love of authority, or an infliction of
punishment ; but it arises from a compassion of our igno
ranee, and a desire to form our characters for tlie world in
which we are to live and act.
3. As we leave the paternal roof, the laws of the land
reach us, and throw their obligations around us. If we
violate them, the laws to which all have agreed to abide,
take hold of us. The judge is only the mouth of the law,
and the magistrate who punishes, is only the hand. But it
is the law, the naked law, which no one or two can alter,
which reaches the highest and lowest in the community
with entire impartiality, that compels us to bow our wills to
its mandates. Without this, no community could be safe
or prosperous. Life, character and property, would alike be
ft prey to the wicked, without this power and majesty of
iaw.
.{ .
I - ■
,M ; ■. I
;•• >!<!!
LOYALTY A PART OF THE CHRISTIAN'S DUTY
tEasoir 6.
•. i;
I. By loyalty is meant respect and love for our dueen
and a determination to defend her against the attacks of
wicked men The tifth commandment directs Us to rMidti
nil nono
serve thi
who, in
2. Til
the wore
of its pn
holy Bot
tial part
larly to r
sin. yet,
defective
not keep
break one
3. But
merciful
crime of
and thou;
this worli
4. Our
low, alwc
governors
iMited and
i)l)edience
5. The
our rulers
will certa
liise to ob
honour th
1. The;
allude to
^s this is
ossary lo
irares the^
> I
iest dawii
y talce the
, more oi
hood, seft
us under
seems to
and here
mences u
IS through
of family
fliction of
our iffuo
1 world in
the land
s. If we
to abide,
the law,
But it
can alter,
immunity
n* wills to
d be safe
d alike be
lajesty of
1 DUTY
dueen
ttacks of
to rMid*!
SPELLING ROOR. §9
all Honour nnd respect to our parents, and, if we strictly ob-
serve this law, we shall he careful to reve* jice i»ur dueen,
who, in a certain sense, is the parent and protector of us all.
2. The Christian should always regulate his conduct by
the word of God, and take care that he does not break* any
of its precepts. Loyalty being co^'-^'uaiided by God in his
holy Book, he cannot be disloyal, v<«i!fiRs he fail in an esscn
lial part <'>f his duty. He may be dnvont, he may go regu-
larly to chiu'ch, he may avoid the commission of any great
sin. yet, if ho be wanting in respect for his Sovereign he is
defective; he "cannot be a rebel and true Cliristian,— he can-
not keep the commandments of God, and at the r,o'^.'^ time
break one of his principal injunctions.
3. But when a nation, blessed as we are, with a kind and
merciful irovernment, is discontented and unt'ankful, the
crime of disobedience is increased by that of in-fratitude,
and though that rebel ' ous people should be successful in
I'lis world, a fearful piuiishment awaits them in the next.
4. Our Saviour, whose example all Christians should fol-
low, always instructed his disciples to pay respect to their
governors. His ajwstles, after his ascension, though perse-
ciUed and oppressed by tyrants, were remarkable for their
ol)edience to the Roman emperors.
5. There is then no excuse for us if we do not non'^'i;'
our rulers; we are commanded to do so, and God Almighty
will certainly visit us with his angry displeasure, if we re-
vise to obey. Let us remember, then, to " Fear "^'r^d and
honour the dueen." . . ,.
'f>M
I
f
OF INTEMPERANCE.
LESSON 7.
" ' rilf'iib
■ . •i.' h r
1. There are many kinds of intemperance, but at present
.illiide to that arising from the use of intoxicating liquors.;
iis this is the worst species of intemperance, it may oe iie-
ossary to put my young readers on their guard, lest * na-
ifares tiiev should acquire a fondness for intoxicating drink.
04
THE CANADA
2. [iabits, even of the most vicioi.s kind, are onsily at-
quired ; and since the common use o( such liciuor as whis-
key, rum, brandy or ^'m, is ruinous in every view, you
should keep it at the itniost distance. No jierson in the
right use of his sens«!s would invite, or be famili' with,
his most mortal enemy; and that this is the chafuU^r of
ardent spirits when inordinately used, I shall proceed to
illustrate. . . . ,
, 3. Drunkenness drowns and infatuates the senses, de-
praves the reason, spoils the understanding, causes errors in
judgment, defiles the conscience, hardens the heart, and
brings on or induces a spiritual lethargy. It is a work ot
darkness, an unnoyance to modeoty, and a gate to every kind
of wickedness.
A. It is a revealer of secrets, a betrayer of trust, a despoil
er of honesty, and a forerunner of misery. It destroys
men's credit, empties their purses, consumes their estatn,
perverts the order of nature, causes profane and cursed
sp<3eches, vaunting, swearing, and blasphemy — quarreling,
fighting, and murcler.
5. It deforms the visage, corrupts tlie health, injures the
memory, and inflames tlie blood. — It is a voluntary msni-
ness, a deceiver of fools, and a flattering devil. It caiKses
forjretfulhess of Gvij. is a provoker of his judgments, hast-
ens, and often ]- sugft untimely death, and at last ruins the
soul eternally.
6. A drunkard, in that state, is incapable of any thing
good, is a game and sport of profane people, a ridiculous
object, his own sorrow, woe and shame, his wife's grief, bis
children's disgrace, his neighbour's contempt, and his fami-
ly's ruin.
7. He is an enemy to himseVf, a scandal to Christianity,
a dishonour to God, an abuser of his mercies, is subject tc
nany dangers, a slave to the devil and his own lusts ; and
traveller to destruction.
8. Drunkenness produces sickness, bloatedness, inflamed
eyes, red nose and face, gout, jaundice, dropsy, ipidsy, epi
^epsy, apoplexy, melancholy, idiotism, madness, death.
9. The punishments are, debt, black eyes, rags, hunger,
jail, whipping post, stocks, gallows; and unless prevent*^
by timf •
for the il
1. Th
eternity ;
loss that
2. In
to the hr
sion and
of himst
3. Mo
temperar
4. He
for the k
6. Th
tation, fo
6. No
son fall i;
7. Th(
any. It is
8. Wh
more goo
9. The
ment tha:
10. Tl
There is
life is a li
11. La
■employed
12. Ne
to yourse
proceeds i
13. All
mankind,
depends c
■PKLLiNG HOOK.
onsily ac.
31* as wliis.
view, you
son in the
lili': with,
mfu:'.L;r of
proceed to
senses, de-
les errors in
heart, mid
a work ot
every kind
t, a despoil
It destroys
heir estatn,
and cursed
-quarreling,
injures the
ntnry mad-
It cttiuses
nents, linst
3t ruins the
any thing
ridiculous
B's <i:rief, his
id his fami-
hristianity,
is subject tc
lusts; anJ
ss, irfflamed
, mdsy, epi
, death,
igs, hunger
prevenw
by tim' repentance, the lake of fire prepared originally
for tht ' dvil and his angels.
SELECT APHORISMS.
LCSSOIf 8.
v.V
1 li.
1'. <•!.•, 1
1. The improvement of a little time maybe eain to all
eternity ; and the loss of a little time may be th atcst
loss that can be.
2. In eating^ and drinking, let a man do noth i raxj,
to the hraltli of his body ; nothing to indispose • - ^
mn and insirument of the soul ; nothing to tht Ji
of himself as a rational being, created in the image oi (.•^d.
3. Modesty and humility are the sobriety of the mind ;
temi)erancc and chastity are the sobriety of the body.
4. He is not likely to learn who is unwilling to be taught,
for the learner has something to do as well as the teacher.
5. Tlie profane swearer sins for nothing, upon no temp*
tation, for no credit; unless it be a credit not to be believed.
6. No man is convinced of truth by seeing another per-
son fall into a passion. He rather suspects error and design,
7. Those who think themselves wise are the least wise of
any. It is a wise man's motto, "I live to be wiser every day."
8. When we do any good to others we do as much oi
more good to ourselves.
9. Tliere is more solid satisfaction in
ment than in all the pleasures of the world.
10. The precepts of religion are principles of wisdom.
There is no true majesty without goodness. A repining
life is a lingering death.
11. Laziness is mors painful than industry: and to b«
•employed is easier than to be idle.,
12. Never speak evil of any one, unless to prevent injury
to yourself or the community. Evil-speaking generally
proceeds from envy, pride, or malice.
13. All who have meditated on the art of governing?
mankind, have been convinced, that tlie fate ol empirea
depends on the education of youth.
good
self-govern
If
IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)
V.
/^ 1..
1.0
I.I
■so
■25
1 1^ 12.0
1.8
L25 1 1 1.4 1.6
^
6"
►
V]
^/l
/,
'/
Photographic
Sciences
Corporation
m
\
V
[v
33 WEST MAIN STREET
WEBSTER, N.Y. MS80
(716) 872-4503
6\
f
i<^^
z
cS\
^
m
THK CANADA «
Xitm OF THE ARTS AND SCIENOPS. inh ?f
LESSON 9. *
1. Aerostation is the modern art of raisins: bodies into, and navi^a
ting the air, by means of rarified or inflammable air collected witiiiu
an envelope, commonly called a balloon.
2. AgriaUture^ the most innocent and useful of all pursuits, is tin
art of cultivating the ground, so as to make it fruitful in the produc
lion of food for man and beast.
3. Algebra is a method of calculating quantities in general, by
means of signs or characters, which, instead of figures, arc the letter*
of the Alphabet. The first letters, a, 6, c, </, &c. are made to reprc>
Bent known quantities; and the last letters, Xy y, z, to represent those
that wte unknown. ;^U! n ■ »v ^<*h »^) ni i^
4. Anatomy is the art of dissecting bodies for the purpose of exam*
loing their structure, and the nature, uses, and functions of their seve-
ral parts; and also of the knowledge of the human body derived i'rum
Biich dissections and examinations. Anatomy, taken absolutely, aji*
plies only to the dissection of human subjects; the dissection and ex*
aminatioit of brutes is called Comparative Anatomv. < i-wjiji
b» Architecture is the art of erecting all sorts of buildings, whethet
for habitation or defence, according to the best plans or moidels. It is
divided into three distinct branches; namely. Civil, Military, and Naval.
6. There are five orders of Civil Architecture, the Tuscan, Doric,
Ionic, Corinthian and Composite. Some ddd to these the Gothic,
exemplified in the construction of most cathedrals and old churches.
7. Arithmettc is the art of numbering or computing by certain rule«>,
of which the four first and simplest are ad'Ution, subtraction, multipli*
cation and division. Vulgar Arithmetic is the computation of num-
bers in the ordinary concerns of life. Integral Arithmetic treats of
whole numbers; iF'ractional Arithmetic or fractional numbers; and
Decimal Arithmetic of decimal numbers.
k
|^li*liqM k .■^^'viixr.THE ARTS, fcc.,^,.,! ■•,;{•»} ,,ij >.; ^yp)iY:
Astronomy is tha, grand and sublime science which treats of (he
neavenly bodicsi, and explains^heir forms, motions, distances and mnsr
nitudes. The sun, and the planetary bodies whic!\ move round liiiu
constitute the Solar System. The words solar cumts from tlie iuaiin
tolt which signifies the sun.
,2. The earth moves roiuid the sun, and is ninety-five mii]ions.pf niilot
distant from him. It has tWo motions, the one roiind the sun, \yh\c\.
»< performs yearly, and the other rotind its own axis, which it perfilniu
iatiy. The first'is called its annual ravolution, add the other ii:i diur
k./ rota
rariety t
aigiit.
3. Th
that nea
Juno, Ce
Venus, B
'.nown W
he teles
flove Foi
4. Sat
hey are
'upiler ii
*aium is
0. Con
very ecc€
as the pe
exactness
with wlii
a The
Vastly lar
tentres ot
7. A C
present tl:
ihe like ;
<onvenier
8. The
probably (
.liem by i
prophecy
9. Som
Jod, whc
Iratus, w
Christ, pri
cients. T
•0 whicli
10. Thd
a fancied
to move ii
line are A
signs are
Of these,
■ ♦. V'll
Mid navi^a
«ted wiiiiiu
suits, is \\u
the produc
gweral, by
(• the lutteri
de to reprc-
resen(, those
jse of ex^tn*
li' their seve«
lerived Irom
solutely, ap-
;tion and ex-
igs, whether
todels. It is
yr, and Naval,
iscan, Doric,
the Gothic,
d churches,
certain rule*,
ion, muliipli*
tion of num-
tic treats of
mbers ; and
^dH' .0.1
••'\ >;-.M Mi:'
treats ofibe
cesaml m«£r
e rountl liii»»
uni tlie Laiin
i]ions.ofnii1pj
e sun, whicl.
;h it pevf(>rin»
)ther iu diur
«P£LLINO BOOK.
1
■s:
u>i rotation. The annual revoluMon is the cause of the change and
rariety of the seasons ; and the diurnal of the succes.sion of day and
ai^iit.
3. The number olpphmets is eleven. Their names, beginning with
that nearest the sun, are Mercury, Venus, the Earth, Mars, vesta,
Juno, Ceres, Pallas, Jupiter, Saturn, and Uranus. Of tlicse. Mercury,
V^enus, Mars, Jupiter and Saturn are very conspicuous, and have been
'.nown Irom immemorial time; the other five are visible only through
he telescope. They all derive their light from the sun ; and they
ftove round him from west to east.
4. Satellites aro bodies which accompany some of the Planets, and
hey are eighteen in number. The moon is a satellite to the earth;
'upiler has four moons or satellites; Saturn seven, aiid Uranus six,
^lurn is also surrounded with tAVo luminous rings.
5. Comets are opaque bodies like the planets, moving in defined but
very eccentric orbits round the sun; but we know very little of them,
as the periods of only a few have been ascertained with any degree of
exactness. Comets have received their name from coma, or the vapour
with which they are surrounded.
6. The fixed stars are bodies luminous m themselves — they are suns«
Vastly larger, it is probable, than the one which gives us light and the
lentres of their own planetary systems. ■'-■» ■■'■^rh'-itf >aA
7. A Constellation is an assemblage of fixed stars, imagined to re-
present the for.m of some creature or other object, as a bear, a ship, and
ihe like ; whence they have derived those appellations, which are
convenient in describing the scars.
8. The division of the heavens into constellations is very ancient^
probably co-cval Aviih astronomy itself. Frequent mention is made of
jiom by name in the sacred writinq;s, as in the book of Job,andintiie
jrophwcy of Amos.
9. Some of the constellations are also mentioned by Homer and He-
Jod, who nourished above nine hundred years before Christ; and
tLratiis, who lived about two hundred and seventy-seven years belore
Christ, professedly treats of all such as were marked out by the an-
cients. These were forty-eight in number, called the old constellations,
lO which have since been added others, called new constellations.
10. There are twelve constellations placed in the Zodiac, which in
a fancied broad circle in the heavens, through which the sul appears
to move in the compass of a year. The signs north of th.* equinoctial
line are Aries, Taurus, Gemini, Cancer, Leo, Virgo. The southeir i
signs are Libra, Scorpio, Sagittarius, Capricornus. Aquarius, Pisct-
Of these, the following is a poetical description in Engli^a. - ,- - -.
The Ram, the Bull, the heavenly Tun%t
And next the Crab, the Lion shines,
The Virgin and the Scales;
The Scorpion, Archer, .ind Sea-goo^.
The Man that holds tlie Water-po* ," ,
And Fish, with glittermg taii^'
SiS>U!
h
.Vi •
■•■'.■ ■•-■-■ :.",■-?'■'.'
■■' r .-»■■
96
THE CANADA
lit'- •■■,.:,.... •
THE ARTS,
LEMON 11.
&0.
. \. Biography is the history of the lives of eminent men, the reading
of wliich is not only^ amusing and entertaimng, but is of the j^eatest
use, for it gives an insight into human nature, and excites us to imitate
the actions of the good, and to avoid those of the wicked.
2. Botany is that part of natural history which treats of plants, theii
several kiniJs, forms, virtues, and uses, and is a very deligntful study ;
besides, it displays the wisdom and glory of the Creator, for-~
There's not a plant, or flower that g^rows,
But shews its maker — God.
3. Chemistry is that science which investigates the composition
and properties of bodies, and by which we are enabled to explain the
causes of the natural changes which take place in material substances.
It is of tlie highest importance to mankind, since by its investigations,
the practical arts are constantly improving.
4. All satisfactory explanatiojn of the causes of rain, hail, dew, wind,
earthquakes, and volcanoes, have been given by the aid of chemical
knowledge. The phenomena of respiration, the decay and growth of
plants, and the functions of the several parts of animals, are also ex*
plained by the aid of Chemistry.
5. In its application to agriculture. Chemistry furnishes the most
direct and certain means ofascertaining what a barren soil requires to
make it fruitful, and also what ingredient is best adapted to any j;iven
kind of produce. The making of soap, glass, the several kinds oiacid,
and almost every kind of medicine, depend wholly on the manipula'
(iOns of Chemistry. It is also connected, in various degrees, with the
art of the potter, iron-smith, tanner, sugar-maker, distiller, brewer, |
paper-maker, and painter.
6. Chronology is the art of measuring time, and distinguishing it; i
parts, so as to determine what period has eb -"d since any niemorabla |
event. The term is derived from two Gre<i -rds, chronos and logos
which singify time and description.
7. Time has two divisions, a smaller arid a greater. The smaller I
division consists of years, months, weeks, days, hours, minutes and
seconds, deduced from the motions of the heavenly bodies, and suited
to the purposes of civil life. J'he larger division consists of epochsj
centuries or ages, lustrums, olympiads, indictions, and cycles, whicli
are measured by tlie smaller division. I
8. An ^och IS any fixed point or period of time, from which histol
rians date events; as the creation of the world, the birth of Christ, &c.|
The last-mentioned epoch is generally called the common era. \
9. A century is the space of one hundred years, completed by a hun-l
dred revolutions of the earth round the sun. A lustrum is a space ofl
five years, at the end of which a general review of the Roman citizeiUtj
and their estates, was made
1. Ci
{ one com
produce
. 2. EL
its vano
power is
bodies v
otfier bo
3. Et
measure
the exer
4. Ge
surfaces
general
with cor
5. Hii
ieyents a
history,
is someti
6. An(
* of the w
? If all th
7 Sac
acquaint
Qamc gi^
Natural
tables, fi
S. Hor
of time.
■.).-^>:'.:
SPELLtNa BOOK.
99
the reading
he jipreatcst
IS to imitate
plants, theii
iitful study ;
or —
composition
explain the
1 substanceSi
vestigationa,
I, dew, wind,
of chemical
kd growth of
are also ex*
es the most
»il requires to
10 any given
kinds ofacid,
e manipula'
ees, with the
iller, brewer,
nguishing it!
ly memorabU
nos and logos.
The smalltf
minutes and
es, and suited
sts of epochs,
cycles, which
which histo
I of Christ, &C.
(71 era.
eted by a hun-
t is a space ol
oraan citizeM
'' 10. An Olpapiad is the space of four years, by which the Greeks
reckoned their time after the institution of the Olympic games; these
were celebrated in honour of Jupiter Olympius, in the environs of the
ciiy of Olympia, in Peloponnesus.
11. An indiction is the space of fifteen years. The cycle of the sun
is a revolution of twenty-eight years, used for finding the dominica.
or Sunday letter, &;c., which, when expired, will return in the same
order as before.
12. A cycle of the moon is a period or revolution of nineteen years
•fter which time the new and full moon return on the same days of the
month as before, excepting one hour and twenty-eight minutes sooner.
One use of these cycles is to show on what day Easter will fall, fo ;
any number of years to come.
, > THE ARTS, &c.
LESSOIf 12.
1. Commerce is the art of buying and selling, or the exchangino; o«
; one commodity for another. By its aid, one country partakes oi the
produce, and enjoys the advantages of another.
2. Electricity is the science which treats of the electric power, and
its various laws, operations, effects, experiments, &c. The electric
power is that property first discovered in amber, of attracting light
bodies when excited by heat or friction. It has since been found in
otfier bodies, as sealing wax, agate, and most kinds of precious stones.
3. Ethics is the science of moral duties, shewing the rules and
measures of human conduct which tend to happiness ; its object is
the exercise of right rea& m in all our affairs and actions.
4. Geography is a description of the earth. Geometry treats of lines,
surfaces, and solids, and is the doctrine of extension and magnitude in
general. Grammar is the art of speaking and writing any language
with correctness and propriety.
5. History, in its most general sense, is an account or description of
events and things in an orderly series, comprehending civil or political
history, sacred history, ecclesiastical history, and natural history. It
is sometimes divided into ancient and modern, sacred and profane.
6. Ancient history gives an account of all things, from the creation
* of the world to the birth of Christ. Modern history gives an accoun
5 (f all things from the birth of Christ tf he present time.
7 Sacred history is that which isccnta'ned in the Bible, making us
acquainted with God and divine things. Profane history is a general
name given to all records except sacred, whether ancient or modem.
Natural history is a description of natural things, as animals, vege-
tables, fire, water, &c.
8. Horology is the science which treats of the measuring of portion!
of time. The principal instruments used in the measuring of time ace
100
'^ Tltfe: GAMADA
dials, clocks, wntches and hour-glasses. Horlteviturt is the art of
cultivating a garden, and rearing the finest kinds of plants.
9. Hydrostatics is the science which treats of the laws reeulMing
*he motions, pressure, gravitation and e(|uilibrium of fluid bodies, fnt*
licularly water, and also of solid bodies immerged therein.
ViJ'! ;.': ti r'Ai »;■•
THE ARTS, &c. '
LESSON 13.
1. Jurisprudence is the art of conducting the affairs of a public so
ciety or community, so as to procure and preserve, in the highest de
gree possible, the mterest and happiness of the whole, and of each in
dividual.
2. Society is divided into three sorts, namely, a family, a city, and a
republic or nation; and as these consist of persons in a different rela*
tion to each other, so, various and different forms of government ara
found necessary for each.
3. The several laws are the law of nature, the civil law, and ths
law of nations. The law of nature is that which nature and reason
have taught mankind, as the power it gives to parents over their chil*
dKn.
4. The law of nations consists of public acts and statutes, which
provide for the public utility, and the necessity of the people, consid-
ered as a body corporate; and ordain or decree whatever relates tc
obedience and subjection, dominion and government, war and peace
contracts, &c.
5. The civil law is that which is peculiar to any country or people,
%nd administers that justice which arises from their particular situation,
tnd special relations and circumstances. When this respects a city
or borough, it is called the municipal law.
6. The laws by which England is governed are the Civil Law, be-
fore-mentioned. The Common Law, containing the summary of all
the laws, rights, and privileges of the people of England, in what is
tailed Magna Charta, or the Great Charier, of English Bights.
7. The Statute Law, consisting of statutes, acts, and ordinances of
King and Parliament. The Canon Law, which is a collection of eo
clesiasiical law, serving-as the rule of church goverment. Ma'-ttal
Law, used in all military and maritime affairs. Forest Law, which
relates to the regulation of the forest and the chase.
8. The several courts of judicature, for the administration of justice
land right are, the high Court of Par/iament, consisiing of King, Lords,
wid Commons. The King's Bench, in which all the pleas of the Crown
or what concerns the life, peace, and property of the subject, are tranfr
iieted. ; f
9. The Cthltttif Chancery, designed to mitigate the rigour of com
flVRlJJNfl BOOK.
IDl
dies, fnt-
titmiiH M
nion law, and to set things upon the footing of right, and is therefore
called the Court of Equity.
ll>. The Court of Common Pleas, in which are debated the usual
and common pleas, or causes between subject and subject, according
\<) the rules ol the law. The Court of Exchequer, in which are tried
nil causes relative to the revenue and treasury of the Queen. The
Court of Admiralty, which takes cognizance of affairs, civil and mill
cary, relating to the seas.
public so
ighest de
of each in
city, and a
'erent rela*
nment ars
^, and the
md reason
: their chil*
tes, which
pie, consid-
• relates tc
and peace.
f or people,
ar situation,
>ects a city
nl Law, he-
mary of all
in what is
ights.
dinances ot
Bction of ec
It. Ma'-ttal
Law, which
on ot justice
King, Lords,
* the Crown
3t, are tran*
four of com
THE ARTS, &c.
. .,3i ., , ' ,. .;- . LESSON 14. ..„ . . V. "./ .
1. Language is human speech in general, or an assemblage of ar
nculate sounds, forming words and signs for the expression of the
thoughts of the mind. The great number and diversity of languages
arose from the building of the Tower of Babel, as related in the elev-
enth chapter of Genesis.
2. Languages are divided into the dead and living languages. The
uead languages are those which were spoken formerly, but which are
nut at this time spoken by any nation. Those languages which are
spcfken by different nations at the present day, are called living lan-
guages.
3." The principal of the dead languasfes are the Hebrew, Greek and
Latin ; and of the living in Europe the English, the French, the Italian,
the Spanish, the German, the Portuguese ; and many others in the
East.
4. Logic is the art of thinking and reasoning justly, and of commu-
nicating ihe result of our thoughts to others. It is dividjxl into four
parts, according to the number of the operations of the mind in itF
search after knowledge, namely, perception, judgment, reason, anc
method or disposition.
0. Perception is the first and most simple act of the mind, whereby
It perceives, or is conscious of its ideas. Judgment is that power of
(tie mind, whereby we join ideas together, and affirm or deny ai.|
vhiiig concerning tnem.
6. Season is that faculty or power of the mind wherebv it distin
^uishes good from evil, truth from falsehood, and is used in compar
mg several ideas together, in order to draw the consequences from the
fclatiotis they are found to bear to each other.
7. Disposition or method, is ihe art of arranging our thoughts in
6uch a manner, as shall contribute most to the strength and beauty of
a discourse, and display the connexion and dependance of one part oi
the other.
8. Macadamizing is a method of making roads, introduced in Eng
kind by Mr. Mae Adam, and which consists \n breaking the sLiaes, iik
. .^.--'.^'--'.-.^-.j-^-fik'..-
102
THK CANADA
tended for the surface, into small and equal sizes: a smooth hard xoai
.s thereby produced.
9. Mathematics is that branch of science which treats of the quanti-
ties and proportions of magnitude in {general. It includes Arithmetic
Algebra, and Geometry; and is applicable to Astronomy, Hydrostat
Ics, Mechanics, Oj-lies, Architecture, Geography, Navigation, Pneu
matics, and, in fact, every science that involves numbers or magnitude
Ibwb into
bination i
the art oi
9. But
I ind to in(
THE ARTS, &c.
LESSON 15.
1. Mechanics is that branch of science which treats of the nature
and laws of motion, the action and force of moving bodies, the con
siruction of machines, &c. The simple mechanic powers are the le-
ver, the wheel and axle, the pulley, the inclined plane, the wedge, and
the screw.
2. Mineralogy is that science which treats of the properties and re-
lations of that numerous class of substances called mineral. Minerals
are divided into four classes, namely, tlie Earthy, tne Saline, the In-
flammable, and the Metallic.
3. Music is a science which teaches the properties, dependencies
and relations of melodious sounds; or the art of producing harmony
and melody, by the due combination and arrangement of those sounds.
4. This science, when employed in searching the principles of this
combination and succession, and the causes of the pleasure we receive
from them, become*? very profound, and demands much patience, sa«
gacity and depth of thinking.
5. It is generally understood, or supposed, that the word music is
derived from musa, but Diodorus derives it from an Egyptian name, in-
timating that music was first established as a science in E^ypt aftei
the deluge, and that the first idea of musical sound was received from
that produced by the reeds growmg on the banks of the Nile, by the
wind blowing into them.
6. Others, again, imagine, that the first ideas of music were received
from the warbling of birds. However this may really have been, ii
appears, at least, equally rational to attribute its origin to mankind,
since musical intonation in the infancy of language, must often have
been the natural result of passionate feeling; and since also we find,
that wherever there is speech there is song. v ^*
7. Music, properly so called, only concerns the due regulation and
proportion of sound, and is divided into two parts — the theoretical and
the practical. Theoretical Music comprehends the knowledge of har-
mony and modulation ; and the laws of that successive arrangement
of sound, by which air, or melody, is produced.
(5. Practical Music is the ait of bringing this knowledge and thoM
1. Myti
iquity. w
mth then
eourse or
2. Nam
to anothei
ofthenati
3. Omi
birds, and
is the art
ingenious
form and
the resem
lost. Its
4. Pha
plied eith
experieno
plaining
5. PAoj
called Ac(
phonics.
fi. Dtai
lounds t
Cataphon
7. The
gives a
monstrat^
half that .
other noti
B. Phr
teach, fro
acters am
.f..
s*-
hard xoeA
le quanti-
rithraetic
lydroslat
on, Pneu
nagnitud*
the nature
i, the con
are the le>
wedge, and
ties and re>
Minerals
ine, the In*
ependencies
ng harmony
liose sounds,
iples of thit
i we receive
}atience, sa*
Drd music is
an name, in-
Egypt afiei
Bceived from
Nile, by the
rere received
ave been, il
to mankind,
it often have
also we find,
gulation and
eoretical and
ledge of har-
arrangement
Ige and thou
•Pl£LLIN« BOOK.
108
laws into operation, oy actually divposinsr of the aoundt, both in com-
bination and succession, so as to produce the desired effect; and this is
the art of comi)usition.
9. But practical music may, in fact, be said to extend still further,
ind to include not only the production of melodious and harmonioui
composition, but also its perlormance ; which is considered as an inno>
(^t and affreeable recreation, as it relieves a wearied attention, and
r^'reshes the exhausted 8j)irits ; it also fretiuently calms the disquiet
mm! perturbation of the mind. ,<
THE ARTS, &c.
iKflson 16.
1. Mytluilogy is the history of the fabulous gods and heroes of an-
iquity. with the explanation of the mysteries and allegories connected
ivith them. The word is derived from the Greek, and signifies a dis-
course or description of fables.
2. Navigation is the art of conducting a vessel at sea from one port
to another. Ovtics is that branch of natural philosophy which treats
of the nature or light and colours, or of the general doctrine of vision.
3. Ornithology is that branch of Natural History which treats of
birds, and their natures, habits, form, economy, and uses. Painting
is the art of representing natural bodies by outline and colour. An
ingenious and useful art : it enables us to concentrate in one view the
form and beauty of objects, and greatly assists the mind in retaining
the resemblance of those objects which, without it, would be for evei
lost. Its essential parts are composition, drawing and colouring.
4. Philosophy is, properly, the love of wisdom, and is a term ap-
plied either to the study of nature or morality, founded on reason and
experience, or the systems which different men have devised of ex-
plaining the various phenomena in the natural and moral worid.
5. Phonics is the doctrine or science of sounds; it is sc v^^imes
called Acoustics. It is divided into two parts, Diaphonics and Cata-
phonics.
6. Dtaphonics is that science which explains the property of those
lounds that come directly from the sonorous body to the ear ; and
Cataphonics treats of reflected sounds, or is the science of echoes. j
7. The principal use of Phonics is in relati(»i to music, to which i {
gives a basis on the principles of mathematics. Experiment has de
uionstrated, that if a musical string of any length ^ive a certain tone
half that length will give the octave, two thirds of it the fifth, and th«
other notes of the scale in exact proj)ortion.
B. Phrenology is a new subject oi investigation, which professes to
teach, from the conformation of the human skull, the particular char-
acters and propensities of men prestuuing that the faculties and ope>
104
TMI OAtiAOA *^-
rntions of the human mind hav« their particular seat in certain pa
of the hmin, and ore to be traced by particular external bumps or pr
tubernnooH.
0. Phfitiognomy is the study of men's particular characters and ruJ
ling pansinns, from the features of the face, and the oast of tl.d coun^
tonanoo. This science, as well as that of Phrenology, cannot, perhapt
oe much depended on.
10. Phifmolofry is that branch of medicine irhich treats of th^
fttruoture and constitution of the human body, and the functions of thj
various parts, with regard to the cure of diseases. •
11. Pneumatics is the science which treats of the mechanical prop
erties of air, and other compressible fluids. The principal mechanical
properties of air which are treated of under this science are its fluidity]
weight, and elasticity. . '^^^ ,r,^x^ul^ ,-i3i i
'■U.
THE ARTS, &c. '%,,,^l£t:^ "
LESSON 17. i,(,;n,. . ,^^. ;.:,., .^„.
1. Poetry is the art of writing 'poems, namely, real or fictitiou
compositions drawn out in measured language. As respects the sub-
ject, it is divided into pastorals, satires, elegies, epigrams, &c. ; as rC'
spects the manner or form of representation, into epic, lyric, aD<
dramatic poetry, &c. ; as respects the verse into blank verse am
rhyme.
2. Politics is the art of governing and regulating the affairs of i
state or kingdom, for the maintenance of the public safety, order am
tranquillity.
3. Priniinf!^ is the art of taking impressions from characters or fig
ure.s, moveable or immoveable, on paper, linen, silk, &c. Printing ii
of four kinds, namely, one for books, from moveable letters, compoaw
and sot in a form, and another for books from solid pages ; a third fo
pictures, from copper-plates ; a fourth for printing calicoes, linens, kc.
from blocks, on which are represented different figures. The first ol
these is printing properly so called ; the second is stereotype printing
the third copper-plate printing ; and the fourth calico-printing.
4. Religion is that sentiment of veneration, dependence, and lovi
which binds to the Df ity, and is expressed in such acts of worship
he himself hws prescribed.
5. IVidoric is the art of expressing our ideas so as to please, affecl
and persuade, either in writing or speaking. A good orator must poi
isess an inventive genius, a correct judgment, command of language,
retentive memory, and an agreeable delivery.
(i. A regular thesis usually consists of five parts, namely, the exoi
dlum, the narration, the confirmation, the refutation, and the peron
tion. The exordium, or introduction, prepares the minds of tb
auditors for wiiat ii)llows. • - ^^^ 'v .^
:&•:
1
SPBM.INO HOOK.
105
verse and
7. The narration gives an account of ilie matter of fact, which must
De plain and varied. The contirniation is that part uf the oration in
w)i)jh the orator disposes his necessary evidence or proofs.
t. The refuiation is that part of the discourse in which the orator
■efutes and destroys the reasons and argutat'nisof his adversary; and,
!t luusi he pointed and sharp.
9. The peroration, or conclusion, is a compressed recapitulation of
ill that has been said, and it must be determined hy the nature of ihft
iliscourse; it is designed to fix in the minds of tlie auditors the full
iiieanm<; of the oration.
10. The principal rhetorical figures are the following, which are
written in easy verse, in order to make them familiar to young pco*
'.■*■"■■■" • • "y'rv^^^h .fiA
1. A metaphor m borrowed words compares ; ,,;,; , •«• >||
Thus, for excess, we say a ^'■Jlood of tears." ' . ' ' \.- .
2. An Allegory is a chain of tropes ;
I " I've pass'd the shoals, fair ^aIcs now swell rhy hopes."
3. A Afc/ortymy takes some other name; , .r»t» ->>« <♦/
"Just heaven (i'or Gop) confounds their pride with shanuu"
4. Synecdoche the whole for part doth take, *" ''^'
Or pan for whole, just for tiie metre's sake,
"While o'er thy roof {{ox house) loud thunders break."
•
5. An Irony quite the reverse intends,
Of what it speaks; " Well done ! right trusty friends i**
6. Onomatopceia forms words from sound; ' '
" Flies buzz, bees hum, winds lohistle all around."
,..?iVr4' ^f' ■ -n; ^^
7. Hynerbole soars high, or sinks too low ;
" He touched the skies." " Snails do not crawl so slowJ"
Wi .-St
S. A Climax by gradation still ascends; •' ^ -.i ,
" Tliey were my countryifiCHy my neighbours^ friendly*
0. A Catacresis words ubused implies;
♦♦ Over hia grave, a wooden tofnbstone liet."
''':«*?f ^M 'V?- -id'- -i)- "■ ' '
. r.v'
.-':;.■* r*i'^^*f
**{v;ft?
■H-*. ..shnd-
.S** '.t
Sy ./B-<)'*IS
,sm
T^M ,^js>£f^
: . , ' *•*
.I'H
;'v 11 ,■■'■«•<';-
*
k:
; ;'sy
\',.:
^x^^^a...
■TrT ■-^flMiill
106
TNR CANADA
W0R09 ALIKE, OR NRARLY ALIKE IN SOUND, BUT OIFFERBlIf
IN SPELLING AND SIGNIFICATION.
Abel, a man* a name.
Able, powerful.
Acts, aeeda.
Axe, for chopping. ^
Adds, doth add.
Adze, a cooper*s axe.
Ail, to be aick. iu.. ,,. >
Ale, liquor.
Air, an element.
Heir, eldest son.
All, every one.
Awl, a sharp tool.
Altar, /or sacrifice, '
Alter, to change.
An, an article.
Ann, a woman's name
Ant, an insect.
Aunt, a relation.
Auger, a too/.
' Augur, a soothsaifer
Bail, a surety, fC
ha\et of cloth.
Baize, cloth.
Bays, a garland.
Ball, to play with.
Bawl, to cry out.
Bare, naked.
Bear, a Aeasf.
Base, mean.
Bass, tn music.
Bee, an insect.
Be, to c^rt^t. " "^^^t
Beach, a shore.
Beech, a tree.
Beat, to strike.
Beet, a roo^
Beau, a/o/>. 7
Bow, an instrument
B«er, liquor.
^hf.t'-
Bier, /or fAe dead.
Bell, to rtTij".
Belle, a gay lady,
Blew, did blow.
Blue, a co/otir.
Bom, brought forth.
Borne, supported.
Bough, a branch.
Bow, to 6end.
Boy, a lad.
Buoy, to support.
Bread, food.
Bred, brought up.
Buy, to purchase.
By, near.
Cannon, a g'reaf ^im
Canon, a rule.
Ceiling, of a room.
Sealing, fastening.
Celery ,• an herb. ~
Salary, wages^^
Cell, a hut.
Sell, to dispose of.
Cellar, under grouna
Seller, one who sell}.
Censer, for incense.
Censor, a critic.
Cent., a hundred.
Scent, a smell
Sent, did send.
Cession, a giving up
Session, a sitting.
Choir, of singers.
Quire, ^ sheets,
Choler, rage.
Collar, for the neck.
Cite, to summon.
Sight, a view.
Site « a situation.
MfKLLiMO UOOKs
lor
illauto, of a sentence*
ICiawB, of a bird.
Iciuse, to shut up.
jcinthefl, dress.
JColonel, of an army.
kernelt of a nut. ^i, ,.
Iconcert, harmony.
Iconsurt, a companion.
■Core, heart of a tree,
ICorps, a body of forces.
ICouncilt an assembly,
ICounsel, advice.
ICtirrant, a fruit.
ICiirrent, a stream, „ .
iDam, a mother.
bamn, to condemn.
bear, costly.
beer, an animal
bew, moisture. t .
bue, owing.
bone, performed, ,,. ^
bun, a colour,
IDraft, a bill. ,
braught, a'sketch, ^
pr, of the body.
JEre, before, , m
lE'er, ever. *
lEwe, a sheep, •
lew, a tree,
|You, yourself,
Iwer, a jug:
four, your own.
fPnintt weak. ^^
[Feint, a pretence,
Tair, beautiful,
[Fare, /ood. -, ,
7elloe, of a wheel, . -i
Fellow, a person, .,j. , , ,
""lea, an insect. ^
F'lee, to run away. \,\
?\outt for bread. jv
Flower, of the fiela
,..'-■».
fj '»'
'•'. lid
,fv
Pore, placed first. '
Four, in number, ' ^«
Foul, nasty. ^ •
Fowl, a 6trd. -^ • ^ <'^^- *
Francis, a man*s name,
Frances, a woman* s nams*
Frays, quarrel. *
Phrase, a mode of speech,
ii^Xu of walking. *
Gate, a kind ojdoor.^ ..
Gilt, with gold. . /*
Guilt, sin.
Groan, a deep sigh.
Grown, increased, :.'\ -
Hail, to salute.
Hale, strong.
Heal, to cure.
Heel, of a shoe.
Hear, to hearken.
Here, in this place.
Hie, to haste.
High, lofty.
Hew, fo cut^
Hue, a colour.
Hugh, a man^s name.
Him, /ro7» he.
Hymn, a sacred song.
Hour, of time.
Our, belonging to us.
Idle, lazy.
Idol, an image.
In, within.
Inn, a tavern.
Kill, to to/re ai/^ay life.
Kiln, /or in'cA,
Knave, a rascal.
Nave, 0/ a wheel
Knead, to if 9riir ftr?«gf 1^'
Need, want
Knew, did iaot .
New, not wt^k
Knight, a ftUU ,
lOS
THE CANADA
Night, darkness.
Knot, to make knots.
Not, denying'.
Know, to understand.
No, 7iot so.
Knows, doth know.
Nose, of the face.
Lade, to load,
hindy placed.
Lain, didlv^ !
Lane, a path.
Lead, metal.
Led, conducted.
Leak, to run out.
Leek, a kind of onion.
Lessen, to make less.
Lesson, in reading.
Liar, one who tells lies.
Lyre, a harp.
Lickerish, nice.
Liquorice, a rootp ,
Limb, a member.
Limn, to paint.
Lone, single.
Loan, a thing" lent.
Loch, a lake.
Lock, to fasten.
Lo, behold.
Low, mean.
Loose, slack.
Lose, not win.
Lore, learning)
Lower, more low.
"Made^ finished.
Maid, a girl. > •
Main, chief. '
•*4S!>ne, of a horse.
"«'ail, armour. - '
•'^ale, he. '
v«^ail, of letters.
Maize, Indian corn.
Ma'^e, labyrinth^ •
,*">■)
-, t
Marshal, to arrange^
Martial, warlike.
Mean, low.
Mean, to intend.
Mien, gesture. *
Mean, middle.
Meat, /ood.
Meet, ^f. •■ '
Mete, to measure.
Metal, a substance.
Mettle, spirit, i
/Might, power. " ■'"}
^ Mite, an insect. '• •
Moan, to lament.
- Mown, cut down.
Naught, bad. •
• Nought, nothing.
Nay, not.
Neigh, as a ho^se
Oar, to row wifh
Ore, of metal.
■ O'er, ovei'V
'■ Of, confcerninfr
■■ Off, from.
One, in number
"Won, did win-
' Our, of us.
• Hour, 60 7«i7ii*<«*
Owe, indebted.
'■ Oh, alas.
Pail, a bucket.
Pale, whitish.
Pain, torment.
Pane, of glass.
Pair, to couple. -
Pare, to cut off.
Pear, a fruit. ''
Palate, a taste.
' Pallet, a little bed.
Pole, a long stick.
Poll, a list ofvoter$
Patience endurance
'ub.'
.'Vi:
■isi;
•jv. ■fr,m/'
iPELLING BOOK.
109
e.
,!}ti\J^
^f
^^■. .mH:
\ i^
• "i. '■ . ' '
><\i ,''.'•..
,> .!■.=:.;
'■:< ,i\?!;"'-
..■
'. .'".'"ISi
..
1 ',l"JJiH-i
•
I
if
i
\
n Jiuro
t '■
i •
•■'• .:f.-f.
^ ., .;•
.v ;'i ."
■ ■ -,.1 .!■
'"'■';, .">i-
' ^ lis.,
■) .'■
ii r^U
:','^^ ,7
..\,.
i> .'iJli
•«
;e
\
.tj'.'OI'.-. ,v
'atients, sick persons
ause, a stop.
•aws, of beasts
eace, ^uz'e^
'iece, a parf.
*eal, of bells. \
eel, a rind.
'eer, a nobleman
'ier, o/ a bridge. ' ■ >
'lace, situation. \, ,
|Plaice, a fish. '^ tv..,'
Iain, even. :^ u ,':
'lane, a fooZ. v. ' •.
lait, a fold.
late, wrought silver.
'leas, excuses.
|Please, fo delight.
um, a fruit.
'iurtib, a weight. •
'oor, needy.
ore, fo Zoo^ twto.
'our, fo jfaZZ heavily.
'ractise, to e2.'erci5ej|r
'ractice, «sc.
'raise, to commend. . .
rays, dotA pray. . . ,i
'reys, plunders.
'resence, being present
'resents, gifts. '^ v • „u
'rincipal, chief. '• >•
'rmciple, a cause
'rofit< gain.
'rophet, owe icho fortels.
'rophesy, to foretelJ y\''^ >
'rophecy, a foretelling. : ,
'recedent, caraTTijoZc. .' '
'resident, governor. v> '^ * ,.'.
lain, water.
lein, of a bHdle.
leign, to rule.
Uise, to lift up.
laze, to destroy, --^^--^y
,:u.'M
Oi'
*2
lr■^•
^ Rays, of light, ~--
Raisin, dried grape
Reason, argument*
Rap, to strike.
"Wrap, to fold.
Read, perused.
Red, a colour.
Read, to peruse.
Reed, a plant.
Rest, to lean on.
Wrest, to force, "
Relic, remainder.
Relict, a widow.
Right, just.
Rite, a ceremony.
Write, with a pen.
Wright, a workman*
Rinff, for the finger. ■ <^i'>^'i^'l^,
i '■■ 11
Wi'n^, to twist.
Road, a way.
Rode, did ride.
Rome, a city.
Room, space.
Roam, to ramble.
Rote, memory.
Wrote, did write.
Rung, did ring.
Wrung, twisted**
Rye, grain. •'
Wry, crooked.
Sail, of a ship.
Sale, selling.
Saver, that saves.
Savour, taste ■"' •>
So, thus.
Sow, to scatter. '
Sew, with a needle.
Sea, like the ocean.
See, to observe.
Seam, a joining.
Seem, to pretend.
Size, bulk.
\
V U
=^*t
^tjlfi'i
.:.v ;vU ^oi'^
I to
THE CANADA B
Sighs, deep sobs.
Soar, to rise high,
8ore, a tender place*
Sole, of the foot*
Soul, spirit. .^ \-
Some, part.
Sum, the amount.
Son, male child.
Sun, source of light.
Stair, a step.
Stare, earnest look,<\ .
Steal, fo pilfer. > -^t
Steel, to harden.
Style, tTi writing. .^;
Stile, m the field.
Subtle, artful.
Suttle, nett weight.
Straight, direct.
Strait, narrow.
Surplice, a robe.
Surplus, remainder.
Tacks, small nails.
Tax, a rate.
Tail, the end.
Tale, a story.
Tear, to rend.
Tare, allowance.
Team, of horses.
Teem, to abound.
Too, likewise.
Two, a couple. ,
"Vail, a cover.
Vale, a vtUley.
Veil, for ladies.
Veal, OTca^
Vial or Phial, a small
V?ol, ar. instrument.
Waste, to consume*
,^^^vy
^ J r^ '? > Waist, of the body, x ^vSmii
'■■•, , u^IkI' Wear, to /)Mf on. ^ ^x>
( ' v»i Ware, merchandize,
,)^ "Werej plural of was*
V Way, a ro^d.
! ] Wey, 40 bushels. » ■ .
,1, Weigh, m scales. ^V;
r Weak, feeble.
■ Week, screw days. S' ':<
Wheel, o/a car*.
/ Weal, prosperity. i^ . ■ >
; Whether, -ujAicA.
/f; Weather, siato o/<Ac air
, ^If Wether, a sheep.
■Which, this or that. - >
Witch, a sorceress.
Whine, to moan.
Wine, liquor,
; . ^ Whist, a game, • ;
Wist, knew.
■ SVhiU a bit. .
Wit, /ancy.
White, paZe^-
Wight, a person.
Wither, to fade.
Whither, to what pM09
Wood, timber.
Would, resolved.
Wrath, angry.
Wreath, to fold.
Writhe, to distort.
Yarn, spun.
Yearn, to grieve.
Ye, plural of iho¥
Yea, yes,
bottle. Yoke, slavery.
Yolk, of an egg.
,n-
;* S^S
■sfe-?-
-) .1.
A DICT
a. adje<
od. adTf
par<. pi
kba'isanci
/Ib'ba, s.
father.
Abbre'vial
Abju're, t
opinion,
Abor'tive,
\b'rogate,
A.bscond',
self.
Abborb', V
Abste'raioi
diet.
Abstru'se,
ALCcel'erati
motion.
Ac'cent s.
syllable.
Accou'tre,
dress.
Accu'mula
Ac'curacy,
Achie've, i
A'cre, s. 4!
Ac'rimoMy
ture.
Ac'tuate, v.
Acu'tenes9
Ad'amant &
Ad'equate,
Adhe'sion,
Ad'jective,
a noun
property
•PELLINO BOOK.
Ill
A DICTIONARY OF WORDS IN FREQUENT USE,
■ .V-.-.... i- -i^PERLY ACCENTED. .' '-^ 'n->v,..<vY''
a. adjective.
<td. adverb.
part, participle.
V. verb.
«. substantive.
conj. conjunction.
pran. pronoun.
V. a. verb active.
V. n. verb neuter.
Hba'isance, s. a bow. '
/Ib'ba, «. a word signifying
father.
Hbbre'viate, v, a. to shorten.
Abju're, v, a. to renounce an
opinion.
\bur'tive, a. in vain.
A.b'rogatef v, a. to annul.
Abscond', V. n. to hide one*s
$elf.
\b^orb', V. a. to suck up.
Abste'raious, a. temperate in'
diet.
Abstru'se, a. Bidden, difficult.
Accel'erate, v. a. to increase
motion.
Ac'cent «. stress of voice on a
syllable.
Accou'tre, v. a. to attire, to
dress.
Accu'mulate, v. a. to pile up.
Ac'curacy, s, exactness.
Achie've, v. a. to perform.
A'cre, s, 4840 square yards.
Ac'rimoHy, s, sharpness, ill na-
ture.
Ac'tuate, v. a. to move,to excite.
Acu'teness, s. sharpness.
Arl'amant 5. hard as a diamond.
Ad'equate, a. equal to.
Adhe'sion, ^ the act of sticking.
Ad'jective, s. a word added to
a noun to express ^ome
property or quality.
Adieu', ad. farewell. ' '^'^"
Adjourn'ment, 9. putting ofT.
Adopt', V, a. to take as a sO;
or daughter.
Adroit'ness, s. activity, skilL
Ad' vent, s, a coming.
Ad' verb, 8. a word joined to «
verb or adjective, for tlfc*
purpose of qualifying, or ift»
some measure confining it»
meaning.
Ad'versary, s. an enemy -
Ad'vocate, 5. a pleader.
Ae'rial, a. belonging to the
air.
Affable, a. easy of manners.''
Affluence: 5. plenty, abund-
ance.
Ag'gravate, v. a. to make
worse.
Ag'gregate, s, the whole. ']*"
Agil'ity, «. speed. 1*" ^ ,
A'lien, s. a stranger.
Alle'giance, s» the duty of a
subject.
Al'legory, s. a figurative man-
ner of speech.
Alle'viate, v. a. to soften, to
* ease.
Al'pha, s. the first letter in the
Greek alphabet, the first or
highest.
Alternately, ad, by turns.
lAl'titude, s, height.
\~*
m
THE CANADA
a
the
Ambig'uous, a. doubtful.
Amen', ad, may it be so.
Ame'nable, a. answerable to,
responsible.
Amphibious, a. that which can
live both in air and water.
Anal'ogy, St likeness of one
thing to another.
Anal'ysis, s. a separation of
parts. iv ''.^,. ■ ' /;'!i|< fT?^
Ajiath'eraa, s. a curse. ;;^yob
An'gle, s. a corner. /{•, -^ ;
Animos'ity, 5. hatred.
Anni'hilate, v. a. to destroy en-
tirely. ,^^^>',, ^: ^.:r-... >.
Annul', V. a. to repeal.
Anom'aly, s. irregularity..
Anon'ymous^ ((>, without
name. - : r '
Antedilu'vian, a. before
flood.
An'tichrist, «. an enemy to
Christ.
Antic ipate, v. a. to foretaste.
Antip'athy, 5. hatred, aversion.
Ami' que, a. ancient.
Anx'ioi^Sf a. much concerned.
Aph'orism, s. a maxim.
Apos'tle, 5. a person sent to
preach the gospel.
Appara'tus, s. tools, furniture.
Appro'priate, v. a. to set apart
for a particular purpose.
Approx'imate, a near to.
4p titudc, s. fitness.
Aquat'ic, a. relating to the wa-
ter.
Ar'bitrary, a. despotic. ,,.-;
Ar'bitrate, v. a. to decide,
judge.
Archives, s. records.
Ar'id, a. parche^ up, dry.
iii^
Aristoc'racy, s. a form of gov.
ernment which lodges iht
chief power in the nobles.
Aromat'ic, a. fragrant, spicy
Arraign, v. a. to accuse.
Ar'rogance, s. haughtiness.
Artic'ulate, v. a. to pronounc*
words distinctly.
Asperity, s. roughness.
Assid'uous, a, constant in ap.
plication to business.
Assua^ge, v. a. to soften, to
lessen.
Asth'ma, 5 a disease in th*!
lungs. i,/ ;;1 .,u ^-iiji'-i,
A'theist, s. one who denies thn
existence of God.
Athlet'ic, a. vigorous, strong.
At'mosphere, s. the air round
the earth. ,, ,^pt!iii^«i.l*^^♦3f.
Atro'cious, a. very wicked.
Avoirdupolse, s. a weight con'
taining 16 ounces to tb«
pound. • .v.i'>Si%j:i,
Avouch', V. a. to affirm., ,<ij-, >/
Auspic'ious, a. prosperous.
Auste're, a. rigid, harsh.
Authenticity, 5. genuineness.
Axiom, s. a maxim.
Backsli'der, s. an apostate.
Balsamic, a. softening, heal
ing.
Bank'rupt, s. one who, being
unable to pay his debts, givM
up his effects.
Ban'quet, s. a sumptuous feasSt
Basha'w, a Turkish governor
Bdel'lium, 5. an aromatic gum
Beatific, a. blissful. ;>>?, \^
Begui'le, v. a. to impfovt
to simuse.
Bellig'^r^ntt,9> engaged in war
HT
I of gov.
]gcs tht
nobles.
, spicy
ise.
iuoss.
ronounc*
ss.
nt in ap*
3d.
loften, to
ae in thn
denies thn
?, strong,
air round
vicked.
eight con<
;s to tb«
irm»
erous.
rsh.
uineness.
fostate.
ling, heal
jvho, being
lebts, givM
tuous feaA
governor
latic gum
improve
red in war
Benedic'tion, *. a blessing.
[Beneficence, s. active kind-
ness.
iBeaev'olent, a. having good
Beni'gn, a. generous, kincT.'
ere'tive, v. to deprive of.
ev'erage, s. a drink.
|Bien'uiai, a. continuing for two
years. . ' .
log'raphy, g. a nfstory of
lives,
lasphe'me, r. a. to speak im-
piously of (jrod. ^,. ^,i - .
o'reas, s. the north wind,
ot'anist, s. u person skilled
in herbs.
ra|Celets, s. ornaments for
tlie wrists. , t ■ ' .
rogne, s. corrupt aialect.
ack'ler, s. a shield,
ull'ion, s. gold or silver in
the mass. . .
ul'wark, s. a defence, a forti-
fication.
aoy'ant, a. that will not sink,
iureau', s. set of di'awers with
a desk, r •> .^f. i , . . J'^ •, ^
iurgh'er, s. a citizen, a free-
man.
inrles'qu?, v. a. to ridicule.
!a' deuce, s. a fall of the voice,
al'lous, a. hardened. ""■;:
lalorif ic, a. cansins' heat.'
ampa'igii, .?. the time an army
keeps the field in one year,
an'ticles, s. Solomon's songs,
apri'cious, ^A. fanciful, odd. >
!aij'tioQS, a. cross, peevish,
lar'ual, d. fleshly, worldly.'
iishie'r, s. a cash-keeper— -r
a. to dismiss from service. '
4 ■ ■ .
Catarr*n*, s. ' a diseas^ of the
head and throat.
Cata8'troph\ s. a final eirtut
generally unhappy. *'^'l *«'- *
Cau'terize,, V. a. to bufh '^Ith
irons. , ■ i '^'^
Cel'ibacy,^. single m:"^^'^"^
Centu'rion, >•. a Roman ttjffitary
officer, who ' Commanded XOfl(
men. . > ' ^^
Ohasm, *. a' cleft,' afi openttig'.'^ -^
Cher'ub, 5. a celestial spirit. '^^
Chimer'ical, a. whimsical
Chronol'ogy, s. the art 6r<iote-
putiug lime. • - "
Ciphering, s. casting accoinis.
^Circum'fefence, s. a Circle." ' ';
nt.
Circumja'cent, a. lying ardtin^,
Clrcumscri'be, v. a. to enclbsel
Cir'cnmspect, a. watchful.
Circumvent', v, a. to deceive. "^
Clandes'tine, a. sectet, siy.,'^' ;,.
Coadju'tor, 5*. an assistant.'* ■'
Coag'ulate, v. a. to rttU,
03?no-
ta
clots.
Coalc.j'ce, v. n. to jo^'
gether.' ' , ,''!:: '^'"ll
Coali'tion, s. a tlnmn. "*
Corhine'al, .?. an ihsCCt used ill
dying scarlet. " '*":'*^,"^;*''!^;;'^
Cock'atrice, *. a serpetii.^
Coer'ce, v. a. to check by fot'ce.
Coeter'ual, a. equally eteriial.
Co'gent, a. forcible, conyihcing
Cog'nisance,. *•. a notic6. ^ ,..
Ooinci'de, r. w,' td' d;gree with^';>
Colldt'eMl, a. side by SldeV /^'^
Colle'ague, s. a parthet. ^
Collision, s. act of strjkiDgf to-
gether, a clash. <' •^^""'^^^»
lU
THE CANADA
Col'loquy, s. a conversation.
Conimem'orate, v. a, to cele-
brate.
Com' pact, 8* mutual ftgr^®'
men I. " ;.^
Compact', a. solid, close.
Compen'sate, v. a. to make
amends^
Complaisan'ce, «. obliging be-
haviour.
Compunc'tion, s. remorse.
Con'cave, a. hollow, the oppo-
site of convex.
Conce'de, v. a. to grant, to ad-
mit.
Concen'trate, v. a. to bring to
the centre, or into a narrow
compass.
Concil'iate, v. a. to reconcile.
Conci'se, a. short.
Concom'itant, a. accompany-
ing.
Concu'piscence, s. irregular
desire, sinful lust.
Conden'se a, thick, dense.
Condi'gn, a. deserved.
Condo'Ience, s, grief for ano-
ther's loss.
Con'duit, s. a water pipe.
Conge'al, v. to freeze, grow stiff
Con'gress, 5. an assembly.
Conjunc'tion, s. a union, a part
of speech which joins two
words in parts of a sentence.
Connoisseu'r, s. a critic.
Con'scious, a, inwardly per-
suaded.
Consequen'tial, a. important.
Consi'gn, d. o. to make over
to another.
jpon'sonant, a. a letter
•ounded by itself.
Conspic'uous, a. easy to be seen
Consum'mate, v. a. to perfect.
Contem'purary, s. one who
lives at the same time.
Contig'uous, a. meeting so as
to touch.
Contin'gent, a. casual, uncer*
tain.
Contrac'tion, s* the act of
shortening. • , .J" o , y
Con'trite, a. truly penitent.
Contuma'cious, a. perverse.
Con'tumely, s. reproach.
Convales'cence, s. a renewal
of health.
Conver'sion, s, change from
one state into another.
Con' vex, a, rising in a circular
form.
Con'voke, v. a. to call together.
Co-op'erate, v, n, to labour
with.
Co'pious, a. plentiful.
Cordial'itv, 5. affection, esteeip
Corrob'orate. v. a. to confirm.
Cov'enant, v. to contract.
Counteract', v, a. to act con
trary to.
Cre'dence, «. belief.
Credu'lity, s. too great easv
ness of belief.
Cri'sis, .v. a critical time.
Crite'rion, s, a mark for judg
ment
Crit'ic, «'. an accurate observet
Crot'chet, s. a mark in printing
formed thus [ ].
Crys'tal, s, a transparent stone.
Cul'pable, a, blameable.
Cum'ber, v. a. to embarrass.
notjCur'iforily, ad. hastily, without
i care.
SPBLLINa BOOK.
116
tent,
irerse.
:h.
renewa'.
ge from
er.
I circular
together.
o labour
1, estectr
confirm,
act.
act con
•eat easv
I ■
me.
for judg
observct
ri printing
ent stone.
)le.
barrass.
y, without
Cata'neous, a. relating to the
skin. ■■:'^:: ■■-[ <* '^'k' •*'v\'V
CyclopflD'dia, «. circle of know-
ledge.
Deba'se, v. a. to degrade, lower
Dil'atory, a. slow.
Dilern'ma, s. difficulty.
Diph' thong, s. two vowels join
ed together.
DeblMty, «. weakness.
Dec'alogue, «. the ten com
mandments.
Deci^pher, v. a. to explain what
is written.
Decrep \ a. wasted'and worn
by age. , . ;
Defam'atory, a. scandalizing.
Deference, s. regard, submis-
sion.
Definite, a. certain, precise.
Degra'de, v. a. to place lower.
De'ism, s. the opinion of those
who acknowledge one God,
but deny revealed religion.
Deregate, v. a. to depute.
Delib'erate, v. n, to think.
Delin'quent, «. criminal.
Dem'agogue, «. the ringleader
of a faction, n^
Demo^niac, s. one possessed
with a devil.
Demon'strate, v. a, to prove
with certainty.
Demu'r, s. doubt, hesitation.
Dcpo'nent, s. a witness on
oath.
Dep'recate, v. a. to avert by
prayer, -i.,;, ,i. /r.-v.-h; r ■
Depre'ciate, v. a. to lessen in
value.
Derelic'tion, s* an utter forsa-
king.
Der'ogate, o. to lessen, detract
Desideratum, «. something de<
sirable, wanted.
Despite, s. malice, defiance.
Despond', v. n. to lose hope. "
Desul'tory, a. without method.
Detract', v. a. to slander.
De'vJous, a. out of the track. ,:>
Di'adem, s. a crown.
Diameter, 5. a line, which,
passing through a circle, di-
vides it into two equal parts.
Dlamet'rically, ad. in direcl
opposition.
Diffu'se, a. widely spread.
Digest', V. to range in order,
to dissolve.
Dilap'idate, v. n. to fall to ruin.
Disbur se, v, a. to lay out mo-,
ney. ,,. , ^k
Disci'ple, s. a scholar.
Dis'cord, s. disagreemenL :; j,:i
Disiiabi lie, s. an undress
Disparage, v. a. to speak of or
treat with contempt. i v{ri5i
Dispar'ily s. inequality. j'.?
Dissembler, s. a hypocrite.
Dis'sipate, v, a. to spend lav>
ishiy. V , ., .,if>;i-*...v.ii<i;|
D is' ti ich, «. a couple of lines. .
Diverg'e, v. n. to depart from
one point.
Divest', V. a. to dispossess, to
strip. .■_•; ■;.; ,!,. .u? r':ri«sfUjHf;/J"
Doom, s. a sentence. ,^
Doublemind'ed, a. deceitful.
Doxol'ogy, 5. a form of praise
to God. > . V -n^i'i
Du'bious, a. doubtful, uncer*
tain.
Ductile, a. complying, plii
hie. 5a
IM
ITHG CANADA
Dii^pticate, s. an exact copy of
|ny thing, vj^yw h-
East, s. the quarter where the
sun rises.
Eaflt'er, s. the festival in com-
' memoraiion of the resurrec-
tion of our Saviour.
Econ'omy, s. frugality.
Ecs'tacy, s. excessive joy, rap-
ture.
Effk'ce, V. a. to blot out.
Ef ficacy, s. power to effect.
Eftul'g-ence, «. lustre, bright-
ness.
E'gotism, «. frequent mention
of one's self.
Ejacula'tion, 5. a short fervent
prayer.
Elastic, a. springing back.
Elegy, 5. a mournful poem.
Elic'it, V. a. to strike out.
Ell, .<?. a measure of one yard
and a quarter.
Eliip'sis, 3. an oval figure.
Elu'cidate, v. a. to clear up.
Eman'cipate, v. a. to free from
slavery.
Embar'rass, v. a to perplex.
Embel'lish, v. a. to beautify.
Embez^zle, v. a. to steal pri-
vately.
Em'blem, s. a moral device.
Em'erods, s. painful swellings.
Emolument, s. pvotit.
Cm'phasis, s. a remarkable
stress of the voice on a par-
ticular word in a sentence.
fimpyr'eal, a. refined, heavenly.
Era'ulate, v. a. to rival.
Enam'our, v. a. to inspire with
love.
Enco'mium, s. praise.
Encyclopo'dia, 9. the wholt
circle of sciences.
En'ergy, s. power, force.
Enha'nce, v. a. to make irreater.
Envi'rons, s. neighbourhood.
En'vy, s. vexation at anolhcr'i
good. ' M ii
E'phod, $. ati ornament worn
by the Jewish priests.
Ep'icure, s. a man given tvhol*
ly to eating and drinking.
Ep'ithet, s. an adjective deno.
ting some quality of a noun.
Epit'ome, «. an abridgement.
Epoch, s. Ihe time at which a
new computation begnn.
Equanim'ity, s. evenn -iss of
mind.
Equiv'ocate, ii. n. to use doubt-
ful expressions. ■ •'.' ■
E'ra, s. an epoch, a point of
time.
Eschew', V. a. to shuni to
avoid. • ' it V "t
EscutVJieon, s, the shield of a
family.
Espou'se, V. a. to marry.
Establish, v. a. to make firm.
Eter'nity, s. duration without
beginning or end.
Evacuate, v. a. to empty.
Evangel'ical, a. agreeable to
the gospel. .'- f ^ v
Eu'charist, s, the Lord's eupper
Eu'logy, s. praise.
Exag'gerate, v. a. to exceed
truth.
Exemplary, a. serving for an
example.
Excheq'uer, s. the court where
the public revenues are re*
ceived and paid.
BVUltUtiQ BO<.tv.
H7
Excul p$le, V. a, to ckar from
blame.
Ex'ecrate, v. a, to wish ill to, to
curse.
Exiiirarate, v. a. to make
clu'crriil. ;„».. ^.: ,^
Ex'ooiig, .9. a journey from a
place. :■"^.^v•y:^
Exot ic, a. foreign.
Expand, v, a. to spread, to en-
^aj'ge. ^ . ,..:^.,.;...- :v,
Expe dience, s. fitness.
Ex'pcditu, V. a. to hasten.
Ex'piate, r a. to atone for a
crime. . , ...
Explic'ii, a. plain, clear.
Ex'port, s. a commodity sent
to a foreign market.
Exposi'tion, s. explanation.
Expos'tulate, v. n. to argue.
Expun'ge, v. a. to blot out.
Exquisite, a, very choice.
Extenuate, v. a. to lessen.
Extinct', a. put out.
Facilitate, v. a. to make easy.
Fallible, a. liable to error.
Fal'low, a. uncultivated.
Fanaticism, s. religiotis frenzy.
Fas'cinate, v. a. to please very
much. rr v.
Felic'ity, s. happiness. '
Fe'lo-de-se, 5. self-mur<3er.
Fer'vid, a. zealous.
Fi'bre, s. a small thread or
ptring.
Fiction, s. a story invented.
Finess'e, s. artifice, stratagem.
Firm'ament, s. the heavens.
Flam'beau, .9. a lighted torch.
Flexible, a. pliant.
Flip'pant, a. pert.
Fluc'tnate, v n in change.
Fortu itous, a. by chance, '-f
Freight, s. the hiding of a ship
Frig id, a. cold.
Front ispicce, s. an engravin)^ t«
face tiie title-puge of a bool(
Frus'tralc, v. a. to disappoi*^
Fulcrum, s. a prop or support
Gain'say, v. a. to contradict.
(julion, 6'. a liquid measure of
four quarts.
Gan'grene, 6*. a mortification.
Gar'nish, v. a. to decorate.
Geneul'ogy, s. liistory of fami-
ly succession.
Geography, 5. a description of
tlie earth. ^ 'r- attl
Glebe, s. turf, soil.
Gnash, v. to gruid the teeth in
a rage.
Godliness, 5. likeness to God.
Gorgeously, ad. magnificently.
Gos'pel, 8. good news, God's
word.
Gourd, s. a plant resemhUng a
melon. m^fx^i
Gra'tis, ad. without pay.
Grotesque, a. comical, unnat-
ural.
Guile, s. deceit, artifice., -,,f,»
'Hallow, V. to make holy.
Haran'gue, s. a speech, a public
oration.
Heinous, a. very wicked, .-f
Hen/isphere, s. the half of a
globe
Her'es}, «. error in religion.
Het'erodox, a. contrary to the
true faith.
Hetero'geneous, a. unlike in
nature.
Hie'rarchy, .9. an ecclesia&tical
government
U8
THR CANADA
Hi'reling, one who serves
for wages.
Homoge'neouSf a. of tho same
nature.
Horizon'tal, 4. level.
llosan'na. 8. an exclamation
of praise to Uod, in Hebrew,
•* Save, I beneech thee."
Slyperborical, y. exaggerating
beyond fact.
Hyp'ocrite, «. a litssembler in
religion.
Hys'sop, s. a plant.
Jeop'ardv, s. danger, peril.
Immac'uiate, a. without stain.
Immen'sity,5.unbounded great-
ness.
Immu'table, a. unalterable.
Impartial'ity, s. equitableness.
Impeach'ment, «. a legal accu-
' sation.
Injped'iment, s. hindrance.
Jmpen'etrable, a. not to be
pierced, or moved.
luipen'itence, s. hardness of
heart.
Impercep'tible, a, not to be
seen.
Implac'able, a. malicious, not
to be pacified.
Im'port, s. a commodity from
abroad.
Impor'tunate, a. incessant in
'^^ asking.
Im'potent, a. wanting power.
Im'precate, v. a. to curse.
Impu'te, V. a. to charge upon.
Inacces'sible,a.not to be come at
Inad'equate, a. defective.
Incarna'tion, s. the act of as-
suming a body.
Incii'ion, s. a wound made.
Incoherent, a. disagreeing.
Incompatible, a. inconsistent
with another.
Incom'petent, a. not suited in
ability.
Incomprchen'sible, a. not to be
conceived.
Incon'gruous, a. not fitting.
Inconsist'cnt, a. contrary.
Incontrovert'ible, a. certain.
Incor'rigibie, a. bad beyond
amendment.
Incredulity, 5. hardness of be-
lief.
Incul'cate, v. a. to impress.
Indefat'ignble, a. unwearied in
labour.
Indefinite, a. unlimited.
Indem'nify, v. a. to maintain
unhurt.
Indenture, s. a covenant or
deed.
Indig'enous, a. native to a coun
try.
Indiscreet', a. imprudent.
Indiscrim'inate, a. not separaM
ted.
Inevitable, a. unavoidable.
Inex'orable, a. not to be moved.
Infallibil'ity, s. exemption from
error.
In'fidel, s. an unbeliever.
In'finite, a. unbounded, im
mense.
Inflex'ible, a. not to be bent.
Inor'dinate, a. excessive.
Insin'uate, v. to hint artfully.
Insol'vent a. not able to paj
debts. . . '
In'stigate, v. a. to tempt to ill
Insupport'able, a. not to b«
suffered.
tPELLING BOOK.
119
(nteiceMe, v. n. to mediate.
Inierces'sor, a. a mediator,
interdict', v. a, to forbid,
(nteri'er e, v. n, to interpose.
Interiec/tion, 8. a part of speech
marked thus, (!), and put
atttsr a sudden exclamation,
lii'terim, s. meantime.
Inter pret, v. a. to explain to
translate.
Interroga'tion, s. a question
asked — the note (?) 'j..
Inthral', v, a. to enslave.
Intri'gue, s. a plot.
Inval idate, v. a. to weaken.
Invariable, a. unchangeable.
Inveigii', V. a. to rail at.
Inveigle, V. a. to allure, to
entice.
Invet'erate, a. long established,
obstinate.
Trbny, s. a mode of speech in
which the meaning is con-
trary to the words.
Irradiate v. a. to brighten.
Ju'bilee, s. public festivity,
season of joy.
Judic'ious, a prudent, wise.
Jurisdic'tion,s. legal authority.
Justify, V. a. to clear from
guilt, defend.
Ju'venile, a. youthful, young.
Kins'man, s. a man of the
same family.
Kiieli, 5 the sound of a funeral
bell,
[acon'ic, a. short, brief.
L an'guid, a. weak, faint.
Liri'guish, v. n. to grow feeble,
to pine.
Lar'ceny, s. theft.
Lascivious, a. lewd, wanton.
Latitude a. breadth. ' ' '
Lav ish, a. indiscreetly libenl.
League, s. a confederacy, thret
miles.
Lcap'year, s. every fourth year.
when one day is added IQ
February.
Leav'eu, s. ferment mixed with
any thing to make it light.
Lee'ward, a. toward that side
of a ship on which the wind
does not blow. . •(fi.ad'fonl''
Leg'ible, a. that may be read.
Legion, s. a body of Roman
soldiers, consisting of about
five thousand. n,
Legisla'tor, one who make»
laws.
Len'ity, «. mildness, tender-
ness.
Lent, s. time of abstinence from
Ash-wednesday to Easter.
Lep'rosy, s. a distemper of
white scales.
Leth'argy «. sleepiness.
Levi'athan, s. by some aup-
posed to mean the crocodile,
but, in general, the whale.
Lewd, a. wicked, lustful.
Licen'tious, a. unrestrained,
disorderly.
Lieuten'ant, «. a deputy, a se-
cond in rank.
Lin'eage, s. a family race. /
List'less, s. careless, heedless
Lo'gic, 5. the art of using rea>
son well.
Lon'gitude, s. length.
Loquacity, s. too much talk.
Lucid, a. shining bright.
Lu'cifer, s. the devil, the m&f *
ning star.
120
Mil
Lu'cre, s. j^ain, profit.
Lu'kcwarm, a. moderately
wnrni, not zealons.
liiint, a. cnrnal desiro. •r'^"'^*"
Alac'liiriat*', v. a. to plan, to
contrive.
MHjrnaii'liuous, '•'' ai' great of
mind. . ( i.;!!,!!!!
Mognlf icfnt, a. 6ne, splendid.
jMrt^'nify, r. «. to extol.
Maj'(!sty, .T. dipnity, grandeur.
Mal'ioe, s. ill-will.
Mam'mon, s. riohes, wealth.
Man'«la^l^•hter, s. murder with-
out mali(^«»,
Manufac'ture, r. a. to make by
art. .t-;i';^tKHl
Man'ascrlpt, .v, a book vi^rltten.
Maranath'ft, s. a. form of eur.s-
incf.
Mar'tvr, s. onp who is killed for
the trnth'.^^^'^*"^'"" •"•'["
Mater'nal, ». as a mother.
Mean'd^r, v. n. to run wind-
iuG^.
Mechan'iP, s: a manufact'i' er.
Medla'tor, .v. an intonvKsor.
Medio'crlty, s. a middle state.
Me'lioratc, v. a. to make better,
to improve.
MeTIow, a. soft, full^' ripe.
Mel'ody, s. music. ■'•''"'•■^*'.
Men'ace, v. a. to threaten.
Me'nial, a. as a servant.
Mensura'tion, s. the apt of
measurinj^. _ '
Mer/t'al, a. in the mind. ' ," "
Mer'cenary, s. u hireling.
Mer^to'rions, a. high in desert.
JVJiitamor'phosis, s. a transfor-
mation. -' ;*;•- ij;' A-'-^^i-
M«t*iohor, 5. a simile'.' .i'>'f^ •
TBK CAVAUA
• ..1 ■ r' i .i >
Metrop'olig, *. the chief city of
a country.
Mil'ltate, v. n. to oppose.
Miu'inture, a. a painting very
small.
Misrtn'thropy, s. the hatred of
mankind.
Miseella'neotis, a. various Ivlnds
Misdemean'our, v. a. to behave
ill.
Mit'tinms, s. a warrant by which
a ju.stice of peace sends an
offender to prison. '
•Mo'ioty, s. half.
Mol'lilV, r. a. to soften
Mo'nientary, a. lasting fc: \
moment
Moment'ous, a. important,
weightv.
Mon'tirchy, *. a kingly govern-
ment.
Mon'itor, s. one who wa'ns of
fiinlts.
Morb'id, a. di.seased, corrupted,
i Moro'seness, s. peevishness.
•-fll
Mortgage, v. a. to pledge
lands, &c. . ' ; -^-
Mor'tify, v. to humble, vex.
Multiplicity, .v. great variety.
Mun'dane, a. belonging to the
world.
Munificent, a. bountiful.
Mutability, *•. changeableness.
Mu'tilate, v. a. to maim, cut off,
Mu'tiuous, s, seditious, turbu
lent. ' ••-
Mytliol'0'"'y, .■ - ystem " ca-
bles ; uolc'UUu of heathen
deities." " ''
Na'dir, .v. the point opposite
the zenith directly under oui
feet.
. j/-»b\r/a!
vt'-ati..
Nau'seat(
Nautical
or Huib
Nefa'riou
able.
Ncgotia't
iiilUiSS,
Nelh'er, i
Neutraril
fcrunct
Nisi-priu
ci' 1' -^i
Ni.. '. • 'u
^'oi.. jme
Nooicnch
lary.
Noith, s,
to the
Nov'ice, .
Nox'ious,
Nu'gatorj
Nur'ture,
train \\\
Nutric'iou
Ob'd urate
Obit'uary,
dead.
Oblique,
Oblit'erat
destroy
Ob'loquy,
Obnox'ioi
Obsce'ne,
Oh^sequie
nities.
Ohse'quio
Ob'solcte,
Obtru de,
place.
Obtu'se, a
Ob'vious,
tPKLLINa BOUK.
191
irions Ivinds I
. to behavej
hi; fey Which
:e sends ani
en.
tin J fc«: \
important,
' ■ " i-t- ■■" •■ ■
igTy govern-
lO wains of
., corrapted.
isliness.
to pledge
le, vex.
t variety,
ging to the
tifiil.
iiifeableness.
aim, cut off,
ous, turbu
stem ' .'a-
if hcatheu
nt opposite
r auder out
Nauseate, v. to loathe.
Nautical a. pertaining to ships
or Nuilors.
Nf fii'riuus, a. Mricked, abomin-
able.
Ncj^otia'tion, s. a treaty of bu*
siiu;ss, (Sic. I
Nclh er, a. lower.
Nnutrarity, s. a state of indif-
ference, I . ' ",.
Nisi-priiH, p. a law term for
cii V causes.
Ni^ ' -11 . 'I. nightly. '' ' '
\oi.. jme, a. noxious, disgust-
'^'ii- ■ .
Nontcncla'ture, $. a vocabu-
lary.
Noah, s. the point opposite
to the south.
Nov'ice, s. a young beginner.
Nox'ious, a. hurtful, oilensive.
Nugatory, a. inefiectual.
Nur'ture, v. a. to educate, to
train up. '
Nutric'ious, a. nourishing.
Ob'durate, a. hard of heart.
Obit'uary, s. a register of the
dead. * ' '
Obli'que, a. not direct.
Oblit'erate, v. a. to efface, to
destroy.
Ob'loquy, s. slander, disgrace.
Obnox'ious, a. liable, exposed.
Obsce'ne, a. immodest.
Ob^sequies, s. fuieral solem-
iiUies.
Obse'quious, a. compliant.
Ob'solete, a. grown out of use.
Obtru de, v. a. to thrust into a
place.
Obtu'se, a. blunt, not pointed.
Ob'vious, a. easily discovered.
Offic'ious, .?. too forward. ,^
«)doroufi, a. fragrant.
<)iignrcliy, &•. a form of gov-
erniiKiit wliich j)h»ces tlie
suj)rrme povver in the hautls
of a (e\v.
OiiH*'}»a, .v. ttic Inst letlrr In die
Grrck alphabet, Uu; J 'sf.
Omnip'ulcace,4-.A linighty puvv*
er. '•;;''''■!■■ ' }
On Jiiprcs'encc,."?. the quality of
being every where present.
Omniscence, s. buundktta
knowledge. . '''
Oppro'briousness, s. abuse. ■
Orda'in,!). a. to appoint, invest.
Or'thodox, a. sound in opinion.
Orthography, s. the part of
grammar which teaches how
words should be spelled.
Ostenta'tion, s. outward v;iin
show.
O'vertly, ad. openly, publicly.
Ovip'arous, a. bringing forth
eggs.
Pal'pal^e, a. that may be felt.
Pag'eant, s. any show.
Panegyric, s. praise. '"" *
Par'able, s. a similitude.
Paradox, 5. an assertion con*
trary to appearance.
Paralyt'ic, a. palsied. *'' ''^
Par aphrase, s. an explanation
in many words.
Par'asite, s. a flatterer.
Parity, s. equality, likeness,
Par'oxysm, s. a fit, the periodi*
cal return of a fit.
Parsimo'nious, a. covetous, st*
ving.
Partiality, $. an unequal hsigi
ment in preferring.
-,5,
122
THE CANADA
Partic'ipate, v. to partake, to
share.
Par'ticiple, s. a word partaking
of the qualities of a noun, an
adjective, and a verb.
Pa'thos, s. warmth, feeling.
Pedant, s. one vain of know-
ledge.
Pellu^cid, s. transparent, clear.
Penu'rious, a. niggardly.
Pen'ury, s. poverty.
Penin'sula, s. land almost sur-
rounded by water.
Pen'tateuch, s. the five books
of Moses.
Perambulate, v. a. to walk
through.
Peremp'tory, a. absolute.
Perfid'ious, v. false to trust.
Per'forate, v. a. to pierce
through.
Pernic'ious, s. very hurtful.
Perse ve're, v. n. to be stedfast,
to persist.
Perspica'cious, a. quick-sighted
Perspicu'ity, s. easiness to be
understood.
Pertina'cious, a. obstinate.
Per'tinent, a. apt, fit.
Pertur'bed, a. disturbed.
Per'vious, a. admitting pas-
sage.
Pet'rify, v. to change to stone.
Pet ulant, a. saucy, perverse.
Pharisaical, a. externally reli-
gious.
Phenom'enon, s. any thing very
extraordinary.
Philan'thropy, s. love of man-
kind.
f hilos'opher, s. a lover c wis-
dom.
Pioneer', s. a soldier to level
roads.
Piv ot, s. a pin on which any
thing turns.
Plac'id, a. gentle, kind.
Placable, a. that may be ap-
peased.
Plausibility, 5. appearance of
right.
Plen ary, a. full, entire.
Poign'ant, a. sharp, satirical.
Poli'tics, 5. science of govern
ment.
Pority, s. civil constitution.
Polytheism, s. a belief of
many gods.
Pomp'ous, a. stately, grand.
Pon'derous, a. heavy.
Poste'rior, a. happening after.
Postpo'nc,r. a. to put off, delay
Fo'tent, a. powerful.
Precarious, a. uncertain.
Preceptor, s. a teacher, a t
tor.
Precipitate, a. hasty, violent.
Precision, s. nicety.
Predeces'sor, s. one going be
fore.
Predict', v. a. to foretell.
Prematu're, a. ripe too soon.
Premi'se, v. a. to explain pre
viously.
Prepon'Jerance, s. superiorit
of weight,
Preposi'tion, s. in grammar,
particle governing a case.
Prepos'terous, a. wrong, ab
surd.
Pretext', s. a pretence.
Pres'cience, s. knowledge ol
futurity.
Prevaricate, v. n. to quibble
SPELLING BOOK.
123
lier to level|Prim'itive, a. ancient, original.
Proba'tioner, s. one upon trial,
n which any Bprob'lem, s. a question pro-
■ p()sed.
kind. IProcras'tinate, v. to delay, to
maybe ap.B pm off.
■Prod'igal, s. a waster,
ppearance of Jprof'ligate, a. wicked, aban-
doned,
intire. BProfound', a. deep, learned.,
p, satirical. Hprofu'se, a. wasteful,
e of govern Iprognos'ticate, v. a. to foretell.
"Project'or, s. one who forms
schemes, &c.
Prolific, a. fruitful.
Prolix', a. tedious.
Protnul'gate, v. a. to publish.
Pro'noun, s. a word used in-
stead of a noun, to avoid
repetitions.
Propensity, s. inclination, ten-
dency,
teacher, a to- pros'elyte, s. a convert.
Pros'trate, a. laid flat along.
Protomar'tyr,s. the first martyr
Protract', u. a. to draw out,
delay.
Protu'berant, a. prominent,
swelling.
Providence, s. divine care.
Prov'ident, a. prudent,cautious.
Prow'ess, s. bravery.
Proxim'ity, s. nearness.
Pa'erile, a. childish, trifling.
Pul'verize, r. a. to reduce to
powder.
Pun'gent, a. sharp.
Punctilio, s. trifling nicety.
Pusillan'imous,a. mean-spirited
Quad'rangle, «. a figure that
has four right sides, and as
many anglM.
nstitution.
a belief of
ely, grand,
avy.
pening after.
> putoff, delayl
ful.
Lcertain.
isty, violent.
3ty.
[)ne going be<
foretell,
pe too soon.
» explain pre
s. superiority
n grammar, »
ling a case.
I. wrong, ab
jtence.
inowledge ol
I. to quibble.
Quadru'ple. a. fourfold.
Quer'ulous, a. habitually com-
plaining.
Quies'cence, s. rest.
Quo'ta, s. a share, rate. ' "
Rab'bi, s. a Jewish doctor.
Ra diant, a. shining.
Ran'corous, a. very malignant
Ran'som, s. a price paid for
liberty.
Rapacious, a. greedy.
Recip'rocal, a. mutual.
Reconnci'tre, v. a. to view.
Recognize, v. a. to acknow
ledge.
Redeem', v, a. to ransom.
Reflec'tion, s. attentive considl
eration.
Refrac tory, a. obstinate.
Refulgent, a. bright, splendid
Regenera^tion, s. a new birtk
by grace.
Rehear'sal, s. repetition.
Reit'erate, v. a. to repeat again
and again.
Relap'se, s. a falling again into
a state from which one had
recovered.
Relax', V. to be remiss. ■
Remor'se, s. pain of guilt.
Remu'nerate, v. a. to reward.
Ren'ovate, v. a. to renew.
Repent'ance, s. sincere sorrov
for sin, and amendment of
Hfe.
Reple'te, a. full, completely
filled.
Reprieve, s. a respite aftei
sentence of death.
Rep'rimand, v. a. to chide.
Repri'sal, s. seizure by way of
retaliation.
I'f
1, :
1 .
J..
•f 'vlfl
t24
TUB CiiNADti
Repugnant, a. contrary.
Req uisite, a. necessary.
Hequi'te, v. a. to recompense.
Rescind', v. a. to annul.
Respon'sible, a. answerable.
Resurrection, s. return from
the grave. . , ,
Retal'iate, v. a. to return evil
for evil.
Retrieve, v. a. to recover.
Re'trospect, s. looking on
things past.
Rev'erie, s. loose musing.
Ileverb'erate, v. to resound.
Rhet'oric, 5. oratory, the art
of speaking.
Rota'tion, s. a course or turn.
Rotun'dity, s. roundness.
Ru'diment, s. the first part of
education.
Ruminate, v. to muse.
Rus'tic, a. rural, rude, plain.
Sacerdo'tal, a. belonging to the
priesthood.
Sa'crifice, s. an offering made
to God.
Sa'crilege, s. robbery of a
church.
Sagac'ity, s* acutcness, keen-
ness.
Sal'utary, a. wholesome.
Sanc'tify, v. a. to make holy,
set apart for holy purposes.
Sitnc'tuary, s. a holy place, an
asylum.
San'hedrim, s. thf^ chief coun-
cil among ilie .lews, consist-
ing of seventy elders.
Sapph^ire, s. a precious blue
iione.
Bar'casng, s. a keen reproach.
cM'tiate, a. (glutted.
Sa'tire, s. a poem, ceiisurifiQ
vice.
Scep'ticism, s. general doubt
Sche'dule, s. a small scroll, an
inventory.
Schism, 5. a division in the
church. ., ;• .
Scru'ple, s. a doubt.
Scrutinize, v. a. to examinel
thoroughly.
Se'ce'de, v. a. to withdraw from.
Secre'te, v. a. to hide
Sect, s. men united in certain]
tenets.
Secu'lar, s. worldly.
Seda'te, a. calm, quiet.
Sedu'ce, v. a. to tempt, to cor-
rupt.
Sed'ulous, a. industrious.
Sem'icircle, a, half a circle.
Sensual'ity, s. carnal pleasure.
Sep'tuagint, s. the old Greek
version of the Old Testa-
ment, so called, as being tiie|
supposed work of 72 inter
preters.
Sep'ulchre, s. a tomb, a grave
Sev'er. v. to force asunder
Shac'kles, s. chains.
Sham'bles, s. a place to
meat in.
Shrewd'ly, ad. cunningly.
Sim'ile, s. a comparison.
Simulta'neous, a. acting
gether.
Sketch, s. an outline.
Sojourn', v. n. to dwell a»jvh;ie
Solecism, s. an impropriety 01
speech.
Solic'it, V. a. to ask.
Solil'oquy, .9. a discourse t
one^s self
sell
to-
SPELLING DOOtC.
125
don in the!
to examinel
ol'viblc, a. possible to be ex-
plained.
ooth'say, r. n. to foretell.
^oph'ist, s. a subtle disputer.
Sor'did, a. mean, base.
South, s. opposite the north.
[Sponta'neous, a» willing.
Spe'cious, a. showy, plausible.
iquare, s. a figure of four equal
"jdes and angles.
ter'ile, a. barren.
tigmatize, v. a. to mark with
infamy.
>in'ulate, v. a. to excite.
ti'pend, s. wages.
lUip'alate, V. n. to settle terms.
uav'ity, s. sweetness,
ub'altern, a. inferior.
iSub'jugate, v, a. to conquer.
Sub^jnary, a. under the moon.
[Subser'vient, a. serviceable,
ubsi'de, v. n. to sink down-
ward.
ub'stantive, s. a noun beto-
kening a thing.
iubvert', v. a, to overturn,
uccinct', a. brief.
5iimp'tuous, a. costly, splen-
did.
Iupercil'ious,a.proud, haughty,
uperfic'ial, a. on the surface.
jiuperflu'ity, s. more than
enough,
iiperse'de, v. a. to make void.
^upersti'tion, s. false devotion,
upi'neness, s. indolence.
Siiscep'tible, a. apt to take an
impression.
!yc'ophant; s. a flatterer.
^rm'metry, s. a due propor-
tion.
Sym'pathy, 5. mutual feeling.
Synon'ymous, a. of the semei.
meaning,
Tacit, a. silent. '" *
Tactics, s. the art of warfare
Tal'mud, s. the oook of Jewish
traditions.
Tangible, a. perceptible b)
the touch. '
Tar guui, s. a paraphrase on
the five books of Moses, in
the Chaldaic language.
Tantamount, a. worth as much.
Tautol'ogy, s. a repetition of
the same words.
Tech'nical, c. belonging to
arts.
Temer'ity. 5. rashness.
Tem'porize, v. n. to delay.
Tena'cious, a. obstinate in an
opinion, firmly adhering.
Tep'id, a. rather hot, luke-
warm. :
Terraqueous, a. composed of
land and water. J
Terres'trial, a. earthly.
Tes'tament, s. a will, a corc-
nant.
Testa'tor, 6'. one who leaves a
will.
Te'trarch, 5. a Roman gover-
nor.
Theoc racy, s. a divine govern
ment.
Theorogy, 5. the science of
divinity.
Thral'dom, 5. slavery.
Thwart, v. a. to cross, oppose.
Timid'ity, .9. fearfulness
Tithe, 5. the tenth part.
Tolera'tion, s. allowance, per'
mission. .■
ft
TopaZjS. a precioi*» ; ellow gcm
I' U'<i
,m
! !
J
K]
11
i'!»a
'■■4
f^
THE CANADA
Torna'do, s, a whirlwind.
Tor'pid, s. numbed, inactive.
Tradu'ce, v. a. to scandalize.
Trag'ic, a, mournful.
Transcend', v. to excel.
Trans'cript, s. a copy from any
original.
Transfig'ure, v. a. to change
the figure. ~
Transfu'se, o. a. to pour into
another.
Transgress', v. a. to offend
against rule.
Transient, a. momentary.
Trans'verse, a. lying in a cross
direction.
Tra'verse, v. to wander over.
Tres pass, v, n. to sin or com-
mit a fault.
Trepida'tion, $, a state of trem-
bling.
Trian^gular, a. haying three
angles.
Tribulation, «. distress, trial.
Trib'ute, s. a tax.
Turbid, a. thick, muddy.
Type, «. the shadow or sign of
a thing.
Ty'ro, s. a student, novice.
Umbrage, s. offence.
Um'pire, s, a decider of dis-
putes.
\lnbelief', s. want of faith.
ijnc'tion, s. an anointing.
t'r.daunt'ed a. fearless, bold,
^ndesign'ing, a. sincere, hon-
est.
Vn'dulate, v. a. to move as a
wave.
U'nison, 5. sounding alike.
Unleav'ened, a. not fermented.
Unrav'el, o. a. to explain.
Urban'ily, 5. civility, politenesa
Ur'gent, n. pressing, earnest.
Usurp', V, a. to seize without
right.
U'sury, s. the interest money;
generally understood unlaw-
ful interest.
Upbraid', v. a. to chide, re-
proach.
Vacu'ity, s. emptiness.
Vague, a. unmeaning.
yal'id, a. conclusive.
Ye'hemence, s. violence, ar*
dour.
Veloc'ity, s. speed, quick mo-
tion.
Yen'crate, v. a, to regard with
awe.
Verac'ity, s. truth.
Verb, s. a part of speech which
signifies being, doing, or suf
fering.
Verb'al, a. spoken.
Verb'ose, a. tedious, prolix.
Ver'dure, $, greenness.
Vernac'ular, a. native.
Ver'ily, ad. certainly.
Ver'ity, s, truth.
Ver'satile, a. variable.
Vesture, s. garment, dreub
Vi'and, s. meat, food.
Vi'brate, v, to quiver.
Vicinity, s. neighbourhood-
Vicis'situde, 5. change.
Vig'i lance, 5. watchfulness.
Vin'dicale, v, a. to justify.
Vindic'tve, a. revengeful.
Vin'eyarxl, s. ground planted
with vines.
Vis'ible, a. that may be sew.
Vi'tal, a. necessary to liff^ •••
sentval.
Vit'iate, 1
rupt.
Viv'ify, V,
Vivi parol
alive.
Vizier, s,
ministe
Vocab^ula
ary.
Vo'cal, a.
Vociferoi
noisy.
Volatile, i
Volca'no,
tain.
Voli'tion,
Vol'ubJe, (
Vora'ciou!
Vor'tex, s,
Vo'tary, 5
vof ed to
Voucnsafe
to grant
Vouch D.
TH
I. Y«
Ar
An
Tl
W
Ar
Tc
Tfi
Fo
W
8. Th
Le
An
Le
3ech which
ing, or 8uf
), prolix.
88,
ve.
y-
1e.
dren.
d.
it.
Durhood-
igc.
ifuInesB.
justify.
Ageful.
inrl planted
y be sevA.
to lif^ M*
SPELLING BOOK.
isr.
•-* f
Vit'iate, v. a. to deprave, cor-
rupt.
Viv'ify, r. a. to make alive.
Viviparous, a. bringing forth
alive.
Vizier, s. the Ottoman prime
minister.
Vocab'ulary, s. a small diction-
ary.
Vo'cal, a. relating to the voice.
Vociferous, a. clamorous,
noisy.
Volatile, a. evaporating, lively
Volca'no, .-p. a burning moun-
tain.
Voli'tion, s. the act of willing.
Vol'uble, a. fluent in words.
Vora'cious, a. greedy to eat.
Vor'tex, s. a whirlpool.
Vo'tary, s. one zealously de-
voted to any service.
Voucnsafe', v. to condescend,
to grant.
Vouch V. to bear witness.
Vow el, 5. a letter sounded by
itself.
Vul'nerable, a. that may be
wounded.
Vul'gate, s. a Latin version of
the Bible, authorized by the
Church of Rome.
Way'faring, a. travelling.
West, s. opposite the east.
Wind'ward, ad. towards the
wind.
Win'now, v. to fan, to sift.
Wig'wam, $. an Indian cabin.
Wont'ed, part, accustomed.
Wran'gle, v. to dispute pee
vishly.
Yclep'ed, a. called.
Yearn, v. n. to feel uneasiness.
Ze'nith, s, that point in the
heavens directly over our
heads.
Zeph'yr, s. the west wind.
Zoog'raphy, s. a description
of animals.
THE TEACHER'S COUNSEL TO HIS PUPILS.
LESSON 17.
I. Ye docile youths, who learning love
And would in various arts improve,
And to be taught to me repair,
These precepts in your memory bear.
When morning first unseals your eyes,
And bids you to yoar labours rise.
To God with pious ardour pray,
That he would bless the passing day '
For all your studies are but vain,
Which no celestial blessing gain.
C Then wash'd, and decent in your dress,
Let each in school assume his pl^^ce,
And while you at your books remain,
Let thoughtful silence always reign ;
P
I i
i ■
'i I!
ft' ,
f
'•F
m
mi
M
THE CANADA
For stillness, I have found by use,
Will to your progress much conduce.
All chat, and play, are here debarr'd ;
Ko voice, l.ut Ills who reads, be heard
Whatever be the task assign'd.
Perform it with a willing mind.
>l .X. ''■ t^J^i
:?.'^
d. You ihat in writing would excel,
.• First imitate your copies well :
Down strokes make strong, and ujiward fine
And boldness, with your ^eedora, join.
Jf, by luxuriant fancy bent,
Ydu aim at curious ornament.
Your plastic pen, by frequent use,
May fishes, beasts, and birds produce,
; But chiefly strive to gain a hand
for business, Mnth a just command.
, When Agures exercise your quill,
'.rheya your care, aiul all your skill;
Your fw/icy rnay iu writing guide,
But reason here must be ap[)lied.
As you the learned track pLrsue,
Fresh useljil scenes v/ill crowd your view;
The mathematics' spacious held,
Will grand and noble prospecis yield;
Whether by maps, o'er seas you rove.
Or trace the starry heavens above,
What rapturous pleasures will you find,
When demonstration leasts the mhid !
*^ Let those who for instruction come
A-o learn the tongues of Greece and Rctne
«)r French polite, that noAV is made
The general speech in courts and trade,
Learn grammar first, learn grammar well,
If they would in the tongues excel ;
For none will a good structure raise
Except he this foundation lays.
5. Whene'er you are from school dismiss'd
And have my leave to play or rest.
Still lot my counsels have iheii swajj
And even regulate your play.
ISuch sportful exercises choose,
As will the most to health conduce.
Tops, kites, and marbles, hoops, and ball,
liV turns I lie vounger people call ;
. '-v'.
:..-■ I!
8. S
'..■■.. 1
.u;
6.
: <
» 1 « . -
. v
' ■ I
^V
;, .» »
aPELLlNQ BOOK.
While boys of larger size resori
Tu iiunie more strung; ami manly sport
But see you give no ulace to rage,
Nor money in your play engage ;
For sordid tliirsr r/Tain destroys
wi :«actf ci mm j^-ai men ana boys.
\bominate the lying tongue,
And scorn to do your fellow wrong*
From oaths, and idle talk, refrain.
And doubtful fables, for they're vain.
13ut if sometimes you be inclin'd
To give refreshment to the mind, ,
Historians, and poetic lays,
At once will b(;th instruct and please.
In English writers we abound.
In whom much useful learning's found;
But frivolous song, and wild romance,
Be ever banish 'd far from hence.
8. Soon as your judgment waxes strong,
■ ! ■
■ if.
And can distinguish right from.
wrong.
Think it no task to read in youth
The Testaments of sacred truth ;
With diligence peruse them through,
In every language that you know;
By day revolve them with delight,
And on them meditate by night. —
W hen to your meals the call you hear,
At once, without delay, appear;
At table in decorum sit ;
All prating is forbid at meat.
In food observe the golden mean,
And keep your clothes and linen clean ;
And when you've eat what does sutlice
Thank Heaven, and in good order rise.
1, ' ■ I- 1
■ ;j
I
i
t
9. One precept yet remains behind
Which must be hxed upon your mind
Of foolish chat in bed beware ;
Be silent, and be modest there:
Lei no disturbance then be made,
But meditate upon your bed;
And ere your head the pillow boar»
Apply to Him who always hears
Tiie i)reatliings of a pious breast*
And vou may safely sink to rest . '
JO
THR .AN ADA
• »v>>»')l JfTyMl ■»S>l!'f i '.0 <> AH J »i»f: V/
APPENDIX. ' •
OUTLINES OF GEOGRAPHY.
JjEOtiKAPHY is a description of the surface of the earth, as consisc
D" uf land and water.
1 ae land is divided into Continents, Islands, Peninsulas, Isthmuses
Capes and Promontories.
The water is divided into Oceans, Seas, Lakes, Bays, Gulfs anc
Straits.
A Continent is the largfest extent of land, containing^ many kinw
doms and states, as Europe, Asia, &c. — An Island is a smaller portion |
of land, wholly surrounded by water, as Great Britain, Ireland, &c.-.
/\ Penin?«ula is land almost surrounded by water, as the Morea in
Greece, Jutland, &c. — An Isthmus is a narrow neck of land, joining a I
peninsula to the main land, as tlie Isthmus of Corinth in Greece. — A
Promontory is a high land, jutting far into the sea. — A Cape is the |
extremity of a promontory, as the Cape of Good Hope.
An Ocean is the largest body of water, as the Atlantic and thej
Pacific Oceans. — Seas are detached parts of the ocean, as the Bal-
tic and Mediterranean seas. — A Lake is water surrounded by I
land, as Lake Ontario, &c. — A Bay or Gulf is water partly sur-
rounded by land, as the Bay of Biscay, the Gulf of St. Lawrence.— A I
Strait is a narrow passage of Water, joining one sea to another, as the |
Straits of Gibraltar and Dover.
Europe. — Europe, though the least quarter of the Globe, is the I
most distinguished for the fertility of its soil, the temperature of its
olitnate, and for the cultivation of the arts and sciences. It is bounded
N. by ilie Northern Ocean. W. by the Atlantic Ocean, S. by the
Mediterranean Sea, E. by Asja^ ihe Black Sea, the Sea of Marmora,
and the Archipelaga Ihe population of Europe has been estimated
at 230 millions. The following are the countries of Europe, wi'.h |
their chief towns or capitals, viz: —
Capitals ' ;
England,
Scotland,
Ireland,
Norway,
Sweden,
Denmark,
Holland, .
Belgium, .
France, .
Spaui, . .
London.
Edinburgh*
Dublin.
Bergen.
Stockholm.
Copenhagen.
Amsterdam.
Brussels.
Paris.
Madrid.
Portugal, . .
Switzerland, .
Italy, . . .
Turkey, . .
Greece, . ,
Russia, . .
Prussia, . ,
Germany,
Austria, . .
Capitals,
Lisbon.
Berne.
Constantinople.
Athens.
St. Peteisburgu
Berlin.
Vienna.
••••••••••a
and
8PKLLING HOOK.
131
Italy contains several siaivs.
]. Kiii2^ilun) ul'ibiirdiniii.
Savoy, ....
Pieilinunt, . . .
t-reiioa, .' , . ,
Islaiiu ut Sardinia, .
•4. Ausirmn Italy.
as consist ■ IMilnii. . . . .
Vfiiii'u, . . . .
3 Parma,
4. Modona and Massu,
5. liUcca, . . .
6. Tuscany
7. Stales of ilie Church, .
8. Kingdom of the iwo Sicilies.
Naples,
Sicily, ....
The states of Germany are : —
Mecklenburg,
Oldeiiliurg,
Brunswick,
Kingdom of Saxony,
The Saxe Principalities.
Saxe-\Vein>ar, .
Saxe-Coburg — Goiha,
Saxe-Meiningen,
Hesse Cassel,
Hesse-Darmsiadt,
Nassau,
Kinffdom ol Havaria,
Kingdom of Wirn-mberg,
Grand Duchy of Baden,
Tile Free Cities,
/
Chief Totvru,
Cliambery.
Tt;i{iN.
(lenoa. :•; ,
Cagiiari. . , ,-un-* -'.^
Vr.MOR. ■ • ■' "■■. •
Parma. ' i ■'
IMddnia, Massa
Lurca. . , ■">
Fi.oi:knce.
Rome. •'
Naim.t.s.
Pai.kk.mo.
Schwerin. Streiitz.
Oltb'uburir.
Bruu.<\vick.
Dkksukn.
Weimar,
(lotlia, Citburg.
IVleiiiingen.
Cassel.
Darmstadt.
Nassau.
Munich.
STurniAi'.D.
Carlsruiie.
FuANKFOilT.
r
I
r
I;:
i\c
ENGLAND AND WALES.
t!
BmTNnARTES. — N. by Scotland ; W. by the Irish Sea and St
GeorgeV Channel; S. by the Enj^lish Channel; K. by the Genna:
Ocean or North Sea. The stiperticial area is .^>7,838 square mile*
and tLe population about fourteen millions.
|JJ|f ..rTHK CANADA
The following are the Cuunties of England and Wales, wirb « mt
»f their Chief'iowns:— . .,;„,4m „.,.., „»uy>in.. ..
''■";;';,,: England. j'..'.'it.'i^
CouHltes. »•' ' Chief Towns. . i •»»
.Northumberland, Newcastle, Berwick, Norm Shields
Cumberland, Carlisle, Whitehaven, Workington
Durham, Durham, Sunderland Stockton. '^'
Westmoreland, Appleby, Kendal. "
Lancashire, -------- Lancaster, Liverpoc ., itfanchester.
Yorkshire, --------- York, Leeds, Sheffield.
Lincolnshire, Lincoln, iiosion, Gainsborough. " *
Nottinghamshire, ----- Nutiingliani, Newark, IVfansheld.
Derbyshire, -------- Derby, Matlock, Bux'ton.
Cheshire, Chester, Macclesfield, Stockport.
Shropshire, -------- Shrewsbury, Bridgenorth, Wellington
Staffordshire, Siarturd, Li tch field, Walsall.
Leicestershire, ------- Leicester, Luugliborough, lfi^'3V/orth.
Rutland, ---------- Oakham, Uppingham.
Northamptonshire, - - - - Northampton, Peierborouifh, Daven«r*
Bedfordshire, Bedford, Dunstable, Woburn.
Huntingdonshire, Huntingdon, St. Neots, St. Ives.
Cambridgeshire, Cambridge, Ely, Newmarket.
Norfolk, Norwich, Yarmouth. 1
Suffolk, ----- Ipswich, Sudbury, Woodbridge.
Essex, ----- Chelmsford, Colchester, Harwich.
Hertfordshire, - - Hertford, St. Albans, Ware.
Middlesex^ --- London, Wesiuiin&ter, Brentford.
Buckinghamshire, ----- Buckingham, Aylesbury, Eton,
Oxfordshire, Oxford, Banbury, Woodstock.
Warwickshire, ---.--- Warwick, Birmingham, Coventry.
Worcestershire, ------ Worcester, Kidderminster, Dudley.
Herefordshire, Hereford, Leominster, Ledbury.
M<aimouth, -- Monmouth, Chepstow, Newport.
Gloucestershire, Gloucester, Bristol, Cheltenham.
Wiltshire, -- Salisbury, Devizes, Bradford.
Berkshire, -- Reading, Windsor, Abingdon.
Surrey, --- Guildford, Croyden, Kingston.
Kent ----- I Maidstone, Canterbury, Greenwich.
• ■""■" I Dover, Woolwich, Deptford, Chatham.
Sussex, --- Chichester, Lewes, Brighton.
Hampshire, Winchester, Southampton, PortSL-oulh
Dorsetshire, Dorchester, Weymouth, Poole.
Somersetshire, Bath, Wells, Bridgewater. ''^J?^'
Devonshire, Exeter, Plymouth, Barnstapl?. . .i"^^'4>
Cornwall^ Launcesion, Bodmin, Falmoiilh. ' •'''fi>*';-l
! htm
8PELLINO nOOK.
' - .niTMirt'V WALES. >MV«««j'3
Counties. Chief Totons, O hW
Flintshire, Flint, Mold, Holywell, St. Asapn. .!,< *i|f
Do»bighsliirc, Denbigh, Wrexham, Llangollen. .^v}
Cunmrvonshire, Carnarvon, Bangor, Conway. ,„ j^H,vn>H
Aiiglesea, Beaumaris, Holyhead. • -'i.f.jr
MurionethBhirei Dolgelly, Hala. .,'p
Montgomeryshire, Montgomery, Welchpool, Newtown. ;i^<f
Uadnorshire, New itadnor, Presieign, Knighton^ < i j./j
Brecknockshire, Brecknock, Builth, Hay. ■Jm.iicd
Cardiganshire, Cardigan, Abcrystwith. /.itri'iiJ
Pembrokeshire, Pembroke, Milford, St. David's. .' ^,,. ^
Carmarthenshire, ------ Carmarthen, Llanelly, Kidwely. '^,,»>ij
Glamorganshire, ------- Cardiff, Swansea, Llandafl*. j^|)i|
; i,f/i .U, J aiul
•l SCOTLAND,
Is bounded N. oy the North Sea ; W. by the Atlantic Ocean ; S. Iry
England, and the Irish Sea ; and E. by the German Ocean. It con-
tains 32,101 square miles, and the population is about two millioni
and a half, jit is divided into thirty-three Comities : —
Counties. Chief Towns. ':»;;.''
Orkney and She'land, -- - Krrkwall, Stromness^ Lerwicf. ^f" i ?'''
Caithness, "Wick, Thurso. •■ - -• • - •• ^^ .tmiai
Sutherland, --- Dornoch. ;r.!.i;(,:/^ uvo
Ross, - Tain, Dingwall, Fortrose. .'.
Cromarty, Cromarty.
Inverness, Inverness, Fort George, Fort Willi iq«
Nairn, -- ------ - Nairn.
Elgin or Moray, Elgin, Forres, Fochabers. /i-.Ikm'jooJ
Banff, Banff, Cullen, Keith. ,^ ^ v
Aberdeen, Aberdeen, Peterhead, Huntly. ^ 'f ^^'/''^
Kincardine or Meams, -- Stonehaven, Laurencekirk. " ♦'''^"•* ^
Forfar or Angus, ----- Forfar, Dundee, Montrose. . n'/t'l
Fife. Cupar, St. Andrews, Kirkcaldy. ,
Kmross, Kinross. -'^mmi A
Clackmannan, Clackmannan, Alloa, Dollar.
Perth, -- Penh, Culross, Kincardine, Crieff ,:^
Argyll, Inverary, Campbelton, Oban. .'^J'^---
Buie, ----.. Eothesuy, Brodick.
Dunbarton or Lennox, - - - Duiibarton, Helensburgh. vs; h jc.{
Stirling, SiirJng, Falkirk, Grangemouth. * W^l
Linlithgow or ----- ) , . ,. , ^ , t> .u . ".«^1
West Lothi^m, ( ^-'^I'^hgow, Queensferry, Bathgat.. .^. ^^
^1
m
i:m
THK CANADA "1
E<linh»rrh or
Mid Lo'.hiun,
Haddinp.ton or
Cast Luthian, - . • - -
Berwick or Merse, - -
Roxburgh or
Tevioidale,
Selkirk,
Peebles or Tweeddale,
Lanark or Clydesdale,
Renfrew,
Ayr,
Dumfries,
Kirkcudbright or • - •
East Galloway, - - • -
Wigtown or ----- •
West Galloway, • - •
Chief Toxoni,
EniNBUunH, Leitli, Dalkeith. ^^v^i
Haddington, Dunbar, N. Berwick.
Greenlaw, Lauder, Dunse, Coldstream.
Jedburgh, Kelso, Hawick, Melrose.
Selkirk, Galashiels. •....,.
Peebles, Inverleiihen.
Lanark, Glasgow, Hamilton.
Renfrew, Paisley, Greenock.
Ayr, Irvine, Kilmarnock.
Dumfries, Annan, Moilat.
Kirkcudbiight, New Galloway.
Wigtown, Stranraer, Port Painc*.
; rr';.
IRELAND,
Is bounded N. W. and S. by the Atlantic Ocean ; E. by the Irish
Sea and Si. George's Channel. It contains 31,874 si^uare miles and
the population amounts to about eight millions.
Ireland is divided into four Provinces, — Ulster, Leinster, Cuiinaught,
Rud Munster; which are sub-divided into 32 Counties:—
CoHUtttS.
Donegal, - -
Londonderry,
Antrim, • - -
Tyrone, • • •
Down, • - • -
Armagh, - -
Monaghan, •
Fermanagh, -
Cavan, - - - -
Loag^ford, • •
W€€rt Meftib,
East Meath, <
TA>uth. - ■
* '-*-'
CJiief To^ms.
Li fiord, Donegal, Dally&hannon, Letter
Kenny
Londonderry, Coleraine, Newtonlima-
vady.
Carrickfergus, Belfast, Lisourn, Antrim.
Omagh, Dungnnnon, Strabane.
Downpatrick, Newry, Droiuore, New-
ton a rds.
Armagh, Lurgan.
Monaghan, Clones, Carrickmacross.
Ennisivillen.
Cavan, Cootehill, Beliurbet. ^
IN LEINSTKR. ■
Longford, Granard.
Mullingar, Aihlone, Kilbeggan.
Trim, Navan, Kells.
Drogheda. Dundalk, Louth.
iPRLLINO nooK. 185
Cmmnvc. tOntef Toums. ■ .^j«|
Oublm, - - DunLiN, linlhri^iifrtn, Kiiiss'own.
Wicklcw, • • • f * • •..* • Wirklow, Arklow, Hruy. ,>i
Kildare, A thy, N;ias, Kildan', IVlaynoolh.
King's Courty, IMulipsiown, Birr, 'rullamore, Kitnatjlier.
Queen's Cornijr, Miiryborough, Poriarliiigtun, MouiiUiiiU.
Curlow, Carlow, Tullow.
Kilkt'imy, Kilkenny, '^'allau, Thomastown. .
Wexford, WexfortI, New Ross, Enniscorihy. '
I „;»,:„ ( Carrick-on-sliannon— Leitrim, Manor—
' ( Hamilton.
Sligo, »• ...-..- 8lia[{). '•' ' ■■' '■ "< • *' '
Mayo, Casileliur, Ballinrobe, Ballina, Westport
Roscommon, Roscomtnon, Aililone. Hoyle, Elpliin.
Gralway, Gahvuy, Lqughrea, Tuaia, ijalliuaiiloe,
IN MUNSTER. . . # ■ »
Tipperary, Clonmel, Casliel, Tipperary, Roscrea. ;-;
Clare, Ennis, Clare, Kilrush. ,., yj
Limerick, Limerick, Ratlikeale, Newcastle. -^
Kerry, Tralee, Dingle, Killarney.
Qfj.u ....j Cork, Bandoii, Kinsale, Youijlial, Mai-
' -•-« I j^^^ Fermoy, Cove, Charleville.
Waterfor'?, Waterford, Dungarvan, Lismore,Talluw.
..>.",..... -,,.,,„■ v.i™,.,., -..«.. >...
The 'JiKKF IsT.ANDf? belonging to Great Britain are the Orkneys, and
Snetland Isles, the Hebrides or Western Isles, the Isles of Man, Au-
glesea, Wight, Scillv, Jersey, Guernsey, Alderney and Sark.
In tite Baltic are Zealand and Funen, Rugen, Borahohn, Go'^land,
Aland, Oland Dago and Oesel.
In ilie Mediterranean, Ivica, Majorca, Minorca, Sard.nia, Corsica,
Sicily, Malta, Cefalonia, Zaute, Candiu, Cyprus, Rhodes, and ihe
Islands in the Archipelago.
The Chief Mountains in Europe are the Dofrine or Dofrafield
Mountains, between Norway and Sweden ; the Uralian Mountains
in Russia; Carpathian Mountains between Poland and Konj^ar-':
Pyrenees between France and Spain ; the Alps which surrounrf the
north of Italy ; the Peak in Derbyshire, England ; Snoivden in Wales ;
the Cheviot' hills in Scotland ; and Mourne Mountains in Ireland.
The burning mountains are Vesuvius, near Naples; Etna in Sicily;
and Hecla, in the cold isle of Iceland. Mont Blanc, a peak of the
Alps, is the highest mountaia in Europe, being 15,662 feet above tk«
level of the sea.
T^p SciVs ivre, tl^e 5ftUic Spa, the North Sea, the tt\sk Sea, tht
"^j
136
THE CANADA
English Channel, St. George's Channel, the Mediterranean Sea, the
Black Sea and the Archipelago.
The Lakes are those «)f Ladoga and Onega in Russia ; Wener and
Wettem in Sweden ; and the lakes of Geneva and Constance on th«
borders of Switzerland.
The Bays, Gulfs, &';, are tne Bay of Biscay, Gulfs of Bothnia and
Finland, Gulfs of Venice and Lepanto.
The Straits are those of Dover, Gibraltar, Bonifacio, Messina, and
Kafla, Dardanelles and Constantinople.
The Rivers are the Thatnes and Severn in England ; the Forth and
Tay in Scotland ; the Shannon in Ireland ; the Elbe in Saxony ; Rhine
between France and Germany ; Seine and Rhone in France ; the Ta«
gus in Portugal and Spain ; Po and Tiber in Italy ; the Weisel or Vis-
tula in Poland ; Wolga and Don in Russia; and the Danube, which
flows from Germany to the Black Sea.
ASIA,
Is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean ; W. by Europe, the Black
Sea, Archipelago, Mediterranean, Isthmus of Suez, and Red Sea; S.
by the Indian Ocean; and E. by the Pacific Ocean.
The superficial area, including the islands, has been estimated at
20,000,000 square miles ; and its population at 460,000,000.
Asia is, therefore, the most populous quarter of the globe. It is
here the first man was created — the patriarchs lived — the law was
given to Moses — and the greatest and most celebrated monarchies
were formed. In Asia the promulgation of Christianity was first
made, and from thence the light of the Gospel was ditl'used over the
whole world ; and almost all the laws, arts and sciences had here
their origin. The countries which it contains are: —
Countries. Chief Towns.
Turkey in Asia, Smyrna, Alejipo, Damascus, Bagdad.
Arabia, --- Mecca, Medina, Mocha.
Persia, Teheran, Ispahan.
Afghanistan, -•-•••- Cabul, Candahar, Herat.
Hindostan, Calcutta, Madras, Bombay, Delhi, Benaret
Eastern Peninsula, • - • Ava, Aracan, Bankok.
China, Pekin, Nankin, Canton. 1
Thibet, Lassa.
Chinese Tartary, • • • • Cashgar, Yarkand, Maimatchin.
Independent Tartary, • - Bokhara, Samarcand.
Asiatic Russia, ------ Tobolsk, Astracan.
Japan, - Jeddo, Miaco, Nangasaki.
The CHIEF Islands in Asia are, Java, Borneo, Sumatra, Ceyloo.
Cyprus, Celebes, Japan Islands, Philippine Islands, Moluccas, New
Guinea, Australia or New Holland, and New Zealand.
The Mountains are the Himmaleh Mountains, the highest u tb«
8PK1^LIN(> Buoit.
w
Bothnia and
Messina, and
le Forth and
xony ; Rhine
ice ; the Ta.
'^eisel or Vis*
nube, which
B, the Black
Red Sea ; S.
estimated at
00.
globe. It is
the law was
monarchies
ty was lirst
sed over the
es had here
^ad.
li, Benares
tra, Cevlon.
iccas, ^Ie'w
rhest u thi
world, bemg 27,700 feet above the level of the sea— Caucasus, Ararat,
Taurus, Lebanun ; Sinai and Horeb.
The Seas and Gulfs are the Red Sea, Aranian Sea, Persian Gul£
Bay of Bengal, Chinese Sea, Gulfs of Siam and Tonquia, Yellow Sea,
Sea of Japan, Sea of Ochotsk, Sea of Kumtschatka, Caspian Sea, and
Sea of Aral.
Straits. — Babelmandel, Ormus, Malacxx Sunda, Macassar, Beh'
Caves. — Severo, Baba, Comorin, Negrais, Romania, Cambodia
(iopatka^ and East Cape.
Rivers. — Oby, Yenisei, Lena, Amur, Hoang-ho, Yang-tse-kians
Maykaung, Irrawady, Ganges, Erahniapuotra, Jndiis. Kunhrjitps T;
pris, Oxus, Jaxartes.
Lakes. — Baikal, Balkash or Falkati ■ ■ ., \
... , AFRICA,
Has always been in a state of barbarism, if we except Egypt ani
Carthage. It is bounded N, by the Mediterranean ; W. by the At
lantic ; S. by the Southern Ocean ; and E. by the Isthmus of Suez,
the Red Sea, and the Indian Ocean. The superficial area has been
estimated at 11,000,000 square miles; and its population at 70 mil
lions. '
The following are the principal African nations ;
n
Countries. Capitals.
Morocco, .
. . . Morocco.
Fez, .
. . . . Fez.
Algiers,
. . . . Algiers.
Tunis, . .
. . . Tunis.
Nei^roland
, , . . Madinga.
Guinea, .
. . . Cape Coast
%ypt,. .
. . . Cairo.
Tripoli, ,
. . . Tripoli.
Rarca,
. . . . Barca.
Countries.
Biledulgerid,
Zaara, . .
Nubia, . .
Abyssinia, .
Abex, . .
Ajan, . .
Zanguebar
Mozambique,
Terra-de-Natal
Capitals,
Dara.
Tegessa.
Dongola.
Gondar.
Suaquam.
Brava.
Melinda. >
Mozambinue
and the Cape of Good Hope, on the suuthern point of Africa.
Islands. — In the Atlantic are the Azores or Western Isles, the Ma
ileiras, the Canaries, and the Cape Verd Isles. In the Gulf of Guinea
are St. Thomas, Anabon, Prince's Isle, and Fernando Po; and more
distant are St. Matthew, Ascension, and St. Helena. To the east of
A ica are Madagascar, Isle of France, Bourbon, the Comora Isle,
.' imirante and Mahe Isles; and Zocotra and Babelmandel, near the
Ked Sea.
Mountains. — Atlas to the north-east of Africa, which is the high-
est, being ll,9S0 feet above the level of the Sea; — the Mountains of
the Moon in Ethiopia, and the Mountains of Nierre Leone.
Gulfs, &c. — Gulf of Guinea ; Table and Saldaiia Bays, Channel of
the Mozambique.
m
I
138
THK CANADA
Capf-s.— Bon, Spartel, Cantm, Geer, Nun, Bojador, Blanco, Verde,
*loxo, MesTirado, Pal mas, Lopez, Formosa, Negro, Voltas, Good
dope, Agulhas, Corrientes, Delgado, GuardafQi.
Rivers. — The Nile, Niger, Senegal, Gambia, Rio Graude, Congo oi
Zaire, Coanza, Orange, Zambezi. ,
Lakes. — Tchad, Dembea, and Maravi. , ,, .
AMERICA, ;
Is bounded N. by the r'^orthern Ocean; W. by the Pacific Ocean;
S. bv the Southern Ocean ; and E. by the Atlantic Ocean. The su-
perficial area has been estimated at 15,000,000 square miles, and its
population at 40 millions. It was discovered by Columbus, a Geuv
ese, in the year 1492. This continent is divided by the Isthmus of
Panama into two great parts, namely. North and South America.
NORTH AJIEIUCA,
Is bounded N. by the Northern Ocean ; W. by the Pacific Ocean •
5. by the Gulf of Mexico and the Pacific Ocean ; and E. by the At«
laniic Ocean. It extends from 7° 30' to 74*^ N. lat. and from 55**
30' to 168° W. long., being in length from N. to S. 4500 miles,
and in breadth, from the E. of Ncrva Scotia to the mouth of the Co-
lumbia River, nearly 3000 miles. The superficial area has been ean-
mated at 8,000,000 square miles, and its population at 27 millions.
The divisions of North America, are, 1st. Russian Territory,
2. British America ; 3. United States ; 4. Mexico and Gualinuila ,
6. West India Islands ; 6. Greenland.
Its Islands, beside the West Indies, are Newfoundland, Cape Bre-
ton, Prince Edward, Bernuulas, Aleutian Islands, Queen Charlotte's
Isles, "Vancouver Island, North Georgian Islands, Cockburn Island,
Southampton Island.
Lakes. — Superior, Michigan, Huron, Erie, Ontario, Great Beat
Lake, Great Slave Lake, Athabasca, Winnipeg, Mistassin, Cham-
' plain, Nicaragua.
KiVEUs. — Mississippi, Missouri, Ohio, St. Lawrence, Hudson, Ar-
kansas, Red River, Rio, Colorado, Eiotlel Norte, Columbia, Macken/ie.
Bavs, Gulfs, and Stiiaits. — Ballin's Bay, Davis' Straits, Prince
Regent's Inlet, Coronation Gulf, Hudson's Bay, James' Bay, Straits
of Belleisle, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Bay of Fundy, Chesapea!"
Bay, Gulf of Mexico, Florida Channel, Buy ol' Campeachy, Hay of
Honduras, Gulf of California; Nooika^ound, Barrow's Siraii, Siraii
f the Fury and Heel a.
Capes. — Farewell, Chidley, Charles, Sable, Cod, Hiiiteras, Tanolia
St. Lucas, Prince of Wales, Icy Cape.
Mountains. — Appalachian or Alleghany Mountains, Rocky Moun-
tains, Mount St. Elias, Mount Fair-weather, the Mountains of Mexiea
THE RUSSIAN TERRITORY,
Consists of the extreme north western region of America, and a
-It IS bounded N. Ur
larrow tract
of coast extending w 55° N
-3'
l»L.-
New I
Nova J
Islm
Newfo
Cape f
Prince
Bermui
Antico!
Capes.
Bays,
Bav, Jam
Fuiidy, C
Lakes.
Great Sir
»nd Rice
Rivers
mine. Ma
Are boi
Mexico ;
They con
si whom
Sorthei
Main
New
Vern
Mass
Rhoi
Conn
m
f RPELLl>rO BOOK. 139
me Northern Ocean ; W. and S. bv the North Pacific ; and £. by Brie
?sJi America. Population oG,()00.
BRITISH AMERICA. " ' *''''' ' '* '
is bounded N. by Baffin's Bay and the Arctic Ocean, W. bv the
Russian Territory. S. by tiie United States; and E. by the Atlaniic
Gtean. It is estimated to contain 2,3(j0,000 square miles, and the
sapulation is about 2 millions.
Divisions. Chief Towns, -, '
Iludson-s Pay Territories, j ^^^^ ^ ^^^^^
nicluding Labrador, ) '
r-inn^ln w««t i ToRONTo, Kingston, Brockville, Bytown, Cornwall,
l^anaaa West, j Hamilton, Niagara, and London.
Canada East i Q^*'-^^^' Monireal, Three Rivers, and Sher-
' I brookCk
New Brunswick, Fredericton, St. John.
Nova Scotia, -..•-«. Halifax, AnnuiJulis, Pictou.
Islands, Chief Towns.
Newfoundland, •»--•.. St. John. ■,,
Cape Breton, .-.«-•» Sidney.
Prince Edward, Charlotte Town. . ,. •
Bermudas, .--..-.. St. George.
Anticosti, Southampton, North Georgian Islands.
Capes. — Rosier, Sable, Canso, Breton, Ray, Race, Charles, Chidley.
Bays, &c. — Baffin's Bay, Davis' Straits, Hudson's Straits, Hudson's
Bay, James' Bay, Straits of Belleisle, Gulf of St. Lawrence, Bay of
Fuiidy, Coronation Gulf, BarrowlS' Straits, Prince Regent's Inlet.
Lakks.— Superior, Huron, Erie, Ontario, Winni'peg, Athabasca,
Great Slave Lake, Great Bear Lake, Mistassin, Nipissing, Simcoe,
•nd Rice Lake.
Rivers. — St. Lawrence, and Ottawa, St. John, Niagara, Copper-
mine. Mackenzie, Nelson, Columbia.
THE UNITED STATES,
Are bounded N. by British America ; W. by the Pacific Ocean and
Mexico; S. by the Gulf of Mexico, and E. by the Atlantic Ocean.
Thev contain 2,257,300 square miles. Population about 13,000,01)0.
9l whom 2,000,000 are slaves.
divisions. . . ;
Northern Slates. Capitals.
Maine, ------ Augusta. , ,, .
New Hampshire, ------- Concord.
Vermont, Montpelier
Massachusetts, -------- Boston.
Rhode Island, Providence. '"
Connecticut, Hartford.
■I
m
i
!l
I'll
f i
<V'
m
In
m
uo
THE CANADA
Middle States, • Capitals, ;. . •- * ,,
New-York, --«.----- Albany.
Pennsylvania, --------- Harrisburg.
New-Jersey, ---- Trenton.
Delaware, ---- ----- Dover.
Southern States.
Maryland, - - Annapolis.
Virginia, ---------- Richmond.
District of Columbia, ------ Washington
North Carolina, Raleigh. ■■' ;'
South Carolina, -------- Columbia.
Georgia, - Milledgeville,
Alabama, - Tuscaloosa.
Western Slates.
Ohio, ---.-.. Columbus.
Indiana, ---- -- Indianapolis.
Illinois, ----------- Vandalia.
Missouri, ----------- Jeflerson.
Kentucky, ---------- Frankfort.
Tennessee, *---- Nashville.
Mississippi, ---------- Jackson.
Louisiana, ---------- New Orleans.
Arkansas, ---- Little Rock.
Michigan, ---------- Detroit.
Territories not yet erected into States.
Florida, Tallahassee.
Wisconsin, »"*•
North-West Missouri, ------ _— —
^Vestern Territories, ------- ■■
Islands. — Rhode, Long, Staten, Nantucket.
Bays. — Penobscot, Massachusetts, Delaware, Chcsapeak, Long
Island Sound, Florida Channel.
Capes. — Ann, Cod, May, Charles^ Henry, Hatteras, Fear, Look out,
Tancha or Sable Point.
Mountains. — Alleghany Mountains, Rocky Mountains, Ozark
Mountains.
^ -tKES. — Michigan, Champlain, the southern shores of some of the
i<aRes of Canada, Pontchartrain.
Rivers. — Mississippi with its tributaries, Missouri, Arkansas, Red
River, Ohio, Wabash, Tennessee, Illinois, St. Peters, St. Croix, Con*
oecticut, Hudson, Delaware, Susquehannali, Potomac, Savannah.
MEXICO AND GUATIJIALA,
Are bounded N. by the United States and the Gulf of Mexico; W.
and S. by the Pacific Ocean ; and E. by the United States, the Gulf
n( Mexico, and the C&rihbuan Sea. -Mexico contains 1,640,000 square
,»^
SPELLING BOOK.
Ulf
miles, and Guatiraata 184,000. Population of Mexico 7,500 000,--of
Guaumaia, 1,650,000.
THE WEST INDIA ISLANDS, • ; i
Are situate in the Atlantic Ocean, between N. and S. America.
They contain about 72,500 square miles, and a population of 2,600,-
000, of whom only 460,000 are whiles.
These Islands are called the West Indies, from the following cir
cumstance: — Christopher Columbus, the discoverer of America, pro»
posed to sail to the East Indies by a western course ; but instead of
'caching Asia, as he intended, he found America : still he was persua-
ded that those Isljmds were the western part of India ; and before a
ButFicient number of voyages could be accomplished to convince hirn
of his error, he died. From this mistaken notion of his, the islands
ftcquired the name of West Indies. ;,.,»,,
GREENLAND,
Is an extensive region which lies between Baffin's Bay and the
Northern Ocean ; from Cape Farewell, in lat. 60" it stretches north-
ward indefinitely towards tlie Pole.
* SOOTH AMERICA,
Is bounded N. by the Isthmus of Panama and the Caribbean Sea;
W. by the Pacific Ocean ; S. by the Southern Ocean ; and E. by the
Atlantic. The superficial area has been estimated at 7,000,000 square
miles, and its population at 13,000,000.
CONCLUDING 0BS2RVATI0NS.
The Earth in shape resembles an orange, being nearly round. It \»
more than twenty-four thousand miles round, and eight thousand
tnrough ; and is ninety-five millions of miles from the sun.
The E^alor is a great circle, which divides the earth into two
equal parts, at an equal distance from each pole; and it is so called,
because, when the sun is in this circle, the days and nights are equal
to all the inhabitants of the earth.
The poles are two points of the earth opposite to each other, the
one called north, and the other south. These points are only ima-
|;inary, as are also the circles. All parts of the earth, with respect to
their situations, are either to the north or south of the equator ; and
tlie distance of places is counted from it towards the north or south
pole. The poles are ninety degrees from the equator; half a circle is
180 degrees; and a whole circle, whether great or small, is 360 de-
l^ees.
The tropics are two lesser circles, called Cancer and Capricorn.
The troj>ic of Canqvr is 23i decrees north of th« equator, aadj th«
tropic of Cdi}>riconi23i south e^' the equator.
•I 'ri
iM
i^f
i'l
142
TIIK CANADA
The polar circles are two lesser circles, called Arctic and Antarctic;
ihe arciic or north polar circle is (iiii degrees IVom the eijuaior, und
the antarctic or souih polar circle is ihe same distance south of the
equator. The jiolar circles are also H^k degrees I'roin ihe poles.
The ecliptic is a great circle descrihed by the sun in the space of a
year. It surrounds the globe between the two troj)ics, and crosses
the equator at two opposite points.
All lines drawn from one pole to the other are called meridians.
When the sun comes to the meridian of a place, it is then noon oj
mid-day at that place. We may imagine as many meridians as-we
please, for every place has a meridian. The meridian or line drawn
from north to south over Greenwich, in England, is called the first oi
lixed meridian.
There are two horizons ; one called the sensible or visible, and the
other (he rational horizon. Then sensible horizon is the boundary of
our sight, being that circle where M'e sky and earth seem to meet. The
rational horizon cuts the earth into two eijual parts, and is parallel to
the sensible horizon. Ihe poles of the horizon are called Zenith and
^•nlir; thezeniilt point is thai part directly overhead; and the nadii
IS that point opposite to it under our feet.
A degree in a great circle contains GO geoarraphical or 6^ J English
miles, but the admeasurement of a less circle varies according as it
approaches towards the poles.
A mile in geography is called a minute. Fifteen degrees make an
an hour of time.
Places on the earth are distinguished by their situations, which are
found by their latitude and longitude. The latitude of a |)lace is it»
distance north or south of the eijuaior. If it be on the north side ol
the equator, it is said lobe in the north latitude; if on the south side,
in south latitude. All places on the earth are either in north or south
latitude, except at the equator where there is no latitude, because
.-aiiiude begins there. The greatest latitude a place can have is 90
degrees, and there are only two places that have so much, which
are the poles. Ui>od a ma]) the latitude is found at the sides; if il
increases upwards, it is north ; if downwards, it is south.
Longitude is the distance of a place from the first meridian to th»
east or west. If it be on the east side, it is east longitude, &c. The
greatest longitude a place can have is 180 degrees, which is one half
of the circumference of the globe. Longitude is found upon a map
at tlie top and bottom. The degrees of longitude are not equal, like
those of latitude, but diminish in proportion as the meridians incline
towards the poles. Hence, in GO degrees of latitude, a degree of lon-
gitude is but half the quantity of a degree upon the equator, and so io
proportion for the rest.
Zones are certain spaces that encompass the earth like a girdle
these are five in number, namely, one torrid, two temperate, and two
frigid or frozen zones. The torrid zone includes all that part of the
earth wliich is situated between the tropics. The temperate zones
\^
8I>RI.LING nOOK.
143
ees make an
include all those porta of the tarth which are situated betw4>^A »h^
tropics and polar circles. The frii^id /ones are situated between ii»*
polar circles, extending round eacii pole, nnd are called frigid or rro^en,
from the rays of the sun falling so very obliquely in lliose parts, wiiiob-
renders them excessively cold.
,1 >
ENGLISH GRAMMAIl. " , '
Grammar is the art of expressing our thoughts clearly and coi
rectly, and is divioeu into four parts, natuely, Orthography, Etymol
ogy. Syntax, and Prosody.
Orthography is the an of writing words with the proper an^
necessary letters.
Etymology treats of the properties and derivation of words.
Syntax leaches us to place our word* properly together in sen-
tences.
Prosody teaches us the art of accenting and pronouncing words
with propriety.
Grammar is composed of letters, syllables, words, and sentences.
Of the parts oj Speech.
There are in English nme sorts of words, namely, the Substantive,
the Artifele, the Adjective, the Pronoun, the Verb, the Adverb, the
Preposition, the Conjunction, and the Interjection.
Of the Article.
An article is a word used before substantives, to denote their signi*
iication ; as a man, the man. There are two articles a (or an) and
<Ac ; an is only used before a vowel, and a silent h ; as an H2,g^ an
hour; if A be sounded, a only is to be used ; as a hand, a heart. TA«
is to be used beforegeither vowels or consonants; as Me egg, //te hour,
the boy, the girl. J--:'^ , j.;; \ ,
OA or an is called indefinite, because it does not determine what par-
ticular thing is meant ; as a man, an liour ; meaning any man, any
hour.JSL
The is called definite, as it ascertains what particular thing or
things are meant ; as there goes the man with the wood, meanins
some particular man and wood alluded to, or that were spoken of
before^
Of Substantives,
A substantive is the name of any thing that exists, o; of which we
have any notion : as, Kingston^ man, goodness. A substantive may be
known by prefixmg the words " / speak of^' and whatever word then
completes the sense is a substantive, as, I speak 0/ goodness, wisdom,
gold.
Substantires are divided into proper and common. A proper nam*
I
i\ I''
li
/.I
\AA^^ ^ THK/CAWADA
or subsmntive is that which is ^Appropriated to an individual of a kind;
as, James. Toroulo, St. lAttvrcnce. A sulisiiujlive conuuoii is ilmt
which belongs to all of a kind ; as, ma/i, cj/y, river. — To subhUuiiivcs
belong gender, number and case.
Of Gender. , ' ' - ■
Gender is the distinction of sex. There are fiMX^^fjendors ; mascu-
line, feminine, cmnMipn, and neuter.' The masculine gender denous
animals of the male kind ; as, a horse, n bv/L The feminine gem!.-!
signifies animals of the female kind ; as, a mare, a cow. Such-wonl*
fl*.include both gendersareof the common gender; ns, friend, ptire>d
fWords which denote things of neither sex are of the neuter gender,
''' ^^jhonscj stone, happiness.
jThere are three methods of siiewing the difference of sex. 1st. By
different words; as, Hoy, Girl, &c. 2. By dilferent termhiations; as.
Governor, Governess, &c. 3. By a noun, pronoun, or adjective, beinj;
prefixed to the substantive; as, a man-scrcant^Arnuid'Servanl, &c. &c.
Number. ,1--,
Number is the distinction of one from many. There are two num-
bers; the singular and i)!ural. The singular speaks of one; as, a Aoy,
Bi book. The i)lural ^^]1eaks of more ihan one; iMi, bo t/s, books. The
filural number is generally formed by adding only s to the singular*
)Ut when ihe singular ends in ,r, ch, .1/1, or ss, it is necessary to adu cs ,
as box, boxes, &c. Words that end in/ and /e form their plural i)y
changing these terminations into wes; as, ca/f, calves, &c. The Ibl-
lowing words are excej)iions, as they form iheir plural regularly by
adding only s ; namely, hoof roof ^rief, dwarf mischief handkerchief
relief\\ Subsianiives that end in y form their plural by changing {\\ii y
into ics, if it be preceded by a consonant ; as, lly,^fes, key, Acy.<il The
words child, man. woman, ox, brother, form their plural by making
the termination en; as, child, children; man, 7rtt'7t, &c. /Some words
are used alike in both numbers; as, deer, sheep, swine, and we dis-
tinguish the singular from the plural in these words by putting the
article a or the number one before the singular ; as, a deer, one deer;
a sheep, one sheep. Some words have no singular ; as, ashes, lon!:s,
&c., and others no plural; as, wheat, gold, &c. Some are very irre-
gularly formed ; as goose, geese; tooih, teeth, See. The following
form the plural by the difference of their termination; as,
plu. 'iftg-
Bases. Erratum, -
Crises. Genius
Diirreses, Radius,
Emphases. Stratum, -
Of Case.
Case signi6es the situation of a substantive. . There are four cases;
*amely, liie nominative, the genitive, tiie accusative, and the vocavivu.
The tiominative case represents the bein^ Or thtng that acts, duil
sing.
Basis, - -
Crisis, - -
Dia>resis, - -
Emphasis, •
plu
Errata
Genu.
Radti.
Strata.
[■i.V
8PELLINQ BOOK.
145
oomes befure the verb ; as ia *' James loves play" where Jamu ii ttM
Mnninative case.
The genitive case implies property or possession, and has for its
sign the preposition of i as, *' the love q^ God," or it has an Apos-
trophe, with the letters coming after it; as, "God's love." The
apostrophic $ is omitted when the si' ^^ular ends in ss ; as, ** for good-
ness* and righteousness* sake." Xt^lien several names are coupled
together in the genilive case, the»apostrophic s is joined to the last
only, and understood at the rest; as, *^John^ JatneSf and Robert'*
house." ^ ■
The accusative case generally follows a verb active, or a prepof:'*
tion ; as, "I love James," "James is in school."— The vocative ca»e
IS known by calling or speaking to ; as, ** James, come here." Jamea
is in the vucative case. The vocative case is perhaps necessary ; be-
cause it is the case in which every person speaks. Every other con-
oexion in which the substantive is placed, is formed by prepositions.
Parsing Exercise on the Article and Sukttantive,
An Apple. The i.pple. ' ''
Why is an called indefinite ?
Because it docs not determine cr point out what particular mpple *
the meaning is any apple.
Why is tke definite ?
Because it defines or limits it to a paiucular one of the kind, signi-
*yins by the some apple referred to. '
Why is i4;>^/c a substantive ? ''
Because it IS the name of a thing. ,
Why is« substantive common? ' *
Because it expresses one of the whole kind ; for apple is a nam*
omtnon to 41 apples.
Why is 1 in the neuter gender ?
Because i. is without life, or of neither sex. '
Why is It m the nominative case ?
Because it «i"iply expresses the being or name of a thing. '
{Questions for Parsing,
irticle.— What part of speech ? What kind ? Definite or indefi-
nite ? Why?
Substantive. — Common or proper ? What gender* What number?
What case 1 Why 1 Why is the apostrophic s omitted ?
1 'T • •."
"«•■■»
.-A
',(>■»-
Uf the Adjective.
An adjective is a word joined to a substantive to er^Tesr iff qu^
ty ; as, " a good hoy ;" " a had pen."
Adjectives have three degrees of comparison % Mtiiitir^ ivmmW^
Uive, and superlative. Tiic positive is the firat '11 jf ftr yjf^Bttt^ '
i
II
tc
i%
■^f
ifl.f '11
■I i
146
THE CANADA
as, good, wise, great. The comparative degree incTeoses or diminishev
the positive in signilicalion ; as, greater, smaller; and i» formed hy
addmg r or er. The superlative degree increases or diminishes the
the positive to the utmost ; as, largest, smallest ; and is formed by
adding St or est. The comparative and superlative degrees are also
formed hy placing the adverbs more and most before the adjectives ;
as more pleasant, most pleasant. More and moat are generally used
before words of more tnan one sfilable. Some adjectives of very
common use are irregularly formed ; as, positive good ; comparative
belter ; superlative best. All the adjectives have not the degrees of
comparison, because their signification will not admit of them ; as
all, several, some, one, two, first, &c.
Adjectives sometimes stand by themselves, but then a substantive
is always undt-rstood; as, *'Do you ride tlie white or the black P
Here horse is understood lo both. Thus the adjective signifies noth-
ing by itself, and can convey no idea to the mind without a substan*
tive, expressed or understood. By this an adjective may be readily
distinguished.
Parsing Exercise on the Ai tide, Adjective and Substantive.
.■•. ■•■,;\4:) '.■■lU.'-' •■ M,;,. A good boy. - '
Why is good an adjective ?
Because it has no substance of its own, and is dependent or, *u<l
inherent in, the substantive boy, denoting a peculiar property ^hicft
belongs to him.
Why is it in the positive degree ?
Because it is the adjective simply expressed, Avithout auf com*
parisoa.
Questions for Parsing.
Art tele, as before.
Substantive, as before.
Adjective. — What degree of comparison? and why?
» Pronouns.
A pronoun is a word used instead of a noun or substantive, to avoid
/he loo frequent repetition of the same word ; as, " the nian is merry
he laughs, he sings." There are three kinds of pronouns ; the per*
sonal, the relative, and the adjective. \To pronouns belong number,
person, gender, and case. Pronouns have two numbers, the singuiat
and the plural, the same as substantives f as, /, thou, he, she, it; loe
ye, they. Personal pronouns have three persons in each number, ' '
.|j. . Singular, •. , ,„
', is the first person.
"^"^Thou or you, the second person.
He, she, or it, the third person.
Plural ,„ n I, ^
We, is the first person. ' • *
Ye or you, the second pvnaa
They, the thisd perso. . "^» "♦
SPRM.tNfi HOOK.
147
Pronouns have thret* aendern, masculine, feminine, an«l neuter, but
tlicy luivf re:>|ieci only lo the third person i<ins;ular, he, n/if, u. Ih^ \t
nmsculine; «lt*!, is feminine; i/, is ni'Utcr. Thert' are three cases in
pronouns; the nominative, the genitive, and the nccusutive; ns, Uext
the nominHtive case ; Hit is the genitive ; and Htm is the accusative
Personal pronouns are thus declined : — • m
PersoTu
■"'-•it.
third, Mas.
Third, Fern,
Third, Neuter.
case,
Notfu
Gen
Ace,
Norn,
Gen.
Ace.
Norn.
Gen.
Ace.
Norn,
Gen,
Ace,
Norn,
Gen.
Ace.
singular,
I,
mine,
me.
thou,
thine,
thee.
he,
his,
him.
she,
hers,
her.
it,
its,
it.
plural,
we,
ours,
us.
you,
yours,
you.
they,
theirs,
fiieni.
they,
theirs,
their.
they,
theirs.
tliem.
A relative pronoun is that which relates or answers to some precc
ding word or phrase, called the antecedent. The relative nronoiins
are, Ac, that, who and which ; as, " the boy is cfood who atier.ds lo the
advice of his parents." The interrojjative pronouns are ivho, what,
and which, beinij those which are made use of in asking a que.stion,
as, " Who is there ?" " What are you doing?" *• Which is the hook ?"
The dilTercnce between the nature of a relative pronoun, and an in-
terrogative is this, that the relative has reference lo a subject which
is anipcedent, definite, and known ; but the iiiterrogative has reference
to a subject which is subsequent, indefinite, and unknown, and which
is expressed and ascertained in the answer. Who is used when we
speak of persons only; as, "loAo will instruct me:" which when we
speak of persons or things; as, '^ which is the boy ?" TAfff sometimes
supplies the place of who and which; as, "he that acts wisely de-
ferves praise;" and " the boy that is diligent is rewarded." Who is
yi 'jofh numbers, and is thus declined : —
Nom. who.
Gen. whose.
Aec. whom.
\!t
Adjective pronouns partake of the nature of both pronoun and art-
|Pciive, and are divided into four sorts; namely, the "possessive, the
jisiributive, the demonstrative, and the indefiniie.
The possessive j)ronouiis are, my, mine, thy, Ihtne, his, hrr, hers, its, out
■ i
I
ill
148
THK CANADA
ours^ your, yours, their, thetr$, mid thcv are cnlled poswBsive, hecKU!i«
llu'y relate to projierty or |u)««.*ea«ion. My, thy. Ins, her, our, your itiui
Mcir, are joint'tl to a fulisianiive ; as •'>«»/ book," "yoMtpeii." Mine.,
thine, hers, ours, yours, ana thcfrs, ar« used without a suljstaniive.
which is, liowever, undersiocxl though not expressed ; as, " this book
is mt«c," " iliis pen is Mi//c."
The distribuitve pronouns are, each, every, either, neither ; nnd nre
8o called because ihey relate to person or thini»s tl)at make up a nuiU'
ber, as taken se[)arately and sin<;lv ; as, " c«c/i of his coujpuiiions;'
" every person must account for himself." " I have not seen ctlhoi
«f ihem ;" " have you seen neither of my comrades ?"
Tlie demonstrative pronouns particularly point out the subjt'ct lo
which they relate ; as, " th, \ is real munificence, that is by no means
so." This refers to the nearest person or thuii?, and that io i!»e more
distant; as, •' this tree is higher than <//«<." This indicates the lat-
ter or last mentioned; that the former or first mentioned; as, ''an
nrmy, as well as a Heet, is necessary to the security of a state; t/itf
from aitacku by sea, that from those by land." Thts makes these in
tJie plural ; and that makes those.
Jndelinite pronouns are those which express their subjects in a gen-
eral and indefinite manner; as, *^sornc men are virtuous, others vi-
cious." The following are of this kind ; some, other, any, one, all,
mch, <SfC. Of these pronouns, one and other alone are varied; us, o/tc,
one's ; other, othcr^s. *
Of Verbs.
A cerb is a word which signifies to be, to do, or to sulfer ; as, I atn,
I rufc. I am ruled. A verb may be known by its making sense with
any of the personal pronouns, or by placing the word to before it ; as,
I tcrite, you play, they toil ; or to write, lo play, to toil. There are
three sorts oi verbs, the active or transitive, the neuter or intransitive,
and the passive.
An active or transitive verb is so called, because the action passes
to some object ; as, '• / love virtue.^' Here / is the agent, love the
verb, and virtue the object.
A verb neuter or intransitive is that wliich may denote an action or
not, but it has no efl'ect upon any tiling beyond the agent ; as, 7 sit, 1
walk. A verb neuter may be known from a verb active by putting
the pronoun it to the verb, and if it mnke sense, it is active, but oth-
erwise neuter ; for a verb neuter will not take a substantive after it.
A verb passive is that which expresses bearing or suft'ering, as ii
declares what is sufl'ered by the nominative or person before it; and
necessarily implies an aa:ent or actor, either expressed or understood,
as, "you are punished by John." Here Jb/m is the agent or actor,
are punished the passive verb, so called because its nominative case
yeu is the passive subject, or that which receives the action.
Verbs with regard to their inHection, are divided into regular, irre-
gular, and defective. A regular verb ibrms its tenses and partici])ie«
■PBLLINO BOOK.
140
lo i:h' more
according to the umal inudes. Irrrs^ular verbs are taose which bor^
ruw thfir lenHcs and pnriiciples Cioin uihcr verbs; or lurni tbem coii-
trarv to the usual mode. Defeciivu verbs are those which are only
used ill some of their moods and tenses; as, am, can, wtll, ice. An
auxiliary verb is one that is put before another verb to denote th«
time, or signify the mood, or manner of a verb. They are do, be, have,
thall, wtll, may, can, with their vuriationn; und let and must which
have no variation. To verbs belon:^ number, person, mood, and tense
-■"■■• Of the Participle. •'
A participle is a certain form o{ the verb, and partakes of the nature
both uf the verb and the adjective. There are three participles; the
ore«eut, wh»:h ends in tni,''; tiie perfect, which ends in e</; and the
<X)m pound perfect ; &9, lovtnij;, loved, having loved. ,. • , \
♦li *• • Number and Person. '
Verbs have two numbers, the singular and the plural ; as, / tvnU
mt write ; and in each number three persons ; as, •Mr
singular.
First person - •
Second Person-
Third person •
I write,
Thou writest,
He writes.
plural.
We write,
You write.
They write.
Of Moods.
Moods signify the various ways of expressing our intentions. There
m.xe tive moods ; the indicative, the imperative, tiie potential, the sub"
funcltve, and the infinitive.
The indicative mood simply indicates or declares a thing ; as, " ]
learn, I do not learn," or else it asks a question ; as, '^ dost thou learn ?
dost thou not learn ?"
The imperative mood cr- uands, exhorts, entreats, or forbids ; as
•• Fear God; honour the iving; love your neighbour as yourself."
The potential mood xpresses a thing as possible, and implies lib-
erty, power, will, or obligation ; as, " I may love, it may ram, I can
ride, he should learn."
The subjunctive mood implies a condition, will, or supposition;
and commonly depends upon another verb, and is also preceded by a
conjunction, expressed or understood ; as, " I will go, though you
chide me." "Were he good, he would be happy ;" that is, "if he
were good," &c.
The infinitive mood expresses a thing in a general and indetermi
nate manner, without any distinction of number or person; as, "tt
act, to speak, to be feared." This mood is known by the preposition
to coming before the verb; as, " to love."
Of Tense.
\
w •
Tense signifies the distinction of time, which consists of six varift*
im
THE CANADA
tion« ; iht present, the imperfect, the perfect, the pluperfect, and th4
fir»l and second future.
The present tense represents an action or event as passing at thf
time when it is mentioned ; as, '* I write, T do write, or 1 am writing*
Do, am, with their infiectiuns, are the signs of this tense.
The imperfect tense represents an action as passed indeterminately
or as remaining unfinished at a certain time past ; as, *^ I loved he
for the sweetness of her mind." " She was playing on the pian'
when I saw her." The signs are did and was, willi their intieciions.
The perfect tense not only refers to what is passed, but also has a«i
Allusion to the present time; as, "I have learned my lesson;" "J
have learned the lesson that was recommended to me.
The pluperfect tense represents a thing not only completely fin-
ished, but also as finished prior to some other time specified in th«
sentence; as, "I had learned my lesson before you came in." Its
signs are had and liad been, with their inflections.
The first future tense represents the action as yet to come, defi-
nitely or indefinitely, that is, with or without respect to the precise
lime; as, "the sun will rise lo morrow ai Jire o^nlock,^^ definitely;
" the sun will rise to-morrnw,'^ indefinitely. This tense is known By
the signs shall or will, or shall he, or will be.
The second future represents the action to be fully accomplished at
or before the tin»e of another future action or event ; as, " I shali
have finished my writing at or before twelve o'clock." Shall have and
nail have been, are the signs of this tense.
Conjugation.
The conjugation of a verb is the method of varying it through all
the |)ersons, numbers, moo<ls and tenses. The variation of the activa
verb is called the active voice ; that of the passive verb, the passive
voice.
The auxiliary and active verb to have is conjugated in the followia|
(uamier: —
TO HAVE.
INDICATIVE MOOD
\ '"
Present Tense.
Pers. Sing.
Pers. Plu,
1. I have,
2. Thou hast,
3. He, she, or it
1. We have,
2. Ye or you have,
hath or has. 3. They have.
Imperfect Tense.
1. I had,
2. Thou hadst,
3. He, kc. had.
1. We had,
2. Ye or you had,
3. They had.
SPELLING BOOK.
Iftt
! '■ I
come, defi*
he precise
definitely i
known by
nplished at
5, "I shali
U have and
hroucfh aU
the active
iie pas«ivf
! followioi
Sing.
Per*
1. I have had,
2. Thou hast had,
3. He has had.
1. I had had,
2. Thou hadst had,
3. He had had.
(Ml
Perfect Tense.
Pers. Plu. i*. '4
1. We have had,
■• > ' 2. Ye or you have had,
"1. -i 3. They have had.
Pluperfect Tense.
1. We had had,
2. Ye or you had had.
3. They had had.
First Future Tense.
.vt^\
<\
A
1. I shall or wZ.1 have,
2. Thou shalt or wilt have,
3 He shall or will have.
1. We shall or will have, ^
2. Ye or you shall or will haT«,
3. They shall or will have.
Second Future Tense.
1. I shall have had, I. We shall have had,
2. Thou wilt have iiad. 2. Ye or you will have had,
3 He will have had. 3. They will have had.
Query. What is the indicative mood ? (Repeat the definitioa./
Imperative Mood.
1. Let me have, 1. Let us have,
2. Have thou, or do thou have, 2. Have ye, or do ye or you hart
3. Let him have. 3. Let them have.
What is the imperative mood ?
'. ■ POTENTIAL MOOD. ' ^ ^^
Present Tense.
1. i may or can have, 1. We may or can have,
2. Thou mayst or canst have, 2. Ye or ydU may or can have.
3. He may or can have. 3. They may or can have.
Imperfect Ter^se.
Pers. Sing.
1 . I might, could, would or should have,
2. Thou mighst, couldst, wouldst or shouldst have,
3. He, might, could, would or should have. , ' '
Pers. Plu.
1. We might, could, would or should have,
2. Ye or you might, could, would or should have,
S, They mig;ht, could, would or should have. ' L
iW
THE Canada
Per/tct Teiue. '
Ptr». Sing. ' Pera. Pin. ■" '
A. 1 may or can have had, -^V' 1. We may or can have had.
2. Thoii mayst t^rcausi have had, 2. Ye or you may or can have ha4,
3 He may or can have had. 3. They may or can liave had.
Pluperfect Teiue,
Pera. Sing. .Ur-i Ufa; \ .■.
! I mijfht, could, would or should have had, *> ii ^
2. Thou mighsi, could-st, wouldsi or shouldsi haveliad,
3. He might, could, would or should liave had.
Pert. Pin. ....^^^; ,._^,. .. .■
1. We miijht, could, ijrould or should have had,
2. Ye or you might^(^ld, would or should have had,
3. They might, could, would or should have had.
What is the potential mood ?
. ,: ■..'.,. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD. ' ',
u
'«r.t. Sing.
1. If I have,
2. If vou have,
3. If he have,
Present Teiite.
Pera. Phi.
, >, tt 1. If we have,
2. If ye or you nave,
3. If they have.
What is the suhjunctive mood? .;.,;> ;
■ INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present, to have. Perfect, to have had. Future, to be about to have
What is the infinitive mood ?
PARTICIPLES.
Present or activt
Perfect or jHi.taive
Compoutul perfect
Having,
Had,
Having had.
:! K
Oftht Conjugation of Regular Verba, -\
■ ■■••- ■■■■■ ACTIVE. •• ■ I ■ •• ■'-■ ■• "
Verbs active are called regular, when they form their imperfety
tense of the indicative njood, and their perfect participle, by adding
to the verb ed or d, only when the verb ends in c ; as,
Present. ■*' ' Imperfecta' • ' ' ' ■ Perf. Part.
I leafn, ' '. In I learned, ,!,'.','/. Learned
I love,
3Vi!,
I loved,
U"
Loved
SPI^LLTNO BOOK.
m>
i regular verb active is conjugated in tlie fullowing mannei "
TO LOVE, 'i*^' 'ir«"i
>vo. i.u.uul- INDICATIVE MOOD. ;.^, ;;
J .>» Present Tense. 'J>» -
Per*. P/tt.
,.;.-i Ui?..a., "u. s;,|. We love,
^ Yt or you (
3. He, she or it loveth or iove« 3. They love.
Imperfect Tense.
^iiil i -I
1. I love,
2. Thou iOV«!»k,
r.'\
.ifi-
,..'1; .1,
1. I .ovea,
2. Thou loveJst,
3. He loved.
1
1. We loved,
2. Ye igm^ou loved,
3. Thep^ved.
»;ili iU.^i
1. T have loved,
2. Thou hast loved,
3. He has loved.
1. IhaU . -. :,
2. ThoL ' .loved,
3. He had loved.
Perfect Tense. ' ^ • t '
1. We have loved,
2. Ye or you have loved,
3. They have loved.
Pluperfect Tense. ' "•
1. We had loved,
2. Ye or vou had loved,
r : ' 3. They had loved.
M
JPtraZ Future Tense.
1. I shall or will love, 1. We shall or will love,
2. Thou shall or will love, 2, Ye or you shall or will love,
3. He shall or will love. 3. They shall or will love.
I'.
,'«<<-/ i. , Second Future Tense. , , .
1. I shall have loved, , , 1. We shall have loved,
2. Thou wilt have loved, 2. Ye or you will have loved,
3. He will have loved. 3. They will have loved.
IMPERATIVE MOOD* ,
1. Let me love, 1. Let us love.
2. Love thou, or do thou love, 2. Love ye or you or do ye love,
3. Let him love. ... 3. Let them love.
■' ;. •?! til-
■/ l
POTENTIAL MOOD.
Present Tense. :
I. I mrty or can love, 1. We may or can Tove,
J?. Tuuu uiayst or canst love, 2. Ye or you nmv or can loyo^ '
3. He aiuy or con love. ^ They niay or can love.
:'i ;--fl ■■■>'(. ^:,n ,
"'■■•1 .
■i.\ •
IM
THB CAHADAj
■ ■ -'..ih ,1; ',,hnperfeci Tente* ^ ■.,> -t, iv;.,v ;;,:. vv,
1. I might, could, would or should love,
i. Thou mightst, couldst, wouldst or shouldst love
3. He might, could, would or should love.
Pera. Plu.
1. We might, could, would or should love, .^ ■ .
3. Ye or you might, could, would or should love, ''^ .-!
3. They might, could, would or should love. "[ '.
ftta.
Sing.
Perfect Tenee,
Pera.
Plu.
1. 1 may or can have lovd^ 1. We may or can have loved,
2. Thou mayst or canst hsVloved, 2. Ye or you may or can have loved
3. He may or can have loved. 3. They may or can have loved.
Pluperfect Tense, it
Pera. Sing. > '■■ * .
1. I might, could, would or should have loved, ■*
2. Thou mightst, couldst, wouldst or shouldst have loved,
3. He might, could, would or should have loved.
Pera. Plu.
1. We might, could, would or should have loved, ,
a. Ye or you might, could, would or should have loved,
3. They might, could, would or should have loved.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present Tense
Perfect
Future
To love.
To have loved.
To be about to love.
PARTICIPLES.
Present or active
Perfect or pas^ve
Compound perfect
Loving,
Loved,
Having loved.
/ ...,: , . , , Conjugation of the Regular Verba.
PASSIVE.
Verbs passive are called regular, when they form their passive (m^
licipie by the addition of d or ed, to the verb; as, from the verb "i#
tove" is formed the passive, " I am loved^
Note. — The pupil should be taught to conjugate the paaaive verb **/
iovtdy* ^c. through all tht moods and teiuteu. ^
2. Som
iame; as
3. Som
pariioiple,
P
' i
Peru S
1. I wri
2. TJiou
3. He w
1. I wrc
2. Thou
^. He w
Note. — !
wtoodSf are <
Defective
Moods and
SPBLLINO BOOK.
161
,iV:
Irregular Verb$.
«'••»« 1
Irre^lar verbs diflfer from ihe regular in the formation of their im-
wrfecl le it, and iheir perfect particij/le ; as,
Present. Imperfect. , JPerfect or Pass. Part,
know, • • knew, >:i« >' - known. '' ■'
Irregular verbs are of various kinds. 1. Some have their presen
tense, imperfect tense, and passive participle the same ; as,
Present. . Imperfect, Perfect or Paso. Part, ' ■'■■
v4
cast,
cut.
cast,
cut,
cast,
cut.
;.;ll)
2. Some have their imperfect tense and perfect participle the
iame; as, jj^
Imperfect.
wfect or Pass. Part.
sent,
lent.
Present.
send, • • sent,
lend, • • lent,
3. Some have their present tense, imperfect tense, and passive
priioiple, ail dilferent; as,
Present. Imperfect. Perfect or Pass. Part.
give,
do
gave,
did,
given,
done.
Pert. Sing.
1. I write,
2. Thuu writest,
3. He writes.
»,■■-•
1. I wrote,
2. Thou wrotest,
\ He wrote.
Conjugation of the irregular verb, to write.
TO WIUTE.
WiDlCATlVE MOOD.
Present Teiue.
Pers. Plu.
1. We write,
2. Ye or you write,
3. They write.
Imperfect Tense. \- i' '
1. We wrote,
2. Ye or you wrote,
3. They wrote.
w 9u Mkm
Note. — The following tenses in this mood, and all tki U
Wioods, are conjugated the same as in verbs regular.
Defective Verbs.
Defective verbs are those which can be used only w anM ^ llNT
Mouds and tanses; as, _ .^ ,,< r t
III
m
m
156
THE CANADA
Present.
can
may
must
siinll
will
uught
Jntfierfect,
could
might
shouJd
would
Perfect or Ptua, ParU
in'V
ii>*
! 'J. m \
,r.. 1 -• . Impersonal Verh$y >■ ' ; . i *• i-.
Are those wiiich are defective in point of p*:fson, and cannot bi
eunJM:L;au>d with any other nominative than the pronoun t<, as m ihi
fol lowing manner : —
INDICATIVE MOOD. , .
Present tense j^ - - It rains, i.
Imperfect or Poffmnse • It rained,
Future tense
It will rain.
'•/)': ^.
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
Let it rain. ,
POTENTIAL MOOD.
Present - - - - It may or can rain,
Past or Imperfect - • It might or could rain
SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present - - - - If it rain,
Past or Imperfect - - If it rained.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Present - - - - To rain,
Pnst ----- To have rained.
Future - - - - To be about to ra-'n.
PARTICIPLES.
^-ttmt ... - Raining,
perfect - - - - Rained,
'nmpound Perfect
Having ramea.
€xcrcue %n fursvng^ on the Articky Adjective^ Svbstantive, Pronxm . Kt /»«
1. I love him.
2. Lei them stay.
3. Prepare your lessons.
4. You may be happy. y,
5. Keep your books clean.
6. The person whom I saw this morning is come ' \
7. That picture is delightful. . ^^
8. Lei us imj)rove ourselves. u . " ' '^
9. I am sincere. ' ' .. ..,,,( ,.,. .• .
10. Thou an respected.
■SuS^-
SPELLING BOOK.
157
•i«i.
r. . i • Questto7is. ' .».•> *
Article^ Suhstnnn*«, Adjective, as before.
Pronmn. — Wliai kind* Person? Gendei? Number? Case? Why?
Verb. — What kind * Active, passive or neuter? Regular, irregular,
or defective ? Mood? Tense? Number? Person V — Why? If a par*
ii« ipie, why? Active or passive? — From what verb derived?
. .,.,.:v,., Us A .. I love htm. »'.;,v r • :, ,,»\-
What part of speech is I ? A pronoun. — Why ? Because it is used
Instead ol' luy own name. — What kind ? Person^!, becaus'j it rehites
to a person, — What case is H TJje nominative.— Wiiy? Because it
£onies before and cfoverns the verb. — What jiart of speech is love?
A verb.— How do you know it to be a verb ? Because wiiaiever word
denotes heinij;, rf«n'«^ or suffer in q;, is a verb. — What kind ? Active.-—
Wjjy ? Because it implies action, and lake^An accusative after it. Is
It transitive or intransitive? Transitive.— ^liy? Because the action
fias.ses over to some other person (or thing,) the subject of that action,
s love a regular or an irregular verb? A regular verb. — Why ? Be-
cause its imperfect tense and perfect participle end in ed. — What
mood ? The indicative. — Whj Jecause it simply declares or af-
firms. — What tense? The pre!^«kt. — Why ? Because it relates to the
present moment. — What numbf«tf7 The singular. — Why? Because it
sneaks but of on*. — What persa»f The first person. — Why ? Because
the person v^ho speaks is alwav>j» iJie first person; the person spoken
to is the second person ; and tne f4/rson spoken of is the third. — What
part of speech is him ? A pronoun. Of what sort ? Personal. — Ptepeat
the personal pronouns. 7, thnu, df —What person? Third person '
— What gender? The masculine. Why* Because it relates to tne
male kind. — What number? Singular; because it speaks but of one.
What case ? The accusative. — Why ? Because it receives the actiot
of the verb, and answers to the question tvhom'i or what? — What
voice, mood, tense, number, and j/erson, is love? The active voice,
indicative mood, piesont tense, singular number, and the first person.
Of Adverbs.
An adverb is a word joined to a verb, an adjective, and sometimes
to another adverb, to modify their actions or qualities ; as, *' he reads
well, a truly good man, he writes venj correctly.''''
Some adverbs have degrees of comparison like adjectives ; as, sooriy
iooner, soonest ; and those ending in ly are compared by more and
most ; as, bravely, more bravely, most bravely.
The adverbs most frequently used are those that relate to time
place, number, order, quality, certainty, contingence, negation, ex«
plaining, separation, joining together, indication, interrogation, excess
defect, preference, likeness or equality, unlikeness or inequality, abate-
ment and exclusion.
Those of lime are ; now, to-day, yesterday, &c. Of place ; where,
kercy there, ice. Of number; once, twice, kc. Of ovder, lastly, firstf
if
■f.'i
n
Trir
THE CANAOit
&c. Of quality ; tre//, ill, &c. Of certnlmy ; trtdy, tierily, &c.
coniingcnce; haply ^ perchance, kc. Of negation; not, not at all, &c.[
Of explainini^ ; to wil, namely, &c. Of separaiiua ; apart, separately I
&c. Of joining loa:ellier; gvnerally, together, &c. Of indication;!
lo, behold, k.ij. Of inierrt^alion ; why, where/ore, &c. Of excess I
very, much, ice. Of defect; almost, little, kc. Of preference ; ra^/ierJ
chiefly, &c. Of likeness; so, as, as tf, &c. Of unlikeness ; othennsnA
tlse, Ace. Of abatement ; by degrees, scarcely, &c. Of exciu»ioa
only, ice.
Prepositions.
Prepositions serve to connect words with one another, and to show!
their relation, situation, or the reference between them , as, *' btj
went/r«m Peterboro', through Port Hope, to Cobourg.''
The following are the principal prepusitiuns, namely, to, at, before\
Qgainst, about, without, OMween, among, within, for, by, through, be*]
tides, except, after, since, until, behind, above, beyond, out, upon, ever,
of, unto on, from, with, in, into, kc. 'I'hey are called pre|H).siti(m»,
because (iiey are generally placed before the words to which they
Itfer; as, "The kingdom of heaven is prepared /or the righteous.'*
Conjunctions.
A conjunction is used to connect sentences together, so as out of two I
lo make but one sentence. It sometimes connects only words. There |
are two sorts of conjunctions, the copulative, and tiie disjunctive.
The conjunction copulative serves to connect or to continue a sen-
tence, by expressing an addition ; as, " you and I are healthy, because \
we are lemperaie." The conjuticiion disjunctive no' only coimecis
ind continues the sentence, bui also iipplies an opposition or dillerence
of meaning; as, "Though 1 have often attempted to learn it, yeti
eannoi succeed."
The principal copulative conjunctions are, and, tf, because, tha'
\oth,for, therefore, then, since, wherefore. The principal disjunctiv*
conjunctions are yet, notwithstanding, but, then, though, either, or
as, unless, neither, nor, lest, nevertheless.
That is sometimes a pronoun ; for is sometimes a preposition ; as,
lh'.y, and since, are sometimes adverbs.
Corresponding conjunctions are such as answer to each other in tn«
construction of a sentence; as. Though or although is answered by
yet, or nevertheless. Whether and either are answered by or. Neither
s answered by nor. As is answered by so. So is answered by as oi
hat. For example — Although she is not young, yet she is handsome.
Whether it were yoti or I. It was either this book or that. It wa«
vr'.her the one nor the other. It is as white as snow. As with th«
ttervant so with the master. It is so obvious that I need not n\«a«
lion it. •
Interjections.
An interjection is a word denoting any sudden affection or emotion
f
SPELLtNO BOOK.
169
y, &c. I
! at all, &c,L
separately I
indication;!
Of vxceu L
ice ; ra//ier,|
; o/Aenna«,
exclusion
ind to fthowl
1 1 as, ** hffl
0, at, Ae/bre,|
throu)(h, 6e*|
, upoiiy ever.
pre|X)Miii(m\|
wiiicii they
righiuuus."
s out of two
urds. Tliere I
unctive.
iiinue n sen*
Itliy, becauH '
ily coiinecis
or din't^rence
am it, yet' I
ecause, tha'
I disju»cliv%
either, or
)osition ; 04,
1 other in tn«
mswered by
or. Neither
ered by as ot
is handsome,
lat. It wai
As with th«
ed not n)ea>
I or emotioQ
il the «nin.< , »», " 0, how delightful .'" The principal interjectioni
fcre, ak : ate^* . O^ fie! hush ! hail ! behold !
EserMuct m Parsing upon all the Parts of Speech*
Praise the Lord, my soul ! while I live will I sing praises unto my
^rod, and while I have any being.
Wliat part of speech is praise f A verb, for it denotes something to
ne done. — What mood is the verb in ? The imperative, because it ex*
fjorts or commands. — What person? The second person singular,
oraise thou, or do thou praise. — What part of speech is the f A deti*
oite article. — Whv is it definite? Because it points out a particular
object— the adorable Creator. — What part of speech is Lord f Lord
is liere taken for the proper name of our great Creator and Preserver}
it is of the singular number, because it speaks but of one ; accusativ*
case. — Why is it the accusative case ? Because it follows the active
verb praise, and answers to the word whom or what, — What part of
speecli is 0? An interjection. — Why is it an interjection ? Because it
is inserted to express a sudden passion or emotion of the mind.—
What part of speech is my ? A possessive pronoun. — Why is it called
possessive ? Because it implies possession or property. — What part of
speech is soul? A sulstantive common, of tiie second person, singu-
lar number, and the vocative case. — Why is it a substantive common 1
Because it belongs to all of a kiixi, for the vital or active principle ol
all mankind is called the soul. — How is it known to be m the voca-
tive case ? Because it is called or spoken to ; hence it is also known
to be in the second person, that is, do thou praise, or raise up all thy
affections to magnify his goodness. — What part of speech is while f
An adverb.— Of what sort ? Of time, and is equivalent to all the time,
— What part of speech is J? A pronoun personal, nominative case to
live, first ])erson (speaking of himself) singular number. — What part
of speech is live ? A verb neuter. — How do you know it to be a verb
neuter? Because it merely expresses being, meaning. As long as 1
exist mil I praise the Lord — What mood ? Indicative mood which
affirms ; first person, singular number, present tense. — Will I sing, of
I will sing ? J, as before ; will auxiliary verb, sign of the future tense
will sing a compound verb, first future tense, indicative mood; active.
—What part of speech is praises? A substantive common, neutei
gender, plural number, accusative case, because it comes after the
iclive verb sing. — What part of speech is unto? A preposition, shew-
ng tiie relation of the two nouns, praises and God. — What case has
1 preposition after it? The accusative case. My? As before. — Wha
part of speech is God? A substantive, (the same as Lord,) in the ar
1 tusative case, being preceded by a preposition. — What part of speecli
IS and ? A copulative conjunction, because it joins. While I? The
dame as before. — What part of speech is have ? A verb active ; indi-
fative mood, present tense, singular number. It is generally used a»
«r. auxiliary verb, but here it is a principal. — What part of speech i»
\nny? An adjective; one of those which do not admit of compariso'i.
m
m
IfK)
THB CANADA
Whv is n nn ndicctive? Kecause it modifies vne noun, denoting ■
particular property lieloniyini? to ii ; moreover, as it has no vubsiunrt
of its own, it is dependent on, and inherent ui the ncjun, anH will nol
•tnnd without it, either expressed or umlersiood — Whj»f pan of
speech is being? A substantive nhsiract, signifying existence, neiUe»
gender, sinsrular number, accusative case. — How do you know it in in
the accusative case ? Because it follows have., and answers J" thequev
tu>a whom or wliat ; as, uihtle I have — what i Any being or fx-.sUna.
t tf
nil"'
'/"■ " ^ ^ ■"' RULES IN SYNTAX. '/ '^.
1. Every nominative case, except tne case absolute, or wnen an
Address is made to a person, beloiigs to some verb expressed or under-
•tood.
2. When a nominative case neither refers to a verh, nor is used in
addressing, it is called absolvlp ; as, the door he'\x\g open, / entered.
3. The accusative case is tjoverned either by a preposition or by
verbs and participles used transitively; as, *' with me ; he hears me,
loving me.
4. The possessive case denotes the person or object of which some
Suality or possession is asserted ; as, •• .hkri's industry, Richard^i
ook ; industry is the quality of John, and book is the properly of
Richard.
5. The possession or quality is sometimes understood ; as, " I
called at the bookseller^ s^"*"* the possession shop beinij understood.
6. When possessives are connected by conjunctions, theapostrophic
'5 i* annexed to the last only ; as, " David and Jonathan's friendship."
But when any words intervene, the '.v is annexed to every possessive;
as, "He had the surgeon''s as well as doctor\s advice."
7. When a clause uf a sentence, beginnins; with a pnrtici]'le, is used
to express one idea or circumstance, the noun, on which the circum-
stance depends, is put in the possessive case; as, " What is the rea-
son of Williarn's dismissing his servant so hastily ?
8. When two nouns come toi^c'tJier, signifying the same person or
thing, the latter is in tht? same case as the former, by apposition; as
** Solomon the son of David, was king of Israel." Solomon, son, and
king signify the same person, and are therefore in '^he sajne case.
9. Every adjective, and every adjective pronoun, belongs to a sub-
stantive, expressed, or understood : as, "/ctt are happy," that is "per-
on.? ;" " the oreew," that is, "co/owr;" " on the co/ifrrtry," that is,
' side.''
10. The pronoun adjectives, which have a plural form, must agree
in number with their nouns; as, this book, these books; that sort
Mo.vc sorts ; anoi/icr road, o^/tcr roads.
11. Adjeci'ves must not be applied as adverbs ; as " miserable poor '
instead of " miserably poor."
12. Double comparatives and superlatives should be avoided; as, »
•* werser conduct ; the most strailest sect."
8PRLLING BOOK.
101
"••e, neutei
13. Adjectivmi that admit neither increase nor denreast of tignifi-
eation, cHnnot be cumparcd; A^^rtgfU, Irueyumversal^ perfecty chtt/^
circix/ar, Jjc.
14. Personal prunouns have the same construction as the nouns for
which they stiind.
lo. Per^unal pronouns are not employed in the same part of a sen*
tfnce as liienouti which they represent; as, the king he is just.
l(j. The personal pronouns must not be used tor these and those; OM^
" give nie them books;" instead of " thone books."
i7 The genitive its is improperly used for tt is ; as, " its my book ;"
nstend of " tl is my booi.."
15. The neuter pronoun it is applied to nouns and pronouns, what*
ever may be their gender, or number ; as, " it ts he, tl is she, tt u they,
tt ts the hoofis."
19. Each, every, either, a^ree wit'i nouns, pronouns, and verbs of
iio sinaular number; each follows his own pursuit; every tree u
Known by tis fruit.
)iO. Either is used improperly instead of each ; •* the King of Eng-
land, and the Kiug of France, sat either of them on his throne."
21. Wlicn two persons or ihiniis are s|xjken of in a sentence, and
there is occasion to mention them ac^ain, tliat is used in reference to
the frirmer, and this in reference to tiie latter. "I prefer summer to
winter; that is warm, this is cold."
22. Every relative relates to an antecedent expressed or understooil,
with which ilie relative must agree in person, gender, and number,
/ who speak, thou ivhi lovest, the dogs which bark.
2'A. If a nominative does not come between the relative and verb,
the rt'lntive shall be the nouiinaiive to the verb; as, Ae who speaks
little is wise.
24. If a nuniinative come between the relative and verb, the rela-
tive is governed by some word in its own member of the senierjce*
liS, (iod, whom we worship, by whoie gift we live, and by whom all
ihinus are made, is eternal.
25. Wlien the relative is preceded by two nominative cases of dif-
ferent perr»i«is, the relative must agree with the latter; / am the
pcifiou vh:> writes to you.
2'). As is often used as a relative; " they are such comforts as we
ran obtain ; the conditions are as follow." (In the first example, ni
is tl) ; objective after obtain ; in the secend, as is the plutal nominative
to follow.)
27, In grave writing, the relative should not be omitted; as, the
Rdd v^hnni we worship ; not the God we worship.
2S. The pronoun lliat is used in preference to who or which. \.
Afier an '.idjeciive in the superlative degree, as, " it was the best that
\ ciiiild procure." 2. After the word same, as, " the same that I saw
^♦•^'♦'iiliiv." 3. After who used in a question, as, *' who that has any
senst" (•!' dtiiy would act thus?" 4 When persons make but part o\
the untei'ctlenl, as, " the men and things that he has been.*'
162
TIIK CANADA
20. When the relative who follows than, the relmive musi he in the!
abjfclivt; cii^e ; iws, "AKretl, tJitm whom a cfreuter kiiij; tu'ver reifriu-d."!
Mf). A verf) iJirrees wiili iis iiDininalive in iiuniber aiiii pL-rson ; as]
' I pursue, lie plays, tiie trees fall." The nominative \h knuwn bvl
piiiiin:^ liic (juesiidn t<;Af)? or what? with the verh; as, '* Joiin reads,"!
Who rendu? John.
r{l. Nouns are of the third person when spoken o/, nnd ihe «ecoAi|
n heii spiikt'ii to.
'i2. TIk- intinitive mood, or a part of a sentence, is often put as the!
ooiniiiaiivc \u I lie verb; as, to walk is pleasant, to view the charms oj\
nii/iirr is |)lt'iisi(iil. |
M3. When I wo or more nominatives in the sinj;,rular number are'
coniit'cU'd by ilie (;uiijuiiciiun anri, expressed or understood, the verbs, I
.louiis ami pronouns, which refer to tii»'m,niust be in the ]>hual iiuin-j
ber; u«, 'S'o*;»v//e.saiKl H/ulo were wise, /At'wi/;t'r<; eminent ;jAi/».v(>;;Aer.»."
31. ir the siiifrular nominatives which are joined together byrt7try,|
be of dillVreiii persons, in makinc; the plural pronoun agree with iheni
in jiersoii, the secoiul lakes place of ihe third, and the first of both;]
as, "James, and thou, and I, are attacheti to our country." " Thou
and he shared it between you.'
'.i'). When I wo or more nominative cases singular are connected by
the C(;njuiKnions <»?•, ni>r, either, neiiher, the nouns, pronouns, and verbs, |
which refer to the n<jminatives, must be in the sinj:fular number; as,
•fear or jeahmsy prevails-; neither power nor wealth avails."
3(3. When sinirular nominatives of difl'erent person or numbers are
joined by or, either, nor, neither, the verb must airree in number with
thai nomiiiaiive which is placed nearest to it; ^^ he ox \\\9 brothers were
there; neithur you nor 1 am concerned "
37. The iiiHoiiive mocjd is known by the sign to, and may depend
upon verbs, jiarii'^'nles, adjectives, or substantives: as, "/ desire to
learn, desinui^to learn, desirous to /earn, a desire to learn."
38. The siijn to is omitted after hid, dare, need, make, see, hear, feel^
let, and a few others ; as, " I bade him do it ; ve dare not do it ; 1 saxo
him do it; I heard him say ii; thou lettcst him ffo."
3!». The iiitiuiiive mood is often used independently of the rest ol
the senieiK-e; as, " lo confess the truth, / was in fault."
40. Transitive verbs govern the objective case; as, "I love him^
God rules the world."
41. The auxiliary /c/ jroverns the objective case; as, "1^ wjccfo."
•\2. Partici|)K's lake the nature of adjectives; '■''men jiroj'essing lo
f)e wise, became fools;" 'professini; agrees as an adjective with the
noun men.
43. The participle is employed as a noun. " I am tired with walk-
tng^ i. e. with the walk ; liis being wou7ided, i. e. his wound, was the
cause of j.ain."-
44. When the participle in ing has an article before it, it is followed
by of ; " by the observing of rules we avoid mistakes ; this was •
Straying of the trust "
SPRLMNO BOOK.
163
*
lumber nrel
I, the verbs, I
l>luinl huin-l
i/<i.si)pherx,^*\
her hy (ni(J,\
with them
•St of lioilk ;|
." "T/iaw!
mneoteil by
;, and verbs,
umber; jis, |
Is."
umbers are
miber with
others were
nay depend
/ desire la
, /ii:a.r, feel^
o it ; 1 saw
the rest ol
love him^
nfe.'ixi7i>r lit
e with the
with wa/k'
id, was the
is followed
this was •
4.^ Pnrticiplos of n irnnsitive siorniHcntioni^oTem an objective cane,
t», '' 1 am tired with hearing; him.*'
4f>. The participle may he uiril indepetidenily ; as, "his conduct,
generally speakiui^, i« honourable."
47. The perlec. participle ol certain intransitive verbs, (rhielly such
ns sijrnify motion or chaiicfe of condition,) follow o/n or havt ; as, I am
arisen; I A^/ re arisen ; I //m come; I Ar/ir come.
48. The perfect participle must not be used instead of the miperfect
•.ense ; '* he beifutj, li)r " he bej^an ;" " he run," for " he ran ;" ** he
•lrunl{" for " he drank."
4!». The perfect participle, aru. not the iii»perf('<".t tense of the verb,
must always be u^ed after the auxiliaries //^//v; and he; as. " I harf.
he^'itn" " it was irnllmi ,"" and not •' I hnri: hnsnn ;"' '* it mu-i t/*r<»/r."
oO. The objective ciise, after intransitive veif»s, is usjially ffoverned
Dy a preposition, or some oiiur word understood; he rcuded (during
or for) many t/tnrx.
61. Intransitive verbs must not be used transitively' as. ! repent
me, for I reptnl; transitive verbs must not be ust-d intransitively; ab,
** I will premise with this, /'or I will premise iliis."
[Vi. Verbs intransiiive admit an (jbje(!tive cast' of ihe sa'.ieor si-nj.
jar siunifi('aii(jn ; as, "lo run a race, to dream a dream."
oil. The verb to he is followed l)y the same case that preceded it;
as, "Ac is a /<•«»/ ; f took hi>n to be a sch>/iir.*'
51. Adverbs must not be used as adjectives: as. "the tuioi ^d-
Pressed him in terms .tuitrifi/i/ to his olfeiice ;" suiinhlc.
00. Two ne:ri«iives in Kncrlish are e(juivalent to an allirniafive ; as,
* nor did they not percteive him:" that is, " they did pjreeive him."
5'). Prepositions ijovern the objective cuse; a>. " I have heard a
RootI character of her;''' "we may be good ami happy wiihoui rir.hts.''^
;57. The preposition should not he separated iVcn iie relative which
't iroverns ; as, ";/7»>/a« will thou give it /w .*'" instead of, " lo »,7»o//i
wilt thou give it ?"
o8. It is inelegant to separate the preposition from its noun, in ordei
lo connect dillerent prepositions with the same noun ; as, " he look it
,'ro/n, and then returned it to me."
59. Prepositions are often understood; as, " vjive (/»>) me the book,
pet {for) me some jiaper; he was banished {fnnn) ^"'nirlan*!; a wall
((//■)iwo feet thick; 1 envied him (/<>r) his feeling' "le asked ^<i/')
me my opinion."
()0. Conjunctions join the same tenses, numbers, and persons o*
•rerbs, and the same cases of noutis and proiKHins : as, " a dlliirent bov
'Ct// study and Icnrn; he and 1 were srliooj-fellov/.s."
<ii. When the conjunction implies somei'iiiiir (>ni)iinL''eni ordoubtful.
it is followed by the sul^jullctive mood: as, "he vvill not be pardi-'ned
'tn/ess he repent."
62. The interjections ! Oh! Ah I recpiire the objective case of a
(>ronoun in the first person after them • as, " me ! Oh me ! Ah me r
)ui the nominative casie in the s^^ person; as "0 thou oersecuiur*
Oh ye hypocrites !"
164
THE CANADA
ABBREVIATIONS COMMONLY USED IN WRITING AND PRINTING
A.. B. or B. A. {ar'-ti-um bac-
ca-lati,'~re-its.) Bachelor af
Arts.
A. D. {an'no Dom'-in-i.) In
the year of our Lord.
\. M. {an'-te me-rid'-i-cm.) —
Before noon. Or {an-no
mun'-di.) In the year of
the world.
A. U. C. {an' -nour' 'his con-di-
ta.) In the year of Rome.
Bart. Baronet.
B. D. {bac-ca-lau'-re-us div-in-
i-ta'-tis.) Bachelor of di-
vinity.
B M. (bac-ca lau'-re-us med-i-
ci-na.) Bachelor of medi-
cine.
Co. Company.
D. D. [div-in-it-a'-tis doc'-tor.)
Doctor in Divinity.
Do. (Ditto.) The like.
F. A S. {fra-ter-ni-ta'-tis an-
ii'qua-ri'O'-rum so'-ci-us. )
Fellow of the antiquarian
society.
F. L. S. [fra-ter-ni-ta'tis Lin-
ne-a'-na $o'-ci-us.) Fellow
of the Linnean Society.
F R. S. {fra-ter-ni-ta'tis re-
gi't so'-ci-us) Fellow of
the royal society.
F. S. A. Fellow of the society
of arts.
Ibid, {ib-i iem.) In the same
place
I. e. {id-est.) That is.
Inst. Instant, (or, Of tli
month.)
Knt. Knight.
K. B. Knight of the Bath.
K. G. Knight of the Garter. |
LL. D. {le-gum latarum doc
tor.) Doctor of laws.
M. D. {med-i-ci-noi doc-tor
Doctor of medicine. ".
Mem. {me-men'-to.) Remem-
ber.
M. B. {med-i-ci-nas bac-ca-lau
re-us.) Bachelor of medi.
cine.
Messrs. or MM. Messieurs or
Misters.
M. P. Men»ber of parliament
N. B. {no-ta be-ne.) Take no
tice.
Nem. con. or Nem. diss, nem-
i-ne con-tra-di-cen-te, ox
Nemi-ne dis-sen-ti-en-te, )
Unanimously.
No. {nu-me-ro.) Number.
P. M. {post me-rid''i-em.) Af
ternoon.
St. Saint, or Street.
Ult. {ul'-ti-mo.) Last, or o/
last month.
V. R. ( Victoria regi ma.) Vic
toria, queen.
Viz. ( Vi-dcV -i-cet^) Namely
&Lc.{ctcet-c-ra.) And so on,
And such like, cr. And th«
rest.
One •
Two -
Three
Four •
Five -
tf petite art
m
H
M
16
AO
<. -v^!'
) PRINTING
bac-ca-lau'X
or of medi-
Messieurs oi
One •
Two -
Three
I Four .
Five -
»ix - -
aeveu
Sight
Nine -
Ten -
Eleven
Twelve
Thirteen
Fourteen
Fifteen -
Sixteen
Seventeen
Eighteen
Nineteen
Twenty •
One thousand
. diss, nem,-
ccn-te, ot
'.n-ti-en-te. )
SPELLING BOeS.
FIGURES AND NUMBERS.
Twenty-one- -
Twenty-five- •
Thiny
Forty
Fifty
Sixty
Sev.inty - - - -
Eighty - - - -
Ninety - - - -
One hundred -
Two hundred -
Three hundred
Four hundred -
Five hundred -
Six hundred -
Seven hundred
Eight Jiundred
Nine hundred -
One thousand -
I6i
•f
Arabic.
Roman.
1 -'-.
I
. 2 - - .
II
3 - - ■
■ III
4 - - .
. IV
5 - - «
V
6 - - .
VI
7 - -
. VII
8 - - .
. VIII
9 - - .
. IX
10 - - .
X
11 - - •
. XI
12 - -
. XII
13 - - .
■ XIII
14 - -
. XIV
15 - - .
. XV
16 - - .
. XVI
a 17 - - .
. XVil
18 - - ■
. XVIII
19 - - .
. XIX
20
XX
Arabic.
21
2d
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
8oe
900
1000
Roman
XXI
XXV
XXX
XL
L
LX
LXX
LXXX
XC
C
CC
CCC
CCCC
D
DC
DCC
DCCC
DCCCC
M
eight hundred and forty. 1840. MDCCCXL.
NUMERATION TABLE.
Si
c."
SBHH
s « S"
B 3 O
n
i
r
5?
8
9 8
One.
Twenty-one
Throe Huiii]ri«l and twouty-oM.
4 tiiousaiitl 3-il.
54 thousauJ 331.
664 tliousaiid 391.
7 million 634 thousand 391.
37 million 664 tliuuiuud 3-.M.
987 niilliun 654 thuUKiiid 3-il.
ARITHMETICAL TABLES.
Pence Table.
s. d.
V pence are... I
to
K
M
16
AO
iltl
1
2
3
3
4
6 60
«. d.
t. d.
AO pence are.
$.d
70
li
80
M
90
'i 96 pence are.
0100
lOilOd .
OHIO
140 MB«« an.
4 144
8 liO 10
OIK%d ... 10
6U.'ij M
ItiU
180
■JOO
• ••••• •••
omo
11
13
19
IS
u
w
I
"!
1^
THE CANADA
:\t
MuUiplimtioH Table.
Tvice
3
are 4
6
mat
8
TX
10
U
V y
14
; .'-■
16
18
'JO
tt
'M
SU«m
n
■r« <>
9
13
! •(
li
- '•
IS
* y
31
9
34
9
37
10
30
11
33
13
3(i
4 timei 2 arc 8
3
13
4
la
4 time I A are 30
<>
34
7
■m
e
33
9
Sli
10
40
11
44
13
4S
«
kmet 3 are 10
3
16
4
30
A
3d
6
30
7
35
a are 40
9
45
10
50
11
AS
13
60
6 time* 3 are 13
3
Id
4
34
A
30
6
36
6 time* ? are 43
8
9
to
11
13
7 times 3
3
4
A
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
8 times 3 are 16
48
A4
60
66
73
U
31
38
35
43
49
56
63
70
77
84
3
4
A
6
7
3
34
33
40
46
56
64
8 time* 9 are 73
10 SO
, 11 «8
* 13 96
9 times 3 are 18
3
4
A
6
7
S
9
10
11
13
37
36
45
54
63
73
81
90
90
108
to times 3 arc 30
3
4
A
6
7
8
9
to
:<o
4U
50
60
70
80
90
100
rny Weight.
94 graiu* make 1 |)euuy weight.
SO |)«uuyweiglit* 1 uuitce.
13 uuuces •• I pouml.
lOtlmeslUrelli
13
13*
11
tiniua 3 are 3j
3
33
4
44
A
51
6
61
7
r
8
8.
9
y»
10
lie
i:
131
13
133
12
times 3 aru u
3
36
4
4(i
5
60
6
73
7
84
8
96
9
tU
10
I3(k
n
Ijf:
13
»*,
Apotuecaries^ iyeigltt.
M graiosmake 1 scru|«l«.
3 »cruj«l«» •••• i Uraiiu
b drams 1 ounce.
13 oui*ces 1 i»"Ui»d, _______
Avairdupoise Weigkt.
16 4rai«s Make •.••••• • I ouucv.
16 uuiM:e* 1 |>uuud.
fib |tuui»ds •••• 1 <{uarlur.
t tjttarlers ...• t hun dred weight.
EngUsk Long Measure.
3 barie)x:urus make 1 iuclt.
13 iiKJies t luut.
3 feet t prd.
6 feet • 1 I'alhom.
5^ yards •• 1 pole or percli.
40 |ioles 1 Curluug
8 t'urluut;s 1 mile.
3 miles i 1 lcak;u«*
60 Geograpliical, or ^ ... 1 decree oC a
Ji'Ji Eiigfisli miles. J ... gre at circle .
Cloth Measure.
4 lukili make 1 quarter.
4 i|tt:irters t yard.
jA ^u<'ut«n 1 Eiiijlish ell.
144
9
lOU
English Square Measure.
sijuare iitcites make • • 1 square foot,
square feet .......... 1 «qu;ti'» »trd.
square feet M »<iu>rb olMoor
I iug or lO'.nng.
30^ square yards 1 |ierch.
40 perches 1 rood.
4 roo<is 1 acre.
French Square Measure.
144 square inches make .. . t square fu 'it.
3(3 square leet 1 square loise.
9 square toises ........ . 1 square |ie"ch.
too square (lerches 1 ar|i«iiU.
Ens^is:-
1738 cubic iucite
'^■ubic Measure.
make... 1 cubic foot.
37 cubic feet | * J-'Jo'loHdo*
i. earth.
40 feet of roui;ii timber > , , , ,
50 feet hewii limber... i ' ^*"' ••• '"«''•
ship
43 feei iiiaKe
J'
ton of
ping.
French Long Measure.
13 liiMjs Malbe < 1 inch.
13 iuAitea 1 foot.
6 feet 1 (uisc.
3 toise* t perch.
10 perches 1 arpeiit.
IM arpeuu J ieugue.
French Cubic Measure.
1T38 cubic inches nialM: ... 1 foot.
316 cubic feet 1 tuis>;.
138 feet, rir.. 8 feet loug, 4 feet hUJ. •«•
4 feet thick, make t cord of woo^
IVine Measure.
4 gills make 1 pint.
3 pints I quart. ^
4 quarts 1 |,'allon.
63 (gallons i iiu(rshead.
84 L;allous 1 punclieou..
3 hogsheads I pipe or butt*
3 pijies I luu.
h
60
CO
24
7
6
A
4
8
t
i
5
4
i
3
i
X
^^fni
SPCLLINO BOOK.
167
Alf. and Beer Mecuure.
Ill »T lo«d.
t
i
3
pints make
quarts
g!«llon9
firkins
I quav.
I galioc.
1 tirkin.
I kilderkin.
kilderkins I bKrrel.
barrel .....•••• I lioi^sliead.
Iiogslifiids L butt.
Dry Meaaure.
(liitti inxkc 1 qunrt.
i|u:<rt9 •• I 1 );alluu.
gullouit pvcU.
|ie<:
ks •• 1 liuslicl.
bu.iheU •<
(|uarters
2 weyi
1 <|uiirltir.
1 wey.
1 last.
Minot of Canada.
9i> French cubic inches • ..• 1 Paris pot.
iO pots • 1 niiiK/i.
CO
CO
24
7
<C5!
Time.
seconds inakc 1 ininut«.
niiiiulRs 1 hour.
hours 1 «iay.
day 1 weelc.
days I year.
Cliirty days are in Sei>teinber,
April, June, and in November;
February ha.« twenty-eiKbt alone,
iiid all tliu rest have tliirty-oiie.
Now sum thciH u|), and let in« hear,
H«^ many days are in a year.
WoTE. — Every fourth, year, oi\^ day it ad
i imto Fdiruary,
'* ''' ' Aatroneviy.
00 thirds make 1 second* ^.v^
00 seconds 1 miuutn. ' '
CO mii'.utes 1 degreoi
30 degrees 1 sign.
!•-! sigiia A great circl*.
Commcrciat x\'umber.H.
I'l articles oTany kind ... 1 dozen.
13 do I long duz»a.
li <lo7.cn 1 groiis.
•M. nrti<:les 1 tciire.
t score 1 hundred.
6 score 1 great 100,
3 doz, skins |)arclinient . . 1 roll.
Q4 sheets paper 1 ipiiru.
'20 ijuires 1 ream.
- reams I bundle
Of Books.
Tlie largest site i*'—
Folio, which coutaini 3 leave* in t
sheet fol.
Quarto 4 leaves or 8 pages 4«.
Octavo b do or IC do iivo.
Duodecimo .13 do or 34 do 13i(t0.
Octodecimo .18 do or 3<) do iHtito,
-^ Phut, sign of addition,
— Mimut, " of sublractioD.
X Into, " of muliiplicatioa.
-S- By, " of divisiou.
= Equal.
: : : : Proportion.
PRACTICE TABLES.
Aliquot parts of a Pound, Skilling, ^e.
$, d.
10
6 ti
1 8
L 4
m<nd.
» » = tV
£
> « - tV
Of^BtiiUiHg.
= i
d. a.
= k
« » i
^- *
4 - '
= Tff
S a
1
1
3 flSB
" TTf
n "
-TI
» - T'f
Of Sixpeiiict.
t\
Of Jour penet.
i
tV
Of three penet,
u = *
1 = i
i
i '
i •
I
Tl
Of a Ton..
Aliquot parts of a Ton, Civt, Qr. 4rc.
»«. qr. a.
i»
3 J3
3
5
4
i
9
10
ton.
i
1
f <r
I
qr.
2
Of a CtoL
Of»{
a. ewt.
lb.
=. i
14 n
«= J
1 ass
16 » 1
4 «
14 - *
34 —
• - t't
i sx
T - TF
"
r.
Ctf a Piuad,
qr.
9*. A
i
i
1
1
TT
1 E !
> - tV
t 8
mm
rsr
108
THE CANADA
A MORNING HYMN. r, ,.
(TiMt, "Derby," tn tht « Sacred Harmony," by the Juiltor f^ thie bonkst
Awake, my soul, and with the sua
Thy daily stage of doty run :
Shake oil duUsloth, and early rise,
To pay thy morning sacritice.
Redeem the mis-spent moments past,
And live this day as if the last;
Thy talents to improve take care;
For the great day thyself prepare.
Let all thy converse be sincere,
Thy conscience as the noon-day clear;
For God's all-seeing eye surveys
Thy secret thoughts, thy words and ways.
Wake, and lift up thyself, my heart,
And with the angels take thy part ;
Who all night lone unwearied sing
High glory to th eternal King.
Praise God, from whom all blessings iiow.
Praise him, all creatures here below;
Praise him above, ye heavenly host;
Praise Father, Son, and Holy Ghost.
AN EVENING HYMN.
(Tuiie, " Evening Hymn.")
Glory to thee, my God, this night
For all the blessings of ihf light :
Keep me, keep ue, King of kings,
Beneath thine own Almighty wings !
Forgive me. Lord, for thy dear Son,
The ill that I this day have done ;
That, with the world, myself, and thee
I, ere I sleep, at peace may be.
Teach me to live, that 1 may dread
The grave as little as my bed ;
Teach ' ne to die, that so I may
disc gl rious at the awful day.
V'V^'i
SPELLING BOOK.
let mjr sou! on thee lepose !
\nd iiay sweet sleep nime eyeL^s close,
Slerp that shall me more viffo ous make,
To serve my God when I a vake.
If in the ni^ht [ sleepless lie,
My soul with heavenly thoughts supply;
Let no ill dreams (usturb my rest,
Ko powers of darkness me molest.
It
i -:
:! ■;.'t/'
-'•
'f f^iii
;>•■•.• ofj
■:1_ /v...
- ' ^
',.1.1
Kt,
FAMILY RELIGION.
(TttrMr, « Portugal," or « Port Hope.*'}
Father of ;'1I, thy care we bless,
Which croArns our families with peace:
From thee they s|)ring: and by thy hand
They are and shall be still, susiaiued.
To Gon most worthy to be prais'd,
Jle our domestic altars rais'd ;
Who, Liord of heaven, yet deigns to come,
And sanctify our humblest home.
1 o 'hee, may each united house.
Morning and night present its vows;
Cfc-r servants there, and rising race,
B'^ taught thy precepts, and thy grace.
S' may each future a^je proclaim
T'je honours of thy glorious name*
A'.d each succeeding race remove
T ^ join the family above.
PRA YERS FOR EVERY DAY IN THE WEEK.
Sunday Morning.
Almighty ^nd eternal God, we desire to praise thy holy name, fof
MuciousK rai-iing us up, in souruiness of body and mind, to see the
^lyht of this d^ty.
We bless tltee in behalf of all thy creatures; for the eyes of all iyitt
anio thee, and thou givesi ihem their meat indue S' ;son. But abovA
tlly we aclfnowled^v' thy inestimable beuelitc ^ mowed upon nmnkiiW
a Christ Jesus'.
no
THE CANADA
We arr* ashamed, Lord, to think that ever we have disooeyed the«»
who itasi redeemed us with the precious blood of thine own Son
tnuy v/(^ ai^ree with thy will in the time to come ; and may all the
powers of our souls imd bodies be dedicated to thy service. Help us
wc hesf-ech thee, to love our neiglibour as ourselves ; and as we would
that others should do lo us, do even so to them; to live peaceably, a>»
much as lielh.in us, with all men ; to put on the ornament of a meek
tnd quiet spirit ; and when we suffer as Chrislaas, not lo be a:;hanied
6ut to glorify thee our God in this behalf. I
And accept, good Lord, of ail the praises of all ihypoiiJe thalshail
meet together this day. that thy ways were Known 'ipon all tl'pj
earth, thy saving healih among all nntions. Let our irociois Cueen.
especially, be a faithful subject of the Lord Jesus, liie King rS lnn<Tj:,
and Lord of lords; and may her J^cprcsenfu'ives, v/ho are placed in
authority over us, be iniluonced and (iirected by wisdom from above.
O that thy priests may lie clotheii wtih righteousness, and thy saints
rejoice and smg; that all who are in distress may trust in i;iiee,lhe health
of tiieir countenance and liieir God. Lord, hour us, and make Uiy
face to shine upon thy servauia, that we may entor into thy s^raes with
thankso-iving, ami into thy courts with praise; ;hai we may j.. thank-
f».tl unU) thLM^, am! bless thy name. All v/e ask is for ih:^ sake of Je-
su'j Ciir ^-t, our oniy Saviour and Redeemer.
Our i'^'titei-i \vho art in heaven. Hallowed be thv name. Thv
kingdom come. Tiiy will be done in earth, as it is m heaven. Give
!«3 this day ou"- daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as wt
forgive t!u rri tijai trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation
but cleli'/er us from evil, for thine is the kingdom, the power and glory
("or ever and ever. Amen.
Sunday Evening.
O Lord our God, thou nrt infinitelv good, and thou hast shewed u«
what is good. Thou sendestout ihy licht and thv truth, that tliey ma>
guide us, and makest plain tl.y way before our Aice. Thou givesi u«
n»any opportunities and advantages, to quicken and further us in thv
service. — We have line upor. line, and precept upon precept ; thy mes-
sengers early and late to open and apply thy Avord, to call and v.'arn,
to direct and ?xori us, with all long-sulfering. But how littie have wf
improved all the precious talents which thou hast putint(j our i»and=»
Lord thou mightest justly take away the Gospel of thy kingdom
from us, and give it unto another people, who would bring forth tht,
fruits thereof. Because thou hast called, and we refused, thou i»as»
stretched forth thy hands and we have not regarded, thou mightes:
leave us to our own perverseness and impenitence, till our iniquitiesi
oecomeoar ruin.
But, O Lord God, enter not thus into judguif • vjvh thy servant
Pardon all
And help
opportunit
returns not
not thy wo
thou sende
aind love of
Christ.
j.n mercj
Rtniss in u:
all our sin!
who ever
for Jesus (
with him,
and honoui
and for eve
W fc hit
glorioUii (A
ness and tr
all thfelier
inestimabU
Christ.
Weinipl
by we hav
to he truly
ever is con
desires, so i
day give oi
And wo
of all Chris
and live to
pray that s
pious, just
peace«bie I
our Sover
with a reh
thority, un*
pressed, tt
and to reli
lations, ani
peace toge
m who?*^
Owr i.-M
ifSI
'v»^<\
SPELLING BOOK.
1.71
Pardon all our coniempi of thy word, and our not profiting thereby
And help us for llie time to come better to improve iiie bleswd
opportunities set before Us. As the r.iin descends from heaven and
returns not thither, but waters the earth and maketh it fruitful ; so let
not thy word return unto thee void, but prosper in the work wliereunto
thou sendest it. make it etfcciual to build us all up in the true fear
and love of God, and in the right knowledge and faith of ^ur Lord Jesus
Christ.
i.a mercy pass by all which thy most pure and holy eyes have seen
Riniss in us this day. Forgive the iniquities of our holy thmgs; overlook
all our sins and fiiilings through our great Mediator and Redeemer,
w'lo ever lives at thy right hand to make intercession for us. And
for Jesus Christ, and all which thou art pleased to gv, ^ up together
with him, not unto us, Lord, but unto thy name be all the piai.«e,
and honour, and glory, humbly ascribed by us, and all tiiv Church, now
and for evermore ! bur Father, &c.
Monday Momtng.
Wt. h imble ourselves, O Lord of heaven and earth, before thj
florioua Majesty. We acknowledge thy eternal power, wisdom, good
ness Had truth; and desire to render ihee most unfeigned thanks, for
all thtr lienefits which thou pourest upon us, but, above all, for thine
inestimable love, in the redemption of the world by our Lord Jesus
Christ.
We implore thy tender mercies in the forgiveness of our sins, where-
by we have offended either in thought, word, or deed. We desire
to he truly sorry for all our misdoings, and utterly to renounce what-
ever is contrary to thy will. — And as thou dost inspire us with these
desires, so accompany them always with thy grace, that we may every
day give ourselves up to thy service.
And wrt desire, thou knowest, the good of all mankind, especially
of all Christian people ; that they may all walk worthy of the Gospel,
and live together in unity and Christian love. For which end we
pray that all Christian Kings, Princes, and Governors, may be wise,
pious, just and merciful, endeavouring that all their subjects may lead
peace«bie lives in all godliness and honesty : and more particularly that
our Sovereign, Queen V'^ictoria, with Prince Albert, may be blessed
with a religious, quiet, long, and prosperous reign; and that all in au-
thority, under her, mav seek, in their several stations, to right the op-
pressed, to comfort the afflicted, to provide for the poor and needy,
and to relieve all those that are in misery. Bless all our friends, re-
lations, and acqurintances, that we may all live in perfect love and
peace toget. 'r, anu -eioice tojeiher at the great day of theLord Jesui;
in who?*^ ly words \v t; s Oi up all our wants.
Our i uiher, &c
%
172
THB CANADA
Monday Everung
Almighti and most merciful Father, in whom we hv«, mor« <mJ
have our being ; to whose tender compassions we owe our safety the
day past, together with all the comforts of this life, and the hopes ol
that which is to come : we praise thee, Lord, we bow ourselves be-
fore thee, acknowledging we have nothing but what we receive from
•hee. •
Blessed be thy goodness for our health, for our food and raiment, foi
our pence and safety, fur the love of our friends, for all our blessings in
this life, and our desire to attain that life which is immortal.
Renew in us, we beseech thee, a lively image of thee, in all right-
eousness, purity, mercy, faithfulness, and truth. — that Jesus, the hope
of glory, may be formed in us, in all humility, meekness, patience, and
a surrender of our souls and bodies to thy holy will ; that every one of
us may be able to say, the life I now live in the flesh, I live by faith in
the Son of God, who loved me, and gave himself for me.
To thy blessing we commend all mankind, high and low, rich and
poor that they may all fiithfully serve thee, and contentedly enjoy
whatever is needful for them. And especially, we beseech thee, that
the course of this world may be so peaceably ordered by thy govern-
ance, that thy Church mav joyfully serve thee in all godly quietness,
vlirough Jesus Christ our Lord. Our Father, &c.
Tuesday Morning.
MOST great and mighty Lord, the possessor of heaven and earth,
all the angels rejoice in blessing and praising tiiee, the Fathei of spirits,
for thou hast created all things, and in wisdom hast thouniade them
all, and spread thy tender mercies over all thy works.
We aclinowledge, with shame and sorrow of heart, that we deserve
not the smallest of thy mercies, for we have often ofl'ended liiee. But
ihou hast graciously declared thou wilt be found of them ihat seek
thee, and that them that come to thee tluju wilt in no wise east out.
then, may we al) come with penitent and believing learts that w*
may receive large supplies of thy Holy Spirit tomakeusnewcieatures.
And O that all men may be duly awakened to a concern for spiritual
and divine things. Stir up especially the minds of all Christian people
to follow the trtith as it is m Jesus, and exercise themselves to liave a
conscience void of offence towards God and towards man. Bless these
Provinces, and endue our Sovereign with such excellent wisdom tlia!
we n«av see many good days under her government. O thai tnte f»
Ugion, justice, mercy, brotherly kindness, and all things else tliai are
nraiseworthy, may so flourish among us, that we may enjoy the Ides*
Mings of peace and plenty, and tht^re may be uo complaining in out
streeis.
SPELLING ROOK.
173
moT* Aa}
safety fhe
le hopes ol
rselves he*
ceive from
We comend to ihee nil our friends and neiijhhours, all the poor, the
tick and itic attiictcd, and we beseech thy compassion for all who are
strangers, and in distress. O God, whose never-failing providence
ordereth all things, both in heaven and earth, keep them and us from
all hurtlul things, nnd giveus such things as are profitable for us in
Hine anct eternity, ilirough Jesus Christ our Lord. Our Father, &c
ument, fot
io
1 . .
Q all right-
is, the hope
tience,and
ery one of
by faith in
r, rich and
ediy enjoy
thee, thai
liy govern.
(quietness,
and earth,
of spirits,
ade tiieui
ve deserve
tee. Hut
ihdt seek
e east ouu
ts that we
cieatures.
r spiritual
[an people
to have a
less these
dom tlia!
at fnie re»
thai art
the l<le»
ng in oui
Tuesday Evening,
Almighty and everlasting God, tlie Sovereign Lord of all creatures
m heaven and earth, we acknowledge that our being, and all itscomforv*
depend on thee the Fountain of all good. We have nothing but what
IS owing to thy free and bounteous love, most blessed Creator, and to
the riches of thy grace, most blessed Redeemer.
We implore thy pardon for all thai thou hast seen amiss in us, during
the day that we are now concluding. We confess that we are exceed-
uigly prone to leave undone the things which we ouijhtto do, and to
do the things which thou hast prohibited. O be merciful tousandblesi
us, and cause thy face to shine upon us that we mav be saved. —
Increase every good desire which we feel already in our hearts; let us
always live as becomes thy creatures, and the disciples of Jesus Christ.
And the same mercies that we beg for ourselves, we desire for the
rest of mankind. that all who are seated on the throne may be ten-
der-hearted, as the parents of their country ; and all their subjects may
be dutiful and obedient to them, as their children ; that the Pastors of thy
Church may feed their flocks with true wisdom and understandinsr,
and the people allmay submit unto them, and ^ollow their godly coun-
sels; that the rich may have compassion on ilie poor and miserable ;
and alLsuch distressed people may bless the rich and rejoice in the
prosperity of those that are above them. Give to husbands and wives,
parents, and children, masters and servants, the grace to behave them-
«elves so in their several relations, that the? may adorn the doctrine
of God our Saviour in all things, and receive of hmi a crown of glory
Our Father, &c
Wednesday Morning,
GOD blessed for ever, we thank and praise thee for all thy benefits,
for the comforts of this life, and our hope of everlasting salvation in
tlie life to come. We desire to have a lively sense of thy love always
possessing our hearts, that may still constrain us to love thee, to obey
thee, to trust in thee, to be coi.tcnt with the pcwtion thy love allot
uubc Uk. and to rejoice even in tl:e midst of all the troubles of tlus life.
m -Sfcw-
174
TIIK CANADA
Lord we confess with surrow of heart, ilmt we deserve not the least
of all thy ir.ercics. We are loo apt tu furijc'i iliee ami nil thy gmjd-
ness; and ihou<;h our neces>iiiL's compel us to pray to thee, yet Lord
we are loo ready to Ibrsala' thee. Du ihuu grant us forj;ireness, and
the assistance of thy Holy Spirit, that we may cleave to thee in right*
eousness, in lowliness, and purity of heart.
Let thy mighty power enai)le us to do our duty towards tneennd
towards men, with care, diligence, niid /i-al, and perseverance to the
end. Help us to li- "lii'ek and gentle in ourconver>saiion, prudent anj
discreet in ordei ii. , .". allairs, observant of thy fatherly providenc. ni
every thin;, ihal helwlh.; lis, thankful f(jr ihy hfiieliis, patient under thy
chastisements, and readily disjiosed lor every ijodd word and work.
Bless 01 1 1 gracious 8overeiirn, and her illustrious consort, with her
counsellors and minisiers, and her represeniaiivi's in these provinces.
Bless all employed in public business, wheiiier spiritual or civil, that
whatever theydomay be i'or tli» ' , and thcpublic good. Be gra-
cious to all who are near aiid dear \o u:?, ami keep us all in thy leai
and love, tJirough Jesus Christ our Lord. Uur P'aiher, &c.
i
Wedncvlmj Eveiting.
Loud, how mani(()ld are thy works! in wisdom hast thou made
them all. 'I'he day is thine, the night alsp is thine; thou hasi pre
pared the light and the sun. We render ihee thanks for all the he
nelils wiiich thou hast bestowed on us, and the whole AVorld.
We ap{)roach thee in the Saviour's name, and relying on the merits
of hisatoninjr blood, for of ourselves we are utterly unh' .o appe-xr in
thy presence. We thank thee fur |)roviding a new and living way,
whereby we ran have access to thee.
And we humbly beseech thee to command thy blessing on us who
are i.ow b(Aved at the footstool of thy mercy seal. that thou
wouldst bless us indeed, and preserve us from evil. May we Hourish
as the corn, and grow as the Vine, — may we be as trees planted by
the rivers of water, wl.ich bring forth their fruit indue season
let every sinful propensity l)e totally destroyed, and be graciously
pleased tc establish thy kingdom in our hearts.
Itemem )er a.l ili(;se who have done irood imto us, and reward them
seven-fold into tneir bosom. Grant t''orgi veil ess and charity to all our
enemies ; and continue ffood will amoni: all our neij:bl);iurs. 8i p])Oft
the sick with faith and paiien-e; assist those who are leavinff iliis
world. Receive the souls thou nasi redeemed with thy Son's precious
blood and sanctified by the Ho'y 'rbosi ; and give us all a gloriout
resurrection ancf "»iernal life. Our Father, kc.
SPELLING BOOK.
17C
•tMl Ci'
rds tnee and
ranee to ihe
prudent anj
rovidenc. in
lit under iliy
1 and work'.
>rt, Willi lier
e provinces.
)r civil, iliai
i)(\. Be gra«
I in thy leui
c.
thou made
Jii hasi pre
all the he
rid.
1 llie merits
appe'ir in
way,
ivinc:
on us who
that thou
we Hourish
planted hy
season
graciously
ward them
V to all our
8i ppoft
eavinjT ihis
I's precious
a glorious
' '■' ■ ' ■' - -•• Thuraday Morning, *'*Hn'ur^- -..i
Lord thou art the hope of all i ends oT the earth.— Upon th«-
the eyes of all wait, fur thou givesi into all life, and breath, and ai
chins^s. Thou still watchestover us f(jr s;ood ; thou daily rcnewest ti
'IS our lives, and thv mercies; and thou hast given us the assurance
of thy word, that if we commit our alTairs to thee, if we acknowledgt
thee in all our ways, thou wilt direct our paths.
Preserve us, we beseech thee, from all iijnorance, hardness of heart,
and contempt of tliy^ word and conmiandinents. — Save us from the
delusions of the devil, or of our own evil hearts. Let us never fancy
we shall get to heaven, while we have not eiiiered on ihe path that
will conduct us thither. may we never lose s.ght of the declara-
\ions of thy holy word, that we must he born again — that old thing^s
must be done away and all thin2[s become new. Raise us, we beseech
hee, from a death in sin to a life of righteousness, and enable us all
.0 suy from happv experience, thai as far as the east is from the west,
even so far hast tliou removed our sins from us.
Thou hast laid help for us upon One that is mighty, that is able to
save unto the uttermost all those that come unto God through him.
Put thy spirit within us, causing us to walk in thy statutes, and to
keep thy judgments, and do them.
gracious Father, keep us, we pray thee, this day in thy fear and
favour, and teach us, in all our thoughts, words, and works, to live to
thy glory. If thou guide us not, we go astray , if thou uphold us not,
we fall. Let thy grace, Lord Jesus, thy love, O heavenly Father,
and thy comfortable fellowship, blessed Spirit, be with us this day
and for evermore. Our Father, &c.
Thursday Evening.
Lord our God, thy glory is above all our thoughts, and thy
>(nercy is over all thy works. We are still living monuments of thy
mercy ; for thou hast not cut us ofT in our sins, but still givest us a
ffood hope, and strong consolation through grace. Thou hast sent thy
)iilv Son into the world, that whosoever believeth in him should not
oerlsh in his sins, but have everlasting life. Lord, we believe; help
our unbelief ; and give us the true repentance toward God, and faitn
In our Lord Jesus Christ, that we may be in the number of those wh»
do indeed repent, and believe to the saving of the soul. Beius': justified
by faith, let us have peace with God, through our Lord Jesi?.- Christ.
Thou knowesi, Lord, all our temptations, and the sin that doth so
easily beset us. Thou knowest the devices of the enemy, and the
leceitfulness of our own hearts. We pray thee, good Lord, that thou
ftrilr arm us with the whole armour of God. Uphold us with thy fre«
«pirit, and watch over us for good evermore.
Let our supplications also ascend before thee for the whole race of
i
l'/6
THE CANADA
mankind. Be flnmcious to this our Inn '. do thou niJ* all our rulers,
counsel nil our couiLrwllors, leach j*1i our leuchers, ;ui(! oiler all ilip
public aflfairs to thy glory. ,
And now, Father of mercies, be plensed to accci ' ojr evenma
•acrifice of praise and (hankstfivinff. O that tlmu wouldsi iniprinl
and preserve upon our henrts a lively senf»e of all thy kindness to us;
that our souls may bless thee, and all that is within us may praise ihy
loly name. Our Father, &c.
' ■• , '; * Friday Morning.
Lord (iod, merciful and gracious, long suflTering and abundant in
goodness and truth ; thou keepest mercy for thousands; thou pardon*
est iniquity and transgrt'ssion and sni. How excellent is thy lovinji
kindness, O God ! The children of men shall put their trust undev
the shadow of thy wings. And therefore do we still look up to thai
bountiful hand, from whence we have received all our good things.
Lord our God, be favourable unto us, as thou usest to be unto those
that love thy holy nnme! O look not upon the sin of our nature, nor
the sins of our hearts and lives, which are more than we can remem-
ber, and greater than we ran express. It is of the Lord's mercies
that we are not consumed — because thy compassions fiiil not.
God, be merciful unto us miserable sinners, for his sake whom
thou hast exalted to be a Prince and a Saviour, to give repentance
into thy people, and forgiveness of sins. Re met rifui, God, be mer-
ciful unto our souls, which have greatly sinned against thee. heal
our hacksl id ings, renew us to repentance; establish our hearts in thy
fear and love; and establish our goings in thy way, that our footsteps
slip not.
Atid now that thou hast renewed our lives and thy mercies to us this
morning, help us to renew our desires and resolutions and endeavours
to live In obedience to thy holy will. O restrain us from the sins into
which we are most prone to fall, and «iuickeii tis to the «luties we are
most averse to perform ; and grant that we may think, and speak, and
will, and do, the things becoming the children of our heavenly Father,
through Jesus Christ our Lord. Our Father, &c.
Fnday Evening.
LoRP, thou wnst before all, thou art above all, and thy years shall
not fail. Thou art the searcher of our hearts ; thou knowest the dull-
ness and hardness, the vanity and deceitfulness of them. We were
bom sinners, and so have we lived. We have added sin to sin ; we
have abused thy creat and manifold mercies, tempted thy patience,
and despised thy goodness ; and justly mightest thou have cast us into
sater darkness, where is wailing and gnashing of teeth.
But of thy
08 to return
wise cast o*i
able to conu
hand, and lo
free us from
Help us to ft
want the cor
i;»co of us, a
Continue
iliy will con
the heart of (
onto all vHiXiz
lie thou a
to the oiipre
a God of con
blessed G
cribed now s
We preset
DUte of praye
and our servi
to beg thy pc
of thy love ; 1
worthy is the
O teach ua
hast seat; an
Give us to
and to cleave
may draw us
Us, and thy d
our souls. Qi
thee io a iifel
and be fervent
our intercoursi
and bear evil,
able and pati(
oifensire and t
be glorified wi
THOU higl
feared and lov<
God; an 1 we c
flPELLING BOOK.
m
But of thy lo^'xr^fr V>f)dno«?es there is no number. Thou still calletit
OS to return V) thee ; ami whosoever cometh to thee, tliou wilt in no
wine cast out. O meet us with thy heaveni/ {rrace, tiiat wc may be
«l)le to come to thee. Be thou cfrnciousiy pleased to stretch Jbnh thy
ha!ul,and loose the chains wherewiih our souls are entangled. O
tree us (rum every wci^'ht of sin, and fiom every yolie of houdaije. O
belp us to feel and bewail, niid fursake nil our sins: and let us tievor
«vuni the comfortable a? jurance of thy forj^'ivenessof them, thy accapt*
vm:c of us, and thy love to us, in the blessed Son of thy eternal luvt*.
Continue thy mercies to this sinful land; teach us at lensfth to know
thy will concerning us ; and turn thou all our hearts unto thee as
the heart of one man. Bless the Queen, and Prince Albert ; and grant
onto all Magistrates, and Ministers of thy word, every needful blessing.
Be thou a father to the fatherless, a husband to the widow, a refuge
to the onpressed,a physician to the sick, a helper of the friendless, and
a God of consolation to the sorrowful and distressed, and to thy name,
O ble.ssed God of our salvation, be all praise, glory and honour as-
cribed now and for evermore. Our Father, ice
shnll
dull-
were
; we
lencf,
is into
Saturday Morning.
We present ourselves before thee, Lord our God, to pay our tn-
ovae of prayer and thanksgiving ; desiring thee mercifully to accept ua
and our services through Jesus Christ. In his great name we come
to beg thy pardon and peace, the itucrease of thy grace, and the tokens
of thy love ; for we are not worthy of the least of thy mercies ; but
worthy is the Lamb that was slain to take away the sm of the world.
O teach us to know thee n-jir God, and Jesus Christ whom thou
hast sent ; and enable us tu do thy will on earth, as ii is done in heaven.
Give us to fear thee and to love thee, to trust and delight in thee
and to cleave to thee with full purpose of heart, that no temptations
may draw us or drive us from thee ; but that all thy dispensations to
VIS, and thy dealings with us, may be the messengers ol thy love to
our souls. Quicken us, O Lord, in our dullness, that we may not serve
tlice in a lifeless and listless manner ; but may abound in thy work,
and be fervent in spirit, serving the Lord. And make us faithful in all
our intercourse with our neighbour, that we may be ready to do good
and bear evil, that we may be just and kind, merciful and meek, peace*
able and patient, sober and temperate, humble and self-denying, in*
offensive and useful in the world ; that so glorifying thee here, we may
Se glorified with thee in thy heavenly kingdom. Our Father &c.
Saturday Evening.
THOU high and holy One, that inhabitest eternity, thou art to b«
feared and loved by all thy servants. All thy works praise thee,
God ; anl we especially give thanks unto thee for thy marvellous love
.^'
f^^
178
THE CANADA
in Christ Jesus, by whom thou hast reconciled the world to thyself
Thou hast given us exceeding great and precious promises ; thoi
hast sealed them with his blood, thou hast confirmed them oy his
resurrection and ascension, and the coming of the Holy Ghost.
O God, purify our hearts, that we may entirely love thee, and re*
]oice in being beloved of thee ; that we may confide in thee, and be
filled with constant devotion toward thee. — Let us use this world as
not abusuig it. Keep us from being wise in our own conceit. Lei
our moderation be known to all men. Make us kindly affectioned
one to another; to delight in doing good ; to show all meekness to all
men ; to render to all their dues : tribute to whom tribute is diie ; cus-
tom to whom custom, fear to whom fear, honour to whom honour,
and to owe no man any thing, but to love one another. And help us
to pray always and not faint ; in every thing to give thanks, and offer
up the sacrifice of praise continually; to rejoice in hope of thy glory ;
to possess our souls in patience, and to learn in whatsoever state we
are, therewith to be content.
Bless these provinces, and give us grace at length to bring forth
fruits meet for repentance. Lord, save the Queen, and establish
lier throne in righteousness. Bless all who are in authority under
her, and over us : may they be a terror to evil doers and a praise to
them that do well. And all we ask is through the merits of Jesus
Christ our Lord. Our Father, &c.
A Prayer on enterijig Church.
Let the words of my mouth, and the meditations of my heart, bt
acceptable in thy sight, Lord! my strength, and my Redeemer
Amen,
Grace before Meat.
Blessed be thy name, Lord, for this and every instance of lh^•
goodnesso Sanctify us to thy service, through Jesus Christ. Amer*
Grace after Meat. ^
For these, and all his other mercies, God's holy name be blessed
and praised, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.
Before leaving Church.
O Lord, may the words I have heard be treasured up in my me I
mory, and duly influence my practice, through thy Son our Saviou f
Jesus Christ. Amen.
M)
*i
SPKLLINa BOOK.
iry
to thyself
nises ; thoi
em oy hit
tost.
lee, and re
liee, and be
lis world a»
nceit. Lei
affectioned
kness to all
is due ; cus-
Dm honour,
\nd help us
cs, and offer
f thy glory;
er state we
bring forth
nd establish
ority under
, a praise to
its of Jesus
i
ly heart, bd
Redeemer
m my me
ourSaviou
ance of th*'
ist. Amer*
! be blessed
Ckmral directions in order to the leading a Christian life.
Begin every day with God, and go not out of your chamber before
fou have performed vour bou;iden duty of prayer and praise.
Walk all the day long in the fear of God. Wlierever you are, or
whatever you are doing, remember that the eye of God is upon you.
Shun idleness, in whatever station of life you are, and know, that it
s the part of a wise man to have always something to do.
Avoid the common but odious vices of slander and talebearing
-»tiive to live in peace with all men, and to cultivate a meek, courteous,
and benevolent disposition.
Speak the truth on all occasions without dissimulation ; be sincere
and upright in all your conversation ; for he only is a Christian indeed,
in whom there is no guile.
In all your concerns with others, be they little or much, let this be
ihe constant rule and measure of your actions, namely, to do unto others
as you would they should do unto you.
In every time of trouble think upon God and his gracious promise,
that all things shall work together for good, to them that love and serve
him.
If you are a householder, call your family together, at least every
ftvening, to join in supplications to Him, in whom they live and move^
and have their heiji^j;.
If you are a ;hild or servant, endeavour to be always within at tlie
time of prayer.
Never lay yourself down to rest before you have prayed in private,
and recommended yourself to the Divine protection.
Always say grace before and after meals. Whether you eat or
drink^ or whatever you do, do all to the glory of God. ^
Directions for the Lord's Day.
Be sure to spend the ford's Day well — take care to avoid the sinful
j)raclice of fsliing or lavvling, or otherwise transgressing the divine
rx)mmand, to " Rc?fiember the Sabbath day to keep it holy.''*
Make your children and servants go with you to your place of wor-
ship ; and take care not to come late to church ; he always there, if
possible, before divine service begins.— Be sure not to loiter about the
church door.
Avuid the too frequent custom of sitting at the time of prayer —
this evinces the greatest want of consideration — alvays kneel orsiand.
l)u not give Avay to sleep or wander'iig thoughts.
AOer divine service, spend the remainder of the day in reading re»
.igious books, and recollecting what you have heard at church.
I, THE ENty,